Académique Documents
Professionnel Documents
Culture Documents
UNIVERSITY OF SINDH
CODE
2014
JAMSHORO, SINDH, PAKISTAN
THE
UNIVERSITY OF SINDH
Established 1947
CODE
Published by Authority
March, 2014
Jamshoro, Sindh, Pakistan
Price Rs.1000/-
Title:
Processing:
Edition:
Second
No. of Copies:
1000
Price:
Rs.1000/-
PREFACE
TO THE REVISED EDITION
Code of a University is an indispensible document providing information covering
all aspects of programs offered by the University and Act, statutes, Regulations
and Rules governing its functions.
The University of Sindh Code was last published in 1999, towards the end of my
first tenure as Vice Chancellor of the University. Since then, during the first ten
years of the 21st century Higher Education in Pakistan has gone through a
revolutionary phase under Higher Education Reforms that gave birth to the
Higher Education Commission of Pakistan.
With main focus of Higher Education as a means of ushering economic
development in the country and in an endeavor to find a respectable place for the
country in this world of knowledge-based economy, the whole scenario of Higher
Education has changed in the country where there were only 25 Universities in
2000; there are now more than 130 Universities and degree awarding institutions
catering to more than 2 million students against hardly 0.56 million pursuing
higher education at the turn of the century.
Not only academic programs but also Rules and Regulations relating to faculty
eligibility criteria have been revised and administrative set-up has been
revamped. A host of new Statutes & Regulations has been framed, passed by the
Competent Authorities to meet the vibrant academic environments evolving
needs, all of them scattered in files.
On assumption of office in 2010 for my 2nd tenure to serve this revered Alma
Mater, I realized the necessity of documenting all these changes that has led to
this revised edition of the University Code, to facilitate efficient functioning of the
University particularly on the face of its extensive out-research endeavor that has
resulted in establishment of nine campuses of the University in various rural
areas in Sindh to bring Higher Education to the doors of the poor and deprived in
far flung areas of the province.
Efforts have been made to update this edition as far as possible. However, this is
by no means exhaustive; there may have been omissions which will be taken
care of in later editions.
In the end I am grateful to Dr. M. Rais Ahmed, Retired Professor, who has been
instrumental and architect of both editions. The faculty, students and officers are
grateful to Dr. Rais Ahmed for his untiring efforts to make the Code available in a
matter of few months.
Longlive Pakistan, Sindh and University of Sindh.
EDITORS NOTE
The task of preparing the revised and updated edition of the University of Sindh
Code; assigned to me was challenging one as at the Government of Pakistan at
last seriously paid its attention towards improving and revamping the higher
education in the county and Higher Education Commissions of Pakistan was
established in 2002, entrusted with the monument task.
The Commission took the challenge of reforming higher education in earnest and
drastically changing the pattern and practices in vogue, issued in host of revised
Rules regulation regarding academic programs, faculty appointments, and
research degree programs and training of faculty under its endeavor of capacity
building and development of Universities and degree awarding institution in the
country. This necessitated the revision and updating of the University Code
published in 1999.
Collecting and retrieving the data scattered through a host of files and Minutes
Books of various authorities of the University such as Syndicate, Senate and the
Academic Council, was quite painstaking. However, the task was made easier by
the cooperation received from all the officers and sectional heads concerned. The
cooperation received is gratefully acknowledged.
Thanks are also due to Mr. Nanik Ram Bhatia Secretary to the Vice Chancellor,
Mr. Muhammad Hanif Khan Superintendent, Mr. Mujeeb-ur-Rehman Jamali and
Mr. Ammer Ali Joyo, Data Entry Operator and Computer Programmer and
Mr. Liaquat Ali Chachar. Their patient effort at perfuming this additional duty
made this compilation possible.
I am grateful to Prof. Dr. Nazir A. Mughal Vice Chancellor, University of Sindh for
reposing the trust and confidence and guidance and providing necessary
wherewithal to accomplish this task.
It is also my pleasant duty to thank Manager, Sindh University Press, Mr. Murtaza
Sial and his staff for their cooperation in printing and processing this Code 2013.
ii
CONTENTS
PART-I
Title
Page No.
Editors Note
ii
1 - 42
Chapter I
2
2
2
3-8
3
5
6
7
7
8
8 - 12
8
9
10
10
10
11
12
12
12
12
13 - 20
Chapter II
Chapter III
Chapter IV
Chapter V
Chapter VI
Preliminary
Short Title and Commencement
Definitions
The University
Incorporation
Powers of the University
Jurisdiction of the University
University open to all classes, creeds, etc.
Teaching in the University
University Students Union
Officers of the University
Chancellor
Visitation
Pro-Chancellor
Vice-Chancellor
Powers and Duties of the Vice-Chancellor
Pro-Vice-Chancellor
Registrar
Director of Finance
Controller of Examinations
The Chief Accountant, Bursar and Resident Auditor
Authorities of the University
Authorities
Senate: Powers and Duties
Syndicate: Powers and Duties
Academic Council: Powers and Duties
Constitution, functions and powers of other Authorities
Appointment of Committees by certain Authorities
Statutes, Regulations and Rules
Statutes
Regulations
Rules
Affiliation of Educational Institutions to the University
Affiliation
Addition of Courses by affiliated Educational Institution
Report from affiliated Educational institution
Withdrawal of Affiliation
iii
13
13
15
19
20
20
20 - 22
20
21
22
23 - 25
23
24
24
24
Title
Page No.
24
25
25
25
25
26 - 29
26
26
27
27
27
28
28
28
28
28
29
29
29
29
29
30 - 39
30
33
33
34
35
36
37
37
38
38
39
40
40
PART-II
Sindh University Provident Fund Statutes 1952
The Sindh University Employees Pension Statutes 1974
Chapter I
Chapter II
Chapter III
Chapter IV
iv
43
43
44
45
45
45
46
48
49
49
50
51
53
Title
Page No.
C. Family Pension
Revised Condition of Family Pension
D. General
Application for Grant of Pension
Chapter V
Anticipatory Pension / Gratuity
Chapter VI
Commutation of Civil Pensions
Chapter VII
Re-employment of Pensioners
Chapter VIII
Commercial employment after retirement
Extraordinary Pension
Chapter IX
Incentives to Civil Servants to proceed on Leave Preparatory to Retirement
after completion of 25 years service
55
57
57
58
60
61
64
67
68
89
89
90
90
90
91
91
Pension and Commutation under the Revision of Basic Pay Scale of (2001)
91
93
93
94
95
96
96
97
97
98
99
100
100
101
102
103
104
88
Title
Page No.
105
105
105
105
105
106
107
107
107
107
108
108
108
108
109
109
109
109
109
111
112
112
113
113
113
113
114
115
115
115
116
120
vi
117
117
118
118
118
119
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
Title
Page No.
122
122
122
123
123
123
124
124
125
126
126
126
126
127
127
127
127
128
128
129
129
129
130
130
131
132
132
134
134
134
137
137
137
138
Dearness Allowance
138
139
133
133
Title
Page No.
139
141
141
141
141
141
141
141
141
142
142
142
142
143
148
149
149
149
151
152
152
153
153
149
150
151
151
151
152
viii
154
154
154
156
156
156
157
157
Title
Page No.
157
158
158
161
164
164
164
170
158
158
159
159
159
160
160
160
160
161
PART-III
Other Statutes, Ordinance, Rules & Regulations
Statutes Regulating Elections to the Authorities of the University of Sindh
Short Title and Commencement
Definitions
Election Officer and Election Cell
General Elections to fill vacancies
Notice of Election
Appointed date in case of a Holiday
Publication of Preliminary voters list and final voters list
Eligibility for Election
Nomination for Election
Scrutiny
Notification of the list of candidates
Withdrawals
Unopposed Election, Contested Election
Counting of Votes, Stopping of the Polling
Election Petitions, Custody of Election Record
Election on Casual Vacancies, Repeal
Statute Governing Election of Registered Graduates
172
172
173
174
174
174
174
175
175
176
176
176
176
177
178
178
179
183
184
184
185
Title
Page No.
185
185
185
185
185
186
186
187
187
187
187
188
192
Statutes regarding the Scales of pay and other terms and conditions of
Service of the Vice Chancellors of the Universities in Sindh, 1999
194
194
189
189
189
190
191
192
195
195
195
195
Revised Salary Package for the Vice Chancellors of Public Sector Universities
195
195
196
197
197
197
197
197
198
198
198
199
200
200
200
200
202
203
203
203
Title
Page No.
203
204
205
206
207
207
207
208
208
221
221
222
223
224
224
226
227
227
230
231
231
231
232
233
233
233
234
234
235
235
235
236
208
209
209
211
211
212
213
214
215
215
217
217
218
218
218
218
219
Title
Page No.
Want of Quorum
Adjournment
Order of Business
Procedure of Amendments
Commencement of Term of Office of a Member
Rules of Procedure for Meeting of the Academic Council
General, Explanation, Agenda,
Order of Business, Rules of Debate
Rules of Amendment
Right of Speech and Reply
Point of Order
Minutes
Commencement of Term of Office of Members
Transfer of Centres to Universities
236
236
236
237
238
239
239
239
240
241
242
242
242
242
245
245
245
245
245
246
247
248
248
249
Allotment Policy
Agreement for License for Occupying Sindh University Property
Amendments in the allotment policy
249
249
251
Engineering Rules
Rules Governing the working of Project Department / Engineering Wing
a. Powers of Administrative Approval
b. Powers of Technical Sanction and Acceptance of Tender
c. Powers of Release of Payments
Percentage rate Tender and Contract for works
254
254
254
254
255
Conditions of Contract
256
271
272a
272e
xii
Title
Page No.
PART-IV
Academic Programs
Academic Program of the University of Sindh
273
273
275
277
277
278
279
279
280
280
282
283
284
285
288
293
294
294
294
294
295
295
296
297
297
298
299
299
299
299
300
Schedule of Fees
301
301
Curricula Organization
302
Courses Description
304
304
304
304
Title
Page No.
305
306
307
307
308
308
309
309
309
310
310
311
311
312
313
314
314
314
315
316
316
317
318
321
322
322
325
326
326
326
327
327
331
331
PART-V
Examination Regulations regarding Conduct of Examinations
Distribution of Question Papers
Offence and Expulsion
Packing of Answer Books etc., Bills
Instructions to the Head Invigilator
Appointment of Invigilators and Factotum
Instructions to Invigilators
Instructions to Candidates
334
335
336
336
337
337
338
340
342
xiv
Title
Page No.
343
344
345
346
346
347
347
348
348
349
349
349
349
350
351
Regulations for the Degree of Doctor of letters (D. LITT.) and Doctor of
Science (D.Sc.)
353
353
355
Revising the rules & regulations for issuing the Equivalence Certificate
357
359
361
362
364
365
365
366
366
367
367
367
368
368
369
Title
Page No.
Punishment
Possession of Fire Arms, Assault or Impersonation
Explanation:- Impersonator not on the Rolls of the Institution
Punishment for Offence not Specifically Provided
Punishment to Run Concurrent or Consecutively
Cognizable Offence
Rules regarding Eligibility, Enrolment & Migration
Regulations for Award of Free-ships, Bursaries
Sindh University Merit Scholarship
Rules regarding exemption from payment of Tuition Fees
Waiver to Blind Students from payment of all fees
Revised Academic Calendar for Private / Govt. Affiliated Colleges /
Institutions under Semester System
List of registered Deeni Madaris within the jurisdiction of University
Revised rates of fee for various Certificates issued by the Examination
Wing and related assignments
370
370
370
371
371
371
371
372
373
373
374
376
378
378
PART-VI
Conditions of Service
General Condition
381
381
xvi
382
382
385
386
386
393
394
394
394
395
397
397
411
428
428
429
429
430
431
443
PART- I
THE UNIVERSITY OF SINDH
ACT, 1972
As amended by:
1.
Amendment in sub-clause (ii) of clause (2) of Statute 1 and Sub-clause (b) of clause
(5) of Statute 1 of the First Statutes appended to Sindh University Act-1972.
2.
3.
Amendment in Statute I (1) of the First Statutes appended to Sindh University Act- 1972
4.
The Sindh University Laws (Amendment) Ordinance, 1980. Sindh Ordinance No. XVIII
of 1980. An Ordinance to amend the University Laws, dated 22nd December, 1980.
5.
The Sindh University Laws (Amendment) Ordinance- 1981. Sindh Ordinance No. VII
of 1981. An Ordinance to amend the University Laws; dated 5th April 1981.
6.
The Sindh Universities Laws (Amendment) Ordinance, 1982. Sindh Ordinance No. II
of 1982. An Ordinance to amend the enactments relating to Universities in Sindh,
dated 7th February, 1982.
7.
8.
9.
10.
The Sindh Universities Laws (Amendment) Bill, 2013 Sindh Bill No.5 of 2013.
AN
ACT
to reconstitute and re-organize the University of Sindh.
Preamble
Whereas it is expedient to reconstitute and re-organize the University of Sindh for the
purpose of giving it necessary autonomy and improving its administration;
It is hereby enacted as follows:
1
Part-I
CHAPTER I
PRELIMINARY
Short title and commencement
1.
(1)
(2)
It shall be deemed to have come into force on and from the 30th day of
September, 1972.
Definitions
2.
In this Act and in all the Statutes, the Regulations and the Rules made hereunder,
unless there is anything repugnant in the subject or context:(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
(i)
(j)
(k)
(l)
(m)
(n)
(nn)
(o)
(ii)
(p)
(q)
(r)
(s)
(t)
(u)
(v)
(w)
(x)
CHAPTER II
THE UNIVERSITY
Incorporation
3.
(1) The University of Sindh shall be reconstituted at Jamshoro in accordance with the
provisions of this Act, but the Government shall have the power to set up any
Additional Campus, at any place within the jurisdiction of the University or, by
converting any educational institution or college under control and management of the
University under section 36-A.
[Sub-Section 1 modified and amended vide The Sindh Universities (Amendment) Act 1976]
Part-I
(a)
(b)
(ii)
the members of the Senate, the Syndicate, Academic Council and other
Authorities of the University;
(iii)
(iv)
Emeritus Professors;
Provided that the Chancellor may, in case of Additional Campus set up in any
educational institution or college under the control and management of the University,
establish a Board of Governors under section 36-A , in lieu of the Officers and
employees mentioned in sub-clause (b) of clause (i).
*[Clause (a) & (b) of section 3 (2) amended vide The Sindh University Laws (Amendment)
Ordinance, 1980 and The Sindh University Laws (Amendment) Ordinance- 1981]
**[The term Director of Finance is substitute for Treasurer, wherever occurring, vide The Sindh
Universities (Amendment) Act 1976]
(3) The University shall be a body corporate by the name of the University of Sindh
and shall have perpetual succession and a common seal, and may sue and be sued
by the said name.
(4) The University shall be competent to acquire and hold property, both movable and
immovable, and to lease, sell or otherwise transfer any movable and immovable
property which may have become vested in or been acquired by it.
(5) All properties, rights and interests of whatever kind, used, enjoyed, possessed
owned or vested in, or held in trust by or for the University of Sindh as constituted
under the West Pakistan (University of Sindh) Ordinance, 1961 (West Pakistan
Ordinance XXI of 1961) and abilities legally subsisting against the University shall
pass to the University as reconstituted under this Act.
to provide for instruction in such branches of learning as it may deem fit, and
to make provision for research and for the advancement and dissemination
of knowledge in such manner as it may determine;
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
to provide for such instruction for persons not being students of the
University as it may determine, and to grant certificates and diplomas to such
persons;
(f)
(g)
(h)
(i)
(j)
to accept the examinations passed and the period of study spent by students
of the University at other universities and places of learning equivalent to
such examinations and periods of study in the University, as it may
determine, and to withdraw such acceptance;
(k)
(l)
to
institute
Professorships,
Associate
Professorships,
Assistant
Professorships and Lectureships and any other posts and to appoint persons
thereto;
(m)
Part-I
(n)
(o)
(p)
(q)
to control the residence of the students of the University and the colleges, to
institute and maintain halls of residence and to approve or license hostels
and lodgings;
(r)
to supervise and control the discipline of the students of the University and
the colleges, to promote the extra-curricular and recreational activities of
such students, and to make arrangements for promoting their health and
general welfare;
(s)
to demand and receive such fees and other charges as it may determine;
(t)
to make provision for research and advisory services and with these objects
to enter into arrangements with other institutions or with public bodies under
prescribed conditions;
(u)
(v)
(w)
to provide for the printing and publication of research and other works; and
(x)
to do all such other acts and things, whether incidental to the powers
aforesaid or not, as may be requisite in order to further the objects of the
university as a place of education, learning, and research.
(1) The University shall exercise the powers conferred on it by or under this Act within
the territorial limits and in respect of the institutions as redefined vide notification by
the Governor Sindh/ Chancellor of Universities in Sindh.
(i)
All the degree colleges including Medical and Law Colleges, within
the administrative jurisdiction of Hyderabad Division.
(ii)
(iii)
The University shall be open to all persons of either sex and of whatever religion,
race, creed, class or colour and no person shall be denied the privileges of the
University on the grounds of religion, race, caste, creed, class or colour:
Provided that nothing in this section shall be deemed to prevent religious instruction
being given to the students in their own religious faiths in such manner as may be
prescribed.
(1) All recognized teaching in various courses shall be conducted by the University or
the colleges in the prescribed manner and may include lectures, tutorials, discussions,
seminars, demonstrations as well as practical work in the laboratories, hospitals,
workshops and farms and other methods of instruction.
(2) The authority responsible for organizing recognized teaching shall be such as may
be prescribed.
(3) The courses and the curricula shall be such as may be prescribed:
Provided that at the level of Bachelors degree in all faculties a discipline to be called
the Islamic and Pakistan studies Discipline shall be compulsory for Muslim students,
and non-Muslim students shall, in lieu of such discipline, have option to offer Ethics
and Pakistan Studies.
[Provision above added vide The Sindh University Laws (Amendment) Ordinance 1980]
Part-I
(1) There shall be a Union of the Students of the University which shall be
represented on the Senate by the office-bearers mentioned in clauses (xv) and (xvi) of
sub-section (1) of section 20.
(2) The constitution, function and privileges of the University Students Union and
other matters relating thereto shall be such as may be prescribed by Statutes after
initiation by the general body of the students of the University.
CHAPTER
III
the Chancellor;
the Pro-Chancellor;
the Vice-Chancellor
the Pro-Vice-Chancellor
the Deans;
the Directors;
the Principals of the constituent colleges;
the Chairmen of the Teaching Departments;
the Registrar;
the Director of Finance;
the Controller of Examinations;
the Chief Accountant;
the Bursar;
the Resident Auditor;
Such persons as may be prescribed by the Regulations to be officers.
Chancellor
10.
(5) The Chancellor shall have the power to assent to such Statutes as are required to
be submitted to him by the Senate or withhold assent or refer them back to the Senate
for reconsideration.
(6) The Chancellor may remove any person from the membership of any Authority if
such person:(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(7) The Chancellor may, subject to the provisions of this Act, and general or special
orders of Government, delegate all or any of the powers and functions of any
authority, officer or employee of the University at its main campus, to any authority,
officer, employee or any other person at its Additional Campus for the purpose of
exercising such powers and performing such functions in relation to such Additional
Campus, and for this purpose the Chancellor may create new posts or positions at the
Additional Campus;
[Sub-section (7) added vide The Sindh Universities (Amendment) Act 1976]
Visitation
11.
(1) The Chancellor may cause an inspection or inquiry to be made in respect of any
matter connected with the University, and shall, from time to time, appoint such
person or persons as he may deem fit for the purposes of carrying out inspection of:(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
The Chancellor shall, in every such case as aforesaid, give notice to the Syndicate of
his intention to cause an inspection or inquiry to be made, and the Syndicate shall be
entitled to be represented thereat.
(2) The Chancellor shall communicate to the Syndicate his views with regard to the
results of such inspection or inquiry and shall, after ascertaining the views thereon of
the Syndicate, advise the Syndicate on the action to be taken.
(3) The Syndicate shall communicate to the Chancellor such action, if any, as has
been taken or may be proposed to be taken upon the results of the inspection or
inquiry. Such communication shall be submitted to the Chancellor within such time as
may be specified by the Chancellor.
Part-I
(4) Where the Syndicate does not, within a specified time take action to the
satisfaction of the Chancellor, the Chancellor may, after considering any explanation
furnished or representation made by the Syndicate, issue such directions as he thinks
fit, and the Vice-Chancellor shall comply with such directions.
Pro-Chancellor
12.
Vice-Chancellor
13.
(1) The Vice-Chancellor shall be appointment by the Chancellor for a period of four
years on such terms and conditions as the Chancellor may determine and shall hold
office during the pleasure of the Chancellor.
(2) At any time when the office of the Vice-Chancellor is vacant, or the
Vice-Chancellor is absent or is unable to perform the functions of his office due to
illness or some other cause, the Chancellor shall make such arrangements for the
performance of the duties of the Vice-Chancellor as he may deem fit.
(1) The Vice-Chancellor shall be the principal executive and academic officer of the
University and shall ensure that the provisions of this Act, the Statutes, the
Regulations and the Rules are faithfully observed in order to promote the general
efficiency and good order of the University. He shall have all powers necessary for
this purpose including administrative control over all officers, teachers and other
employees of the University.
(2) The Vice-Chancellor shall, in the absence of the Chancellor and Pro-Chancellor,
preside at the Convocation of the University and the meetings of the Senate and shall,
if present, preside at the meetings of the Authorities of which he is the Chairman and
be entitled to attend and preside at any meeting of any other Authority or body of the
University.
(3) The Vice-Chancellor may, in an emergency which in his opinion requires
immediate action, take such action as he may consider necessary and shall, as soon
thereafter as possible, report his action to the officer, authority or other body which in
the ordinary course, would have dealt with the matter.
(4) The Vice-Chancellor shall also have the powers:
(i)
to create and fill temporary posts for a period not exceeding six
months;
10
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
(v)
(vi)
(vii)
(viii)
(ix)
[Original clause ix amended to read as above, vide the Sindh University Laws (Amendment)
Ordinance, 1982, Sindh Ordinance No. II of 1982, issued 7th February, 1982]
Pro-Vice-Chancellor
14-A
11
Part-I
Registrar
15.
hold office for three years on the expiry of which he shall be eligible for
re-appointment;
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
Director of Finance
16.
(1) The Director of Finance shall be a whole-time officer of the University and shall be
appointed by the Chancellor on such terms and conditions as the Chancellor may
determine. He shall:
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(2) The Director of Finance shall be assisted by the Chief Accountant, Bursar and
Resident Auditor.
[Sub-Section 2 above added vide The Sindh Universities (Amendment) Act 1976]
Controller of Examinations
17.
The Chief Accountant, Bursar and Resident Auditor shall be whole-time officers of the
University.
[Section 18 above duly amended vide The Sindh Universities (Amendment) Act 1976]
12
CHAPTER IV
AUTHORITIES OF THE UNIVERSITY
Authorities
19.
the Senate;
(ii)
the Syndicate;
(iii)
(iv)
(v)
(vi)
(vii)
(viii)
(ix)
(x)
(xi)
Senate
20.
the Chancellor;
(ii)
the Pro-Chancellor;
(iii)
the Vice-Chancellor;
(iii-a)
(iv)
(v)
the Deans
(vi)
the Directors;
(vii)
(viii)
Part-I
(ix)
(x)
(xi)
(xii)
(xiii)
(xiv)
(xv)
(xvi)
(xvii)
(xviii)
(xix)
three persons eminent in the Arts, Sciences and the Professions, one from
each category;
(xx)
the Registrar;
(xxi)
(xxii)
(xxiii)
the Librarian;
14
Subject to the provisions of this Act, the Senate shall have the powers:(a)
to consider the drafts of Statutes proposed by the Syndicate and deal with
them in the manner indicated in sub-section (2) of section 28;
(b)
to consider and pass resolution on the annual report, the annual statement of
accounts, and the annual and revised budget estimates;
(c)
(d)
(e)
Syndicate
22. (1)
(i-a)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
the Chief Justice of the High Court of Sindh or a Judge of the High Court
nominated by him;
(v)
(vi)
(vii)
(viii)
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
Part-I
(ix)
(x)
(xi)
(xii)
(xiii)
one Alim and, one woman not serving in any educational institution to be
nominated by the Chancellor;
(2) Members of the Syndicate, other than ex-officio members, shall hold office for
three years.
[Section 22, sub-sections (1) and (2) amended as per Sindh University Laws (Amendment)
Ordinance, 1980, Sindh Ordinance No.XVIII of 1980, issued 22nd December, 1980 and The
Sindh University Laws (Amendment) Ordinance, 1981]
(3) The quorum for a meeting of the Syndicate shall be one-half of the total number of
members, a fraction being counted as one.
(1) The Syndicate shall be the executive body of the University and shall, subject to
the provisions of this Act and the Statutes, exercise general supervision over the
affairs and management of the property of the University.
(2) Without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing powers, and subject to the
provisions of this Act and the Statutes the Syndicate shall have the powers:
(a)
to hold, control and administer the property and funds of the University;
(b)
to govern and regulate, with due regard to the advice of the Finance and
Planning Committee in this behalf, the finances, accounts and investments of
the University and for that purpose to appoint such agents as it may think fit;
(c)
to consider the annual report, the annual and revised budget estimates and
to advise the Senate thereon, and to re-appropriate funds from one major
head of expenditure to another;
(d)
(e)
to enter into, vary, carry out and cancel contracts on behalf of the University;
(f)
to cause proper books of account to be kept for all sums of money received and
expended by the University and for the assets and liabilities of the University;
(g)
(h)
to receive and manage any property transferred, and grants, bequests, trust,
gifts, donations, endowments and other contributions made to the University;
(i)
to administer any funds placed at the disposal of the University for specified
purposes;
(j)
to determine the form, provide for the custody and regulate the use of the
common seal of the University;
(k)
(l)
(m)
(n)
(o)
(p)
to
institute
Professorships,
Associate
Professorships,
Assistant
Professorships, Lectureships, and other teaching posts or to suspend or to
abolish such posts;
(q)
(r)
[Clause r above amended vide the Sindh University Laws (Amendment) Ordinance, 1982, Sindh
Ordinance No. II of 1982 Amendment of Sections 14 and 23 of Sindh Act XXIV and XXV of 1972,
issued 7th February, 1982]
(s)
(t)
(u)
(v)
to suspend, punish and remove from service Officers (other than the
Vice-Chancellor), Teachers and other employees in the manner prescribed;
(w)
Part-I
(x)
(y)
(z)
(aa)
(bb)
(cc)
Academic Council
24.
(ii)
(iii)
the Deans;
(iv)
the Directors;
(v)
(vi)
(vii)
(viii)
Education Secretary;
(ix)
(x)
(xi)
(xii)
(xiii)
three persons eminent in the arts, the sciences and the professions,
of whom one shall be from each category to be nominated by the
Chancellor;
(xiv)
the Registrar
(xv)
(xvi)
(2) Members appointed by nomination or election shall hold office for three years.
(3) The quorum for a meeting of the Academic Council shall be one-third of the total
number of members;
(1) The Academic Council shall be the academic body of the University and shall,
subject to the provisions of this Act and the Statutes, have the power to lay down
proper standards of instruction, research and examinations and to regulate and
promote the academic life of the University and the colleges.
(2) Without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing powers, and subject to the
provisions of this Act, and the Statutes, the Academic Council shall have the powers:(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
Part-I
(h)
(i)
(j)
(k)
(l)
The constitution, functions and powers of the Authorities for which no specific
provision has been made in this Act shall be such as may be prescribed by Statutes.
The Senate, the Syndicate, the Academic Council and other Authorities may, from
time to time, appoint such standing, special or advisory committees, as they may
deem fit, and may place on such committee persons who are not members of the
Authorities appointing the Committees.
CHAPTER V
STATUTES, REGULATIONS AND RULES
Statutes
28.
(1) Subject to the provisions of this Act, Statutes may be made to regulate or
prescribe all or any of the following matters:
(a)
(b)
the scales of pay and other terms and conditions of service of Officers,
Teachers and other employees of the University;
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
20
(g)
(h)
(i)
conditions under which the University may enter into arrangements with
other institutions or with public bodies for purposes of research and advisory
services;
(j)
(k)
(l)
the general scheme of studies including the duration of courses and the
number of subjects and papers for an examination; and
(m)
(2) The draft of Statutes shall be proposed by the Syndicate to the Senate which my
approve it, or pass it with such modifications as the Senate may think fit, or may refer
it back to the Syndicate for reconsideration, or may reject it;
Provided that the Syndicate shall not propose draft of Statutes affecting the
constitution or powers of any Authority of the University, until such Authority has been
given an opportunity of expressing opinion in writing upon the proposal;
Provided further that the draft of Statutes concerning any of the matters mentioned in
clause (a) and (b) of sub-section (1), shall be forwarded to the Chancellor and shall
not be effective until it has been approved by the Chancellor.
Provided also that statutes concerning any of the matters mentioned in clause (k) of
sub-section (1), shall be made by the Chancellor;
[The last provision under sub-section 2 above created vide The Sindh Universities (Amendment)
Act 1976]
Regulations
29.
(1) Subject to the provisions of this Act, and the Statutes, Regulations may be made
for all or any of the following matters:
(a)
the courses of study for degrees, diplomas and certificates of the University;
(b)
(c)
(d)
the conditions under which students shall be admitted to the courses and the
examinations of the University and shall become eligible for the award of
degrees, diplomas and certificates;
21
Part-I
(e)
(f)
fees and other charges to be paid by students for admission to the courses
of study and the examinations of the University;
(g)
(h)
(i)
(j)
(k)
(l)
(m)
(n)
(o)
(p)
all other matters which by this Act, and the Statutes are to be or may be
prescribed by Regulations.
(2) The Regulations shall be prepared by the Academic Council and shall be
submitted to the Syndicate which may approve them or withhold approval or refer
them back to the Academic Council for reconsideration. A Regulation prepared by the
Academic Council shall not be valid unless it receives the approval of the Syndicate.
The procedure for adding to, amending or repealing the Statutes and the Regulations
shall be the same as that prescribed respectively for framing or making Statutes and
Regulations.
Rules
31.
(1) The Authorities and the other bodies of the University may make Rules consistent
with this Act, Statutes and the Regulations, to regulate the conduct of their business
and the time and place of meetings and related matters;
Provided that the Syndicate may direct the amendment or the annulment of any Rules
made by another Authority or body excepting the Senate, under this section:
Provided further that if such other Authority or body is dissatisfied with such direction it
may appeal to the Senate whose decision in the matter shall be final.
(2) The Syndicate may make Rules to regulate any matter relating to the affairs of the
University which has not been specifically provided for by this Act, Statutes or
Regulations.
22
CHAPTER VI
AFFILIATION OF EDUCATIONAL INSTITUTIONS TO THE
UNIVERSITY
Affiliation
32.
(1) An educational institution applying for affiliation to the University shall make an
application to the University and shall satisfy it:(a)
(b)
(c)
that the strength and qualification of the teaching and other staff, and the
terms and conditions of their service, are adequate to make due provision for
the courses of instruction, teaching or training to be undertaken by the
educational institution;
(e)
(f)
that provision has been made for a Library and adequate library services;
(g)
(h)
that due provision will, so far as circumstances may permit, be made for the
residence of Principal and members of the teaching staff in or near the
college or the place provided for the residence of students; and
(i)
that the affiliation of the educational institution, having regard to the provision
which may have been made for students by another educational institution in
its neighborhood, will not be injurious to the interests of education or
discipline.
(2) The application shall further contain an undertaking that after the educational
institutional is affiliated any transference of, and changes in the management and in
the teaching staff, shall be forthwith reported to the University, and that the teaching
staff shall possess such qualifications as are or may be prescribed.
(3) The procedure to be followed in disposing of an application for the affiliation of an
educational institution shall be such as may be prescribed.
23
Part-I
(4) The Syndicate may, on the recommendation of the Affiliation Committee, grant or
refuse affiliation to an educational institution;
Provided that affiliation shall not be refused, unless the educational institution has
been given an opportunity of making a representation against the proposed decision.
(1) Every educational institution affiliated to the University shall furnish such reports,
returns and other information as the University may require to enable it to judge the
efficiency of the educational institution.
(2) The University may call upon any educational institution affiliated to it to take,
within a specified period, such action as may appear to the University to be necessary
in respect of any of the matters referred to in sub-section (1) of section 32.
Withdrawal of affiliation
35.
(1) If any educational institution affiliated to the University fails at any time to fulfill any
of the requirements mentioned in this Act, or if an institution has failed to observe any
of the conditions of its affiliation, or its affairs are conducted in a manner which is
prejudicial to the interest of education, the Syndicate may, on the recommendation of
the Affiliation Committee, and after considering representation as the educational
institution may wish to make, withdraw, either in whole or in part, the rights conferred
on the educational institution by affiliation or modify such rights.
(2) The procedures to be followed for the withdrawal of affiliation shall be such as may
be prescribed.
An appeal shall lie to the Senate against the decision of the Syndicate refusing to
affiliate an institution, or withdrawing in whole or in part the rights conferred on an
institution by affiliation or modifying such rights;
Provided that no order in appeal shall be passed unless the appellant has been given
an opportunity of being heard.
[Proviso above added vide The University of Sindh (Amendment) Ordinance, 1984 issued on
30th November, 1984]
24
(1) The Chancellor may, on request of any affiliated institution or college, direct that
the control and management of such educational institution or college may be taken
over by the University.
(2) The Chancellor may, for the efficient management and control of such educational
institution or college establish a Board of Governors.
(3) The Board of Governors shall consist of:
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
the Pro-Chancellor
Chairman
the Vice-Chancellor
Vice-Chairman
the Pro-Vice-Chancellor (if appointed)
Member/ Secretary
Such other Members as may appointed by the Chancellor.
(4) Subject to special or general direction of the Chancellor the Board of Governors
shall exercise supervision and control over the affairs of such institution or college and
without prejudice to the generality of these powers it shall:(a)
formulate the policy for running the institution or college in the light of
guidelines issued by the University from time to time;
(b)
(c)
manage and regulate the funds, finances, assets and investments of the
institution or college;
(d)
maintain the accounts of the institution or college in the prescribed form and
get such accounts audited in the prescribed manner; and
(c)
appoint teachers and other employees of the institution or college and have
the power to take disciplinary action against them;
[Section 36-A added vide The Sindh Universities (Amendment) Act 1976]
CHAPTER VII
UNIVERSITY FUND
University fund
37.
The University shall have a fund to which shall be credited its income from fees,
donations, trusts, bequests, endowments, contributions, grants and all other sources.
(1) The Accounts of the University shall be maintained in such form and in such
manner as may be prescribed.
25
Part-I
(2) No expenditure shall be made from the funds of the University, unless a bill for its
payment has in accordance with the Statutes, been audited by the Resident Auditor
appointed by the Provincial Audit Department and the payment is included in the
approved budget of the University.
[Sub-section (2)above substituted vide The Sindh University Laws (Amendment Ordinance 1980]
(3) The annual statement of the accounts of the University signed by the Director of
Finance and the Resident Auditor, shall be submitted to Government within six
months of closing of the financial year.
(4) The accounts of the University shall be audited once a year in conformity with the
Statutes, Regulations and Rules by the Auditor appointed by Government for this
purpose.
(5) The observations of Government Auditor, together with such annotations as the
Director of Finance may make, shall be presented to the Syndicate.
CHAPTER VIII
GENERAL PROVISIONS
Opportunity to show cause
39.
Where an order is passed punishing any Officer (Other than the Vice-chancellor),
Teacher or other employee of the University or altering or interpreting to his
disadvantage the prescribed terms or conditions of his service, he shall, where the
order is passed by the Vice-chancellor or any other Officer or Teacher of the
University, have the right to appeal to the Syndicate against the order, and where the
order is made by the Syndicate, have the right to apply to that authority for review of
that order. The appeal or application for review shall be submitted to the Vicechancellor and he shall lay it before the Syndicate with his views;
Provided that no order in appeal or review shall be made unless the appellant or the
applicant, as the case may be has been given an opportunity of being heard.
[Provision above added vide The University of Sindh (Amendment) Ordinance, 1984 issued on
30th November, 1984]
26
40-A
An officer, teacher or other employee of the University shall retire from service:
(i)
on such date, after he has completed twenty five years of service qualifying
for pension or other retirement benefits, as competent authority may direct;
or
(ii)
where no direction is given under clause (i), on the completion of sixty years
age
Explanation:
[Sub-Section 40-A added vide The Sindh Universities (Amendment) Act 1976]
[Clause 2 of section 40-A amended vide The University of Sindh (Amendment) Act 1989]
(1) The University shall constitute for the benefit of its Officers, Teachers and other
employees in such manner and subject to such conditions as may be prescribed, such
pension, insurance, gratuity, provident fund and benevolent fund scheme as it may
deem fit.
(2) Where any provident fund has been constituted under this Act, the provisions of
the Provident Fund Act, 1952 (Act XIX of 1952) shall apply to such fund as if it were
the Government Provident Fund.
Any casual vacancy among the elected, appointed or nominated members of any
Authority shall be filled, as soon as conveniently may be, by the person or persons or
the body who elected, appointed or nominated that member whose place has become
vacant and the person elected, appointed or nominated to the vacancy shall be a
member of such Authority for the residue of the term for which the person whose
place he fills would have been a member.
27
Part-I
First Statutes
47.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Act, the Governor of Sindh
shall promulgate the First Statutes which shall be deemed to be the Statutes framed
under section 28 and shall continue to remain in force until amended or replaced or till
such time as new Statutes are framed in accordance with the provisions of this Act.
(1) The West Pakistan (University of Sindh) Ordinance, 1961 (West Pakistan Ordinance
XXI of 1961), hereinafter referred to as the said Ordinance, is hereby repealed.
(2) Notwithstanding the repeal of the said Ordinance:(a)
28
(b)
Transitory Provisions
49.
(1) The Syndicate, as constituted immediately before the commencement of this Act,
shall continue to function and shall, as far as may be, exercise the powers assigned to
the Senate and the Syndicate under this Act until the first Syndicate is constituted
under this Act;
Provided that till such time as the first Senate is constituted under this Act and is able
to meet, the first Syndicate shall be deemed to be fully constituted under this Act
without the members to be nominated by the Senate and shall, in addition to the
powers assigned to the Syndicate under this Act, exercise the powers assigned to the
Senate.
(2) The other Authorities, as constituted under the Ordinance in force immediately
before the commencement of this Act, shall continue to function and shall, as far as
may be, exercise the powers respectively assigned to the corresponding Authorities
by or under this Act, until such time as they are respectively replaced by the
Authorities constituted under this Act.
If any difficulty arises as to the first constitution or reconstitution of any Authority upon
the coming into force of this Act or otherwise in first implementation of the provisions
of this Act, the Chancellor may, on the recommendation of the Vice-Chancellor, give
appropriate directions to remove such difficulty.
Bar of Jurisdiction
51.
(1) No Court shall have jurisdiction to entertain any proceedings, grant any injunction
or make any order in relation to anything done in good faith or purported to have been
done or intended to be done under this Act.
Indemnity
52.
(2) No suit or legal proceedings shall lie against Government, the University or any
authority, Officer or employee of Government or University or any person in respect of
anything which is done in good faith or purported to have been done or intended to
be, or has been, done under this Act;
[Section 51 & 52 added vide The Sindh Universities (Amendment) Act 1976 and also modified
vide The University of Sindh (Amendment) Ordinance, 1984]
Part-I
(a)
any officer, teacher or other employee of the University shall, as the Chancellor
may in the public interest direct, serve in any post under Government or any
other University or an Educational or Research Institution.
Provided that in the case of a teacher, the Syndicate shall be consulted
before issuing the direction;
(b)
the Chancellor may, in the public interest, direct any post in the University to
be filled by appointing an employee of Government or any other University or
an Educational or Research Institution;
Provided that in the case of a teacher, the Selection Board shall be consulted
before filling in the post.
(2) Where any appointment or transfer has been made under this section, the terms
and conditions of service of the appointee or transferee shall not be less favourable
than those admissible to him immediately before such appointment or transfer and he
shall be entitled to all benefits of his post service.
[Section 53 added vide The Sindh University Laws (Amendment) Ordinance, 1980, Sindh
Ordinance No. XVIII of 1980 and provisions added vide The Sindh University Laws (Amendment)
Ordinance, 1981]
CHAPTER IX
THE FIRST STATUTES
(See Section 47)
Faculties.
1.
Subject Assigned
Faculty of Arts
1. Arabic
2. English
3. Fine Arts (now ART & DESIGNE)
4. Persian
5. Philosophy
6. Sindhi
7. Urdu
30
Faculty of Education
Faculty of Law
1. Botany, Forestry
2. Bio Chemistry
3. Biotechnology & Genetic Engineering
4. Chemistry
5. Environmental Science
6. Fresh Water Biology & Fisheries
7. Geography
8. Geology
9. Mathematics & Computer Science
10. Archaeology & Anthropology
11. Micro-Biology
12. Physiology
13. Physics
14. Information Technology renamed as Information &
Communication Technology in 2008
15. Statistics
16. Zoology
Faculty of Pharmacy*
01. Pharmaceutics
02. Pharmaceutical Chemistry
03. Pharmacognosy
04. Pharmacology
1. Economic
2. General History
3. International Relations
4. Mass Communication *
5. Library Science & Achieve Studies
6. Political Science
7. Psychology
8. Sociology
9. Social Work
10. Public Administration*
11. Sindh Development Studies *
12. Women Development Studies*
31
Part-I
[Amended Statute 1-(1) as approved by the Senate in its meeting held on 21.5.1979. (*) refer to subjects
introduced at later stages after the approval of the competent authority]
(2) There shall be a Board of each Faculty which shall consist of:
(i)
the Dean;
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
(3) The members mentioned in sub-clause (iii) and (iv) of clause (2) shall hold office
for three years.
(4) The quorum for a meeting of the Board of a Faculty shall be one-half of the total
number of members, fraction being counted as one.
(5) The Board of each Faculty shall, subject to the general control of the Academic
Council and the Syndicate, have the powers:
(a)
to co-ordinate the teaching and research work in the subjects assigned to the
Faculty;
(b)
[Clause (2) sub-clause (iii) and Clause 5 of the First Statute amended by the Senate at its
meeting held on 10-2-1975
(c)
to consider any other academic matter relating to the Faculty and to report
thereon to the Academic Council, and
(d)
32
Dean
2.
(1) There shall be a Dean of each Faculty who shall be the Chairman and convener of
the Board of Faculty.
(2) The Dean of each Faculty shall be appointed by the Chancellor on the
recommendations of the Vice-chancellor from amongst the three most senior
Professors in the Faculty for a period of three years;
[Clause (2) of statute 2 above substituted vide The Sindh University Laws (Amendment)
Ordinance, 1981, Sindh Ordinance No. VII of 1981 Amendment of Sindh Acts XXIV and XXV of
1972 dated 5th April, 1981]
Teaching Department
3.
(1) There shall be a Teaching Department for each subject or a group of subjects, as
may be prescribed by Regulations, and each Teaching Department shall be headed
by a Chairman.
(2) The Chairman of a Teaching Department or the Director of an Institute shall be
appointed by the Syndicate on the recommendations of the Vice-chancellor from
amongst three most senior Professors and three most Senior Associate Professors of
the Department, for a period of three years;
Provided that where there is no Professor or Associate Professor in a Department, it
shall be looked after by the Dean of the Faculty with the assistance of the most senior
teacher of the Department.
[Clause (2) of Statute 3 above substituted vide The Sindh University Laws (Amendment)
Ordinance, 1981, Sindh Ordinance No. VII of 1981 Amendment of Sindh Acts XXIV and XXV of
1972, dated 5th April, 1981]
(3) The chairman of the Department shall plan, organize and supervise the work of the
Department and shall be responsible to the Dean for the work of his Department.
33
Part-I
Boards of Studies
4.
(1)
There shall be a separate Board of Studies for each subject or group of
subjects, as may be prescribed by Regulations.
(2)
(i)
(ii)
Provided that if the total number of University Teachers under sub-clause (i) and (ii)
comes to less than three, then this number may be made up by nominating other
University Teachers as in sub-clause (iii);
(iii)
One or two University Teacher, as the case may be, other than a Professor
or an Associate Professor, to be appointed by the Academic Council;
*
(iv)
(v)
In the Syndicate meeting held on 09.03.2013, it was resolved as under:Resolution No.14(b) The Syndicate authorized the worthy Vice Chancellor to appoint the
members on Board of Studies, under clause 4(2)(iv) of the First Statutes appended to the
University of Sindh Act, 1972 in all Institutes/Centres/Departments of University in future.
Provided that in the case of subjects which are taught in the Teaching Department or
constituent colleges only, such as Law, Commerce, Social work, Journalism, Geology,
etc., the Board of Studies shall consist of:
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
Provided further that in the case of Professional subjects which are taught in the
affiliated colleges only, and not in the University, such as Medicine, Animal
Husbandry, Dentistry, Home Economics, Engineering, Agriculture, etc., the Board of
Studies shall consist of:
34
(a)
(b)
(c)
two experts to be appointed by the Vice-chancellor.
Provided also that in the case of such subjects of Humanities and Sciences as are
taught in the affiliated colleges only and not in the University, the Board of Studies
shall consist of:
(a)
six Teachers from the colleges doing teaching work in the subject to be
appointed by the Academic Council; and
(b)
(3) The term of office of members of the Board of Studies other than ex-officio
members shall be three years.
(4) The quorum for meetings of the Board of Studies shall be one-half of the total
number of members, a fraction being counted as one.
(5) The chairman of the University Teaching Department concerned shall be the
Chairman and convener of the Board of Studies. Where in respect of a subject there
is no University Teaching Department, the Chairman shall be appointed by the
Syndicate.
(6) The functions of the Board of Studies shall be:
(a)
(b)
to propose curricula and syllabi for all degree, diploma and certificate
courses in the subject or subjects concerned;
to suggest a panel of names of paper setters and examiners in the subject or
subjects concerned; and
(c)
(d)
(1) The Advanced Studies and Research Board shall consist of:
(i)
(ii)
the Deans;
(iii)
(iv)
(2) The term of office of members of the Advanced Studies and Research Board other
than ex-officio members shall be three years.
35
Part-I
(3) The quorum for a meeting of the Advanced Studies and Research Board shall be
one-half of the total number of members, a fraction being counted as one.
(4) The functions of the Advanced Studies and Research Board shall be:
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
Selection Board.
6.
(1)
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
(v)
(2) The members mentioned in sub-clause (v) of clause (1) shall hold office for two
years;
(3) (a)
Four members shall form the quorum for the selection of a Professor or an
Associate Professor and three members for the selection of other Teachers.
(b)
In case of Officers other than teachers, the Selection Board shall consist only
of members at sub-clauses (i), (ii) and (v) of clause (1).
(4) No member who is a candidate for the post to which appointment is to be made
shall take part in the proceedings of the Board.
36
(5) In selecting candidates for the posts of Professors and Associate Professors, the
Selection Board shall co-opt or consult three experts in the subject concerned and in
selecting candidates for other teaching posts, two experts in the subject concerned, to
be nominated by the Vice-Chancellor from a standing list of experts for each subject
approved by the Syndicate on the recommendation of the Selection Board and
revised from time to time.
(1) The Selection Board shall consider the applications received in response to
advertisement and recommend to the Syndicate the names of suitable candidates for
appointment to teaching and other posts.
(2) The Selection Board may recommend the grant of a higher initial pay in a suitable
case for reasons to be recorded.
(3) The Selection Board may recommend to the Syndicate the appointment of an
eminently qualified person to a Professorship in the University on terms and
conditions other than those prescribed.
(4) In the event of an unresolved difference of opinion between the Selection Board
and the Syndicate, the matter shall be referred to the Chancellor whose decision shall
be final.
(b)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
(v)
(vi)
(vii)
(ii)
Part-I
(iii)
(iv)
(v)
Director of Finance;
[Paragraph 8, clause (1) of the First Statutes amended vide The Sindh Universities (Amendment)
Act 1976 and The Sindh Universities Laws (Amendment) Ordinance 1981]
(2) The terms of office of the appointed members shall be three years.
(3) The quorum for a meeting of the Finance and Planning Committee shall be three
members
to consider the annual statement of accounts and the annual and revised
budget estimates and advise the Syndicate thereon;
(b)
(c)
(d)
Affiliation Committee
10.
the Vice-Chancellor;
(ii)
(iii)
(2) The term of office of the members of the Committee, excluding Ex-officio
members, shall be two years.
(3) The Affiliation Committee may co-opt not more than three experts.
(4) The quorum for a meeting of or an inspection by the Affiliation Committee shall be
three members.
(5) An officer of the University to be designated by the Vice-chancellor for this purpose
shall act as the Secretary of the Committee.
(6) The function of the Affiliation Committee shall be:
38
(a)
(b)
(c)
Discipline Committee
11.
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
(v)
(2) The term of office of the members of the Discipline Committee, excluding ex-officio
members, shall be two years;
(3) The quorum for a meeting of the Discipline Committee shall be four members.
(4) The functions of the Discipline Committed shall be:
(i)
(ii)
39
Part-I
Preamble
WHEREAS it is expedient to maintain uniformity in the Preamble. organization,
management and control of public sector Universities and degree awarding Institutes in the
Province of Sindh and to amend certain laws relating thereto, in the manner hereinafter
appearing;
(1) This Act may be called the Sindh Universities Laws Short title and (Amendment)
Act, 2013.
(2) It shall come into force at once.
SHORT TITLE
OF THE LAW
2.
The Sindh
University Act,
1972 (Sindh
Ordinance No.XVI
of 1972)
AMENDMENT
1.
2.
3.
In section 11, in sub-section (1), after the words "person or
persons", the words "in consultation with Government" shall
be inserted.
In section 13, for sub-section (1), the following shall be
substituted:"(1) The Vice Chancellor shall be appointed by the
Chancellor on the recommendation of Government for a
period of four years, which may be extended for one more
term on such terms and conditions as the Chancellor may
determine".
40
3.
For section 14-A, the following shall be substituted:14-A. (1) The Pro-Vice Chancellor shall be appointed by
the Chancellor on the recommendation of Government, for
the main .campus or for the additional campus(s), if any, or
for both the campuses jointly or separately, on such terms
and conditions and for such period not exceeding four
years at a time as the Chancellor may determine.
(2) The Pro-Vice-Chancellor appointed under sub-section
(1) shall, notwithstanding anything contained in this
Ordinance, exercise such powers and perform such
functions of the Vice-Chancellor or such other powers and
functions, in respect of the campus for which he is
appointed, as the Chancellor on the advice of Government
may delegate to him.
(3) The Pro-Vice-Chancellor shall be ex-officio member of
the Senate, Syndicate and Academic Council and shall be
deemed to be included in the University under sub-section
(2) of section 3 and be an officer of the University under
section 8.".
4.
For section 14-A, the following shall be substituted:"15. The Registrar shall be a whole-time officer of the
University and shall.be appointed by Government on such
terms and conditions as it may determine. He shall
(a) hold office for three years on the expiry of which
he shall be eligible for re-appointment;
(b) be the custodian of the common seal and the academic
records of the University;
(c) maintain a register of registered graduates in the
prescribed manner;
(d) conduct election of members to the various authorizes
in the prescribed manner; and
(e) perform such other duties as may be prescribed."
5.
6.
For section 17, the following shall be substituted:"17. Controller of Examination. The Controller of
Examinations shall be a whole time officer of the University
and shall be appointed by Government on such terms and
conditions as it may determine. He shall be responsible for
all matters connected with the conduct of examinations and
perform such other duties as may be prescribed".
41
Part-I
7.
For section 18, the following shall be substituted:"18. Chief Accountant, Bursar and Resident Auditor.
The Chief Accountant, Bursar and Resident Auditor shall
be whole-time officers of the University and shall
be-appointed by Government on such terms and conditions
as it may determine.
8.
9.
42
PART- II
THE SINDH UNIVERSITY EMPLOYEES
PENSION STATUTES
AND
NATIONAL PAY SCALES
REVISION OF BASIC PAY SCALES
(& FRINGE BENEFITS) STATUTES
adoption
of
These Statutes may be called the Sindh University employees Pension Statutes.
Commencement
1.2
These Statutes shall have effect from the 1st July, 1972.
Extent of Application
1.3
Unless in any case, it be otherwise expressly provided, these Statutes shall apply to:(i)
all the future Sindh University employees, except those who opt for the
benefits under the existing Provident Fund Statutes.
(ii)
all the Sindh University employees, who have been in service prior to the
enforcement of these Pension Statutes unless they opt to continue to be
governed by the Provident Fund Statutes (now discontinued).
Note-1 In the case of employees who were in service on and before 14th October,
1955, but died before publication of these statutes it will be assumed that
they opted for Provident Fund Statutes.
Note-2 The employees who opt for these Pension Statutes shall be allowed to
contribute to their own share of Provident Fund with interest accrued thereon
only and they shall not be allowed benefit of University share of Provident
Fund.
43
Part-II
PENSION STATUTES
Option
1.4
Employees and pensioners mentioned in clauses (i) and (ii) of Statute. 1.3 above may
exercise option within a period of six months from the date of publication of these
Statutes in the Sindh University Gazette. The option shall be communicated in writing
to the Treasurer as well as to the Appointing Authority. Option once so exercised shall
be final.
The employees, who fail to exercise option within the stipulated period shall be
assumed to have opted for the Sindh University Employees Pension Statutes.
Note-
1.5
Employees paid
Establishment.
from
contingencies,
OR
borne
on
Work-Charged
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
Any employee, who holds a post which has been declared by the Syndicate
to be non-pensionable;
(v)
Any person whose whole-time is not retained for the public service but is
merely paid for the work done, such as Pleaders, Law Officers and experts
not debarred from private practice;
(vi)
Any person who is not paid from the Sindh University funds, but is paid from
a fund held by Sindh University as a Trustee, or is remunerated by fees for
the grant of land or of any other source of revenue or of a right to collect
money.
Definitions
1.6
(i)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
(i)
Pension
(ii)
Class IV Service
(iii)
Class IV Service means any kind of service which may be specially classed
as such by the Syndicate.
Superior Service
(iv)
Superior Service means any kind of service which is not Class IV Service.
Ordinary Pension
(v)
Full Pension
(vi)
1.7
1.8
In any case, where pension or gratuity is not admissible under these Statutes, a
competent authority may grant a pension which will not save in most exceptional
circumstances, exceed Rs.100/00 a month or a gratuity not exceeding the equivalent
value of that amount: provided that the general spirit of the Statutes is observed.
(a)
(b)
Part-II
PENSION STATUTES
(c)
1.9
1.10
1.11
The Syndicate may amend suitably, the forms prescribed under these Statutes, if and
when necessary.
1.12
Amendments, additions etc. to the West Pakistan Civil Service Pension Rules, from
time to time, shall be considered amendments additions, etc., to these Statutes, from
time to time.
CHAPTER - II
SERVICE QUALIFYING FOR PENSION
2.1. Conditions of qualifications: The service of an employee does not qualify for pension
unless it conforms to the following three conditions:
First
Second
Third
2.2 Beginning of Service: Subject to any special statutes, the service of an employee begins
to qualify for pension when he takes over charge of the post to which he is first appointed.
2.3 Temporary and Officiating Service: Temporary and officiating service shall count for
pension as indicated below:-
2.4
(i)
(ii)
Service in a temporary post on abolition of a permanent post:If a permanent post on which an employee holds a lien is abolished under the
circumstances entitling him to get a compensation pension or gratuity, his service
thereafter in a temporary post under University qualifies for pension.
46
(2)
2.6 Training:
The time spent by an employee in approved training, shall count as service
qualifying for pension.
Note: The period of training before actual appointment to University service shall not count
for pension.
2.7 Leave: All leave (other than extraordinary leave) counts as qualifying service for purposes
of pension.
2.9 Suspension: If an employee is suspended from service pending enquiry into his conduct,
the period of suspension counts for pension, if it is immediately followed by reinstatement,
unless the employee is reinstated with forfeiture of a part of his pay or allowances for the
period of suspension.
2.10 Forfeiture of past service: An employee forfeits his past service in the following cases:
(a)
(b)
(c)
Note:
The Syndicate may for purpose of pension condone all gaps between period
of service of an employee.
(2)
47
Part-II
PENSION STATUTES
CHAPTER - III
DIFFERENT KINDS OF ORDINARY PENSION AND
CONDITIONS FOR THEIR GRANT
3.1 Classification of pensions: Pension are divided into four classes:
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
Compensation Pension
Invalid Pension
Superannuation Pension
Retiring Pension
Note: Special additional pension is also granted to certain classes of employees under
special circumstances.
3.2 Compensation Pension: If a permanent employee is selected for discharge owing to the
abolition of his permanent post or owing to a change in the nature of the duties of that post, he
shall, unless he is appointed to another post the condition of which are deemed to be at least
equivalent to those of his own, have the option:(a)
(b)
3.3 Invalid pension: (1) Invalid Pension is awarded on his retirement from University
service, before reaching the age of superannuation to an employee who by bodily or mental
infirmity is permanently incapacitated for further service on production of a medical certificate
prescribed in Sub-Statutes (2) of this Statute.
(2)
An employee who wishes to retire on invalid pension should apply to his Head of
Office or Department who should direct him to present himself before a Medical Board or an
Invalidating Committee or a Medical Officer for obtaining a medical certificate of incapacity for
further service in the following form:Certified that I (we) have carefully examined A, B, son of C,D, a
..................... in the ................................ his age is by his own statement
................ years. I (we) consider A, B to be completely and permanently
incapacitated for further service of any kind for in the department to which he
belongs in consequence of ................. (here state disease or cause).
Note:
(1)
I am (we are) of opinion that A, B, is fit for further service of a less laborious
character than that which he has been doing (or may after resting for
............... months, be fit for further service of a less laborious character than
that which he has been doing).
48
Note:
(2)
(3)
opts to retire after 25 years qualifying service or such less time as may for
any special class of employee be prescribed; or
(ii)
(iii)
CHAPTER - IV
AMOUNT OF ORDINARY PENSIONS
SECTION I - GENERAL
4.1
4.2
4.3
(1)
(2)
(1)
(2)
If any employee has held more than one post, in respect of each of which, if he had
held separately and alone, pension would have been admissible to him, the pension
admissible to him is the sum of the several pensions which would have been
admissible to him if he had held each post separately and alone. The consolidated
pension shall, however, be subject to the maximum limit prescribed in Statute 4.4.
49
Part-II
PENSION STATUTES
SECTION - II
AMOUNT OF FULL PENSION
Amount of Full Pension
4.4
(1)
(2)
Scale of Pension
Express as fraction
per annum
Maximum Limit
of Pensions
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
10/50
11/50
12/50
13/50
14/50
15/50
16/50
17/50
18/50
19/50
20/50
21/50
22/50
23/50
24/50
25/50
2,500
2,800
3,100
3,400
3,700
4,000
4,300
4,600
4,900
5,200
5,500
5,800
6,100
6,400
6,700
7,000
For grant of special pension, there shall be two grades of employees namely,
Upper Grade and Lower Grade as shown in the schedule under this Statute
as amended from time to time.
(2)
Rs.2,500.00 per annum for service in lower and upper grade appointments
combined or in upper grade appointments alone, provided that in the case of
an employee who has earned an additional pension by service in
appointments in both the upper and lower grade service for any broken
period of year in the upper grade may count as service in the lower grade if
his pension would be hereby increased.
(3)
Note:-
For the purpose of sub-statute (2) of this Statute, the expression effective
service includes besides periods of duty in a post mentioned in the said substatute:(i)
(ii)
(iii)
The term Pay does not include the pay drawn by an employee in foreign
service or additional pay for performance of additional duties of another post.
SCHEDULE
(a) UPPER GRADE
(a)
(b)
(b)
SECTION III
A. GRATUITY AND PENSION BENEFITS
4.6 (1)
Every employee in pensionable service shall surrender 1/4th of the full monthly
pension (including special additional pension) admissible to him under the Statutes
4.4 and 4.5.
(2)
In the case of an employee who has rendered 5 years service or more, but less than
10 years qualifying service, a gratuity equal to 10 months emoluments subject to
maximum of Rs.10,000 shall be granted to him on retirement or to his family, in the
case of his death while in service.
51
Part-II
(3)
PENSION STATUTES
(b)
(4)
A gratuity shall be granted to him or to his family in the case of his death
calculated at the following rates for each rupee of his pension surrendered
under sub-statute (1) above.
S.No.
(i)
140 rupees
(ii)
130 rupees
(iii)
120 rupees
(iv)
120 rupees
In the event of his death before retirement payment shall be made to his family
for 5 years at the rate of 50 per cent of the full pension calculated as in substatute (4) and in the case of death after, but within 5 years of retirement,
payment shall be made to his family at the rate of 50 percent of the reduced
pension i.e., the amount of pension remaining after surrendering 1/4th thereof
under sub-statute (1) above and after commutation, if any, for the un- expired
portion of 5 years.
In the event of death before retirement, pension for the purposes of this Statute shall
be calculated as if the employee retired on invalid pension on the date of his death,
but it shall be admissible from the day following the death of the employee.
Note 1:-
Note 2:-
Note 3:-
Gratuity payable under sub-statute (3) (a) of this Statute, should be worked
out on the fraction of a rupee of the surrendered pension calculated to the
nearest paisa.
Note 4:-
Note 5:-
52
B. GRATUITY
4.7
(1) The term Family for the purpose of payment of gratuity under this section, shall
include the following relatives of the employee:(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
Note (i):-
Note (ii):-
If it is proved that the wife has been judicially separated from the
employee or has ceased under the customary law of the community to
which she belongs to be entitled to maintenance, she shall no longer be
deemed to be a member of the family unless the employee has himself
intimated in writing to the Treasurer and the Registrar that she will
continue to be so regarded.
Note (iii):-
(2) An employee may as soon as he/ she completes 5 years qualifying service, make a
nomination conferring on one or more members of his/ her family if he/ she has no
family, on one or more persons, the right to receive any gratuity that may be sanctioned
under Statute 4.6 and any gratuity which having become admissible to him/ her, has not
been paid to him/ her before death.
Explanation:
(3)
A nomination in favour of a person not a member of the family, made when the
employee had no family, shall lapse on the employee acquiring family.
(4)
If any employee nominates more persons than one under sub-statute (2) above, he/ she
shall specify in the nomination the amount or share payable to each nominee in such
manner as to dispose of the whole amount of the gratuity mentioned therein.
(5)
An employee may provide in a nomination:(a) In respect of any specified nominee, that in the event of his/ her predeceasing
the employee, the right conferred upon that nominee in sub-statute (2) above,
shall pass to such other member or members of the employees family as may
be specified in the nomination.
(b) that the nomination shall become void in the event of the happening of a
contingency specified therein.
53
Part-II
4.8
PENSION STATUTES
(6)
(7)
(8)
(9)
Every nomination made and every notice of cancellation given by an employee under
this Statute, shall be sent by the employee through proper channel to the Treasurer as
well as to the Registrar.
(10)
Every nomination made and every notice of cancellation given by an employee shall,
to the extent that it is valid, take effect from the date on which it is received by the
authority mentioned in sub-statute (9) above.
When the amount of gratuity has become payable it shall be the duty of the Treasurer to make
payment according to the following procedure:(a)
The amount of the gratuity or any part thereof to which the nomination relates, shall
become payable to his/ her nominee or nominees in the proportion specified in the
nomination;
(b)
If nomination relates only to a part of the amount of the gratuity, the part to which it
does not relate shall be distributed equally only among the members of the family
other than the nominees;
(c)
If no valid nomination subsists, the whole amount of the gratuity shall become payable
to the members of his/ her family in equal shares; provided that in case of (b) or (c)
above, no share shall be payable to:(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
54
(d)
4.9
When the employee leaves no family and the whole or part of the gratuity is not
covered by a valid nomination, the amount of gratuity shall be payable to the following
surviving relatives if any of the employee in equal shares:(1)
(2)
(3)
father and
(4)
mother
Note:
In the absence of any other eligible claimant gratuity would be payable to the
sons and daughters of the deceased employee in equal shares even if the
sons are over 24 years old and the daughters are married and their
husbands are alive:
No gratuity will be payable by the University after the death of an employee, if he/ she
does not leave a valid nomination or a family as defined in sub-statute (1) of Statute 4.7,
or an eligible dependent relative or relatives specified in sub-statute (d) of Statute 4.8.
C FAMILY PENSION
4.10
(1) Family for the purpose of payment of family pension be as defined in sub-statute (1)
of Statute 4.7. It shall also include the relatives of an employee mentioned in statute
(d) of Statute 4.8.
(2) (A)
(i)
(ii)
Failing a widow or husband as the case may be the pension shall be divided
equally among the surviving sons not above 24 years and unmarried
daughters.
55
Part-II
Note:-
(B)
(3)
(4)
PENSION STATUTES
In working out the share of the various heirs under sub-clause (a) (i) and (ii) the
amount should be calculated to the nearest paisa.
(iii)
(iv)
(v)
Failing (i) to (iv) to the eldest surviving son of a deceased son of the
employee.
(vi)
(vii)
If the family pension is not payable under clause (a), it may be granted:(i)
to the father;
(ii)
(iii)
failing the father and the mother to the eldest surviving brother below the age
of 21 years;
(iv)
failing (i) to (iii) to the eldest surviving unmarried sister; if the eldest sister
marries or dies, to the next eldest;
(v)
(b)
(c)
(d)
A family pension awarded under this section shall not be payable to more than one
member of an employees family at the same time except as provided for in subclause (A) (i) and (ii) of sub-rule (2) above.
(5) (a) if the pension ceases to be granted before the expiry of the period for which it is
admissible on death or marriage of the recipients or on account of other causes to
persons falling under sub-clauses (A) (i) and (ii) of sub-rule (2) above the amount shall
be granted to other recipients in equal shares.
56
(b) If a family pension awarded under this section other than that mentioned in clause (A) (i)
or (ii) or sub-rule (2) of this rule ceases to be payable before the expiry of the period up
to which it is admissible account of death or marriage of the recipient or other causes, it
shall be regranted to the person next lower in order mentioned in sub-statute (2).
(6)
Syndicate shall have discretion to make such modification in the mode of allotment or
conditions of tenure set forth in sub-statute (2) to (5) above, as they may consider
desirable to suit the special circumstances of the beneficiaries.
(7)
A family pension sanctioned under this statute, shall be payable in addition to any
extraordinary pension or gratuity that may be granted to the members of an
employees family under any other Statutes in force for the time being.
(8)
Future good conduct of the recipients is an implied condition of every grant of a family
pension under this statute.
(ii)
The answer to the question at (i) above is in the negative there being no family pension of the
widow in existence on 1.7.1983
As regards (ii) above, it is clarified that a family pension of the widow in course of
payment or to say in existence on 1.7.1983 lasting for a period of 10 years under the
previous instructions referred to in the above Office Memorandum, will now be
admissible to her for life or until remarriage of the widow.
In the light of the position explained above and the instruction contained in this Division
O.M. referred to in para 1 above, Section I-gratuity and Section II- Family Pension- of
the annexure to the Pension-cum-Gratuity Scheme of 1954.
D GENERAL
4.11
(i)
The Statutes which apply to the grant of ordinary pension to employees shall
also apply in respect of gratuity and pension that may be sanctioned in favour of
their families under this statute in so far as such Statutes are not inconsistent
with the provisions of this statute.
(ii)
Syndicate shall have the right to effect recovery from such gratuity or pension in
the same circumstances as recoveries can be effected from ordinary pension
after giving due regard to the provisions of Statute 4.2.
(iii)
A gratuity or pension to the family may be sanctioned under this statute by the
authority competent to sanction pension to the employee concerned after giving
due regard to the provisions of Statute 4.2.
57
Part-II
(2)
PENSION STATUTES
The sanctioning authority may allow the payment of family pension and/ or shares of
gratuity admissible to minor children of a deceased employee to their mother. In case
the mother is not alive or was judicially separated from the employee in his life-time
the sanctioning authority may nominate any suitable person to be the guardian of
such minor children for the purpose of receiving payment of pension and/ or shares of
gratuity on their behalf. In case, the deceased employee was a female, the
sanctioning authority may under similar circumstances allow the payment of pension
and/ or shares of gratuity on their behalf. In case the deceased employee was a
female, the sanctioning authority may under similar circumstances allow the payment
of pension and/ or share of gratuity of minor children of the deceased to their father, or
if the father be not alive to such guardian as may be appointed by the sanctioning
authority.
CHAPTER - V
Application for Grant of Pension
5.1
All authorities dealing with applications made for sanctioning the pension under these
Statutes should bear in mind that delay in the payment of pension involves peculiar
hardship. It is essential to ensure, therefore, that an employee begins to receive his
pension on the date on which it becomes due.
5.2
The responsibility for initiation and completion of pension papers is that of the Head of
Department/ Section concerned. The action should be initiated 6 months prior to the
date when an employee is due to retire, so that the pension may be sanctioned a
month prior to the date of his retirement. For this purpose, every employee should
submit his pension application in Form 3 (Pen.) 6 months in advance of the date of his
retirement, provided that:(i)
(ii)
5.3 (1) The following certificate shall be recorded by an employee and be attached to the
pension application:I hereby declare that I have neither applied for nor received any pension or
gratuity in respect of any portion of the service included in this application
and in respect of which pension or gratuity is claimed herein, nor shall I
submit an application hereafter without quoting a reference to this application
and to the orders which may be passed thereon.
(2) The Head of Department/ Section concerned shall certify on the pension application
Form No.3 whether the character conduct and past service of the employee
concerned are such as to entitle him to the favourable consideration of Syndicate. He
shall also record there his own opinion whether the service claimed has been
established and should be admitted or not.
58
(3)
All periods of leave suspension, etc. which are not reckoned as service qualifying for
pension, shall be carefully recorded on the form.
(4)
If the application is for an invalid pension, the requisite medical certificate shall be
attached to the application.
5.4 (1)
After completing the application in the manner prescribed in the preceding Statute, it
shall be forwarded along with the necessary documents through the audit Officer to
the authority empowered to sanction the pension.
(2)
If the applicant for pension/ gratuity is no longer in active service, a last pay certificate
shall be attached to the application.
(3)
The authority competent to sanction the pension shall record on the application after
the consideration of the facts of the case his provisional recommendation stating
whether the pension claimed should be admitted or not.
5.5 (1)
The service of an employee in the second page of the application form shall be
verified by the Head of Department/ Section concerned from official records, for
example Service Book or Roll, Pay bill or Acquaintance Roll etc.
(2)
The power to admit service verified under this clause may be exercised by
the Syndicate.
(3)
The Head of Department/ Section concerned shall then arrange with the application
all the documents relied upon for the verification of service claimed in such a manner
that they can be conveniently consulted, and forward them together with employees
Service Book or Service Roll as the case may be, and the statement in the second
page of the pension application form duly completed up-to-date (and the last pay
certificate, if necessary) to the authority empowered to sanction the pension through
the Audit Officer.
5.6
On receipt of the pension papers, the Audit Officer shall apply the requisite checks. If
in cases in which the authority competent to sanction the pension has recorded its
provisional recommendation under sub-statute (3) of Statute 5.4 and the Audit Officer
finds that the claim is in order he shall prepare the pension payment order forth-with in
Form 4 (Pen) but shall not issue it more than a fortnight in advance of the date on
which the employee is due to retire, intimating the fact of issue to that authority. In
other cases, he shall certify as to the correctness of the calculations of service and
pension and return the pension papers to the authority competent to sanction the
pension along with a report on the claim for pension and the rules applicable to the
case. He shall retain the last pay certificate.
5.7
(1)
(2)
Orders sanctioning the pension may be issued not more than one month in
advance of the due date of retirement, and the Audit Officer may issue the
pension payment order not more than a fortnight in advance thereof to the
Treasurer who is to pay the pension / gratuity.
59
Part-II
5.8
PENSION STATUTES
CHAPTER - VI
Anticipatory Pension / Gratuity
6.1
When an employee is likely to retire before his pension can be finally assessed and
sanctioned in accordance with the Statutes, the authority competent to sanction
pension may sanction an anticipatory pension in the manner shown below:(i)
Where the pension does not exceed Rs.100 per month, the anticipatory
pension may be allowed in full on the basis of the calculations made by the
authority sanctioning the pension.
Note:-
The authority responsible for sanctioning the pension and the Audit Officer
concerned should finalize pension case quickly so that there is no excess
payment, and, if any, it is adjusted as quickly as possible.
(ii)
In case where the pension exceeds Rs.100 per month, the anticipatory
pension is to be restricted to 4/5th of the three months; full amount
admissible as calculated shall be paid even if the case is not finalized.
Note:-
If the pension papers are not verified by the Audit Officer till one month
before the retirement of the employee in question, the action as in Statute
above, shall be taken by the sanctioning authority.
6.2
The payment of the anticipatory pension shall be made only after the declaration
given in Form 5 (pen), has been obtained duly signed from the retiring employee.
6.3
The authority sanctioning pension shall ensure that pension is finally sanctioned as
soon as possible.
6.4
The letter sanctioning the anticipatory pension in Form 5(pen), shall be addressed by
the sanctioning authority to the Audit Officer. A copy of the sanctioning letter shall also
be endorsed to the retiring employee and the Treasurer. This letter will constitute
sufficient authority for drawing of anticipatory pension pending finalization of the
pension case. The pension payment orders appended to such letter should be dealt
with in accordance with the instructions contained in these Statutes and a Register of
anticipatory pension payment order maintained in the same form as prescribed for
regular pension.
Note:-
6.5
Before forwarding pension papers to the Audit Officer for scrutiny, the
sanctioning authority should enter brief particulars of the case in a Register
to be maintained specially for this purpose. The register should indicate the
name of the employee due to retire, the date of his retirement and the
amount of pension due to him as per details passed on to the Audit Officer.
6.6
The payment of the anticipatory pension/ gratuity shall be so arranged that it is not
delayed beyond the first day of the month following the month in which the employee
is due to retire.
6.7
If upon the completion of regular investigation, it be found that pension thus summarily
assigned differs from the pension finally settled, the difference must be adjusted in the
first subsequent payment. Further, if anticipatory gratuity proves to be larger than the
amount found actually due upon completion of the inquiries, the employee shall be
required to refund any excess actually paid to him.
CHAPTER - VII
Commutation of Civil Pensions
7.1
A competent authority may sanction the commutation for lump- sum payment of a
portion not exceeding one half (including 1/4th of the surrendered portion) of any
pension which has been or is about to be granted under these Statutes.
7.2
(2)
The head of the Department/ Section shall forward the application to the Treasurer.
(3)
The Treasurer shall complete Part-II of Form 7 (Pen) without delay and transit it to the
authority competent to sanction the commutation.
7.3
(2)
The sanctioning authority shall further instruct the applicant to appear for examination
before the said medical authority within three months from the date of his order, or if
he has applied for commutation in advance of the date of his retirement, within three
months of the date, but in no case earlier than the actual date of retirement.
(3)
The sanctioning authority shall forward to the Medical Officer in original the completed
Form 6 (Pen.) together with a copy of Form 8 (Pen.) and an extra copy of Part-II of
that form and if the applicant has been granted an invalid pension or has previously
commuted any portion of his pension or declined to accept commutation on the basis
of an addition of years to his actual age or has been refused commutation on medical
grounds the copies of the previous medical reports or statements of his case.
7.4
The Medical Officer shall arrange for the medical examination of the applicant as early
as possible within the prescribed period and inform the applicant directly.
61
Part-II
7.5
PENSION STATUTES
(1)
The Medical Officer after obtaining from the applicant a statement in Part-I of
Form 8 (Pen.) (which must be signed in his presence) shall subject him to a
strict examination, enter the results in Part-II and complete the certificate
contained in Part-III of Form 8 (Pen.) obtain in his presence the left hand
thumb and finger impressions.
(2)
The applicant shall himself pay the fee for medical examination.
Note:-
No fee will be payable for medical examination in case the full pension of the
applicant does not or is not likely to exceed Rs.100 per month.
(3)
The medical Officer shall without delay forward the completed Form 6 (Pen.) and
9 (Pen.) in original to the Treasurer who gave the certificate contained in Part-II
of Form 6 (Pen.) regarding the commutation amount admissible to the applicant,
and a certified copy of the completed Form 8 (Pen.) to the sanctioning authority.
A certified copy of the medical certificate in Part-III of Form 8 (Pen.) shall be
given to the applicant on the spot after medical examination.
7.6
If the medical examination does not take place within the period prescribed in the
sanctioning order or if the applicant does not appear for examination for the medical
examination within the prescribed period, the sanctioning authority may renew
administrative sanction for a further period of three months without obtaining a fresh
application for commutation of pension. The applicant may withdraw his application by
written notice dispatched at any time before the medical examination is due to take
place, but his option shall expire on his appearance for the medical examination:
provided that if the Medical Officer directs that his age for the purpose of commutation
shall be assumed to be greater than his actual age, the applicant may withdraw his
application by written notice dispatched within two weeks from the date on which he
receives intimation of the revised sum payable on commutation, or, if the sum is
already stated in the sanctioning order, within the two weeks from the date on which
he receives intimation of the finding of the Medical Officer. If the applicant does not
withdraw in writing his application within the period of two weeks prescribed above, he
shall be assumed to have accepted the sum offered.
7.7
7.8
If the applicant makes any statement found to be false within his knowledge or willfully
suppresses any material fact in answer to any question written or oral put to him in
connection with his medical examination, the sanctioning authority may cancel the
sanction at any time before payment is actually made; and such a statement or
suppression may be treated as grave misconduct for the purpose of Statute 1.8.
7.9 (1) The Treasurer on receipt of the completed Form 6 (Pen.) and 8 (Pen.) shall arrange
forthwith for the payment of the appropriate commuted value and for the corresponding
reduction of the pension. He shall also forward to the disbursing officer Form 8 (Pen.)
containing the signature and the thumb as well as the finger impressions of the
employee taken in the presence of the Medical Officer, with instructions that they should
be verified with those received with the pension payment order.
(2) If the applicant, on receipt of the sanctioning order withdraws the application within the
period prescribed in Statutes 7.6, he should intimate his intention in writing to the
Treasurer directly and to the sanctioning authority simultaneously.
62
(3) The payment of the commuted value shall be made in rupees in Pakistan as
expeditiously as possible, but in the case of an impaired life, no payment shall be
made till either a written acceptance of the commutation has been received or the
period within which the application for the commutation may be withdrawn, has
expired. Whatever the date of actual payment, the amount paid and the effect upon
the pension shall be the same as if the commuted value were paid on the date on
which commutation became absolute. If the commuted portion of the pension has
been drawn after the date on which the commutation became absolute, the amount
drawn shall be deducted from the amount payable in commutation.
7.10
If a pensioner, part of whose pension has been commuted, dies on or after the date
on which the commutation became absolute but before receiving the commutation
value, this value shall be paid to his family or eligible relatives in the same manner as
gratuity is played under Statutes 4.7 and 4.8.
7.11
The lump sum payable on commutation shall be calculated in accordance with the revised
table of present values given below, vide No. Admn:/2612 dated 24the July, 1986:-
COMMUTATION TABLE-1973
Age next
Birthday
Number of
years purchase
Age next
Birthday
Number of
years purchase
20
22
24
26
28
30
32
34
36
38
40
42
44
46
48
50
52
54
56
58
60
62
64
66
68
70
72
74
76
78
80
50.6304
48.7066
46.7884
44.8758
42.9688
41.0089
39.1767
37.2929
35.4203
33.5603
31.7160
29.8907
28.0891
26.3172
24.5816
22.8911
21.2563
19.6896
18.2002
16.7925
15.4649
14.2105
13.0239
11.9017
10.8428
09.8472
08.9142
08.0427
07.2322
06.4818
05.7901
21
23
25
27
29
31
33
35
37
39
41
43
45
47
49
51
53
55
57
59
61
63
65
67
69
71
73
75
77
79
49.6676
47.7467
45.8314
43.9215
42.0179
40.1218
38.2336
36.3551
34.4885
32.636
30.8007
28.9800
27.1990
25.4444
23.7301
22.0658
20.4638
18.9348
17.4860
16.1191
14.8290
13.6090
12.4549
11.3643
10.3371
09.3729
08.4708
07.6299
06.8496
06.1287
63
Part-II
PENSION STATUTES
CHAPTER - VIII
Re-employment of Pensioners
8.1
When a person who was formerly in Sindh University employment, obtains reemployment, whether temporarily or permanently in Sindh University service, it shall
be incumbent on him to declare to the appointment authority the amount of any
gratuity, bonus or full pension (inclusive of 1/4th of the surrendered portion or
commuted portion of the pension) originally granted to him in respect of the previous
employment.
8.2
8.3
8.4
A pensioner who is in receipt of a superannuation or retiring pension shall not be reemployed, or, continued to be re-employed except on public grounds and with the
sanction of the competent authority.
Note (1):- An employee who has retired from regular establishment on
superannuation or retiring pension, cannot be re-employed on work
charge establishment or contingent establishment except on public
grounds and in accordance with the procedure laid down in the Statute
in this Chapter regarding re-employment.
Note (2):-
(i)
(ii)
(iv)
PROFORM A
Proposal for Re-employment
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Name
Age.
Post previously held and class of such post.
Post in which to be re-employed.
Class of post.
Proposed terms of re-employment:(a)
Whether it is cadre post or an ex-cadre post?
(b)
Whether the post is permanent or temporary?
(c)
Whether Recruitment Rules exist for appointment to the post?
(d)
Whether any blocks in promotion or confirmation are likely to result?
(e)
Action taken to find a substitute, if any fresh appointment is to be
made.
(f)
Brief reasons for proposal
Explanation
Broadly the technical service include:(i)
(ii)
Doctors;
(iii)
(vi)
(v)
any other post specially declared by government as technical post for this
purpose.
The power to declare a post in categories (iv) and (v) as technical should be exercised
by the Vice-Chancellor.
65
Part-II
8.5
PENSION STATUTES
(iii)
(iv)
(v)
The word Pension used in the above clause includes special additional
pension, commuted portion of pension, if any and 1/4th of the surrendered
portion of pension admissible under the Statutes.
Note (1):-
Note (2):-
Note (3):-
Note (4):-
Note (5):-
Number of PPO.
Scale of pay the post in which re-employed.
Rate of pay fixed.
If pension has not been sanctioned the estimated amount
of full pension.
66
SECTION - III
Commercial employment after retirement
8.6
Note (2):-
SECTION - IV
Employment outside Pakistan after retirement
8.7
For the purpose of this Statute employment outside Pakistan shall include
employment under a local authority or corporation or any other institution or
organization which functions under the supervision/ control of a Government
outside Pakistan.
67
Part-II
PENSION STATUTES
CHAPTER - IX
Extraordinary Pension
9.1
(a)
(1)
An award shall be paid under the provisions of this Chapter only if the authority
competent to sanction it considers that the compensation payable under the Act is in
the particular case inadequate; and
(2)
The amount of award paid to any such employee shall not exceed the difference
between the amount otherwise admissible under the Statutes of this Chapter and the
amount of compensation payable under the Act.
(b)
Pay for the purpose of this Chapter means the pay which a person was
drawing on the date of his death or injury provided that in the case of an
employee remunerated by piece-work rates, pay means the average earning
of the last six months ending with the date of his death or injury.
9.2
9.3
Every grant of extraordinary pension under this Chapter is subject to the provision of
Statute 1.8.
9.4
9.5
9.6
9.7
(i)
(ii)
while performing any particular duty which has the effect of increasing his
liability to injury beyond the ordinary risk of the post which he holds.
For extraordinary family pension the provisions of ordinary family pension shall be
applicable to the extent that they are not inconsistent with the statutes in the Chapter.
68
9.8
When a claim for any injury pension or family pension arises, the Head of the
Department/ Section in which the injured or decreased employee was employed, shall
forward the claim through the usual channel to the Treasurer with the following
documents:(1)
(2)
The application for injury pension in Form 9 (Pen) or the application for family
pension in Form 10 (Pen).
(3)
(4)
9.9
In making an award under this Chapter, the competent authority may take into
consideration the degree of default or contributory negligence on the part of the
employee who sustains an injury or dies, as a result of an injury or is killed.
9.10
FORM 1 (PEN)
[REFERRED TO IN STATUTE 4.7. (6)]
NOMINATION FOR GRATUITY
When the employee has family and wishes to nominate one member thereof:
I hereby nominate the person mentioned below, who is a member of my family, and confer on him the right
to receive any gratuity that may be sanctioned by the University in the event of my death while in service,
and the right to receive on my death a gratuity which having been admissible to me on retirement, may
remain un-paid at my death:
Name and
address of
nominee
Relationship
with employee
Age
Contingencies of
the happening of
nomination shall
become invalid
1
2
3
4
5
Dated this ........................... day of ..................... 19 ................. at .......................................
Witnesses to Signature
1.
2.
69
Part-II
PENSION STATUTES
FORM 2 (PEN)
[REFERRED TO IN STATUTE 4.7 (6)]
NOMINATION OF GRATUITY
When the employee has family and wishes to nominate more than one member thereof.
I, hereby nominate the persons mentioned below, who are members of my family and confer on them the
right to receive to the extent specified below, any gratuity that may be sanctioned by University in the event
of my death while in service and the right to receive on my death, to the extent specified below, any gratuity
which having become admissible to me on retirement may remain un-paid at my death.
Name
address
Relationship
with
employee
Age
Amount of share of
gratuity payable
to each
Contingencies of
the happening of
which the
nomination shall
become invalid
Name, Address
and relationship of nominee
of the person if
any to whom right
conferred on the
nominee shall
pass in the event
of the nominee
predeceasing the
employee
No. B. The employee should draw lines across the blank space below the last entry to prevent the insertion
of any name after he has signed.
Date this ............................ Day of ...................... 19.... at ..............
Witnesses to Signature
1. .................................................
2. .................................................
Signature of employee
*Note:- This column should be filled in so as to cover the while amount of the gratuity.
To be filled in by the Head of Office in the case of Non-Gazetted employee.
Nomination by ......................... Signature of Head of Office ................................ Designation ......................
Date ....................... Office .......................................
FORM 3 (PEN)
(REFERRED TO IN STATUTES 5.2)
APPLICATION FOR PENSION AND GRATUITY
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
Name of applicant
Fathers Name.
Religion and caste.
Residence, showing village, Tehsel and District Pargana.
Present or last employment, including name of establishment.
Date of beginning of service.
Date of ending of service
Length of service, including interruption: Y. M. D.
Class of pension or gratuity applied for and cause of application.*
Average pay.
Anticipatory pension sanctioned:(a)
Amount
(b)
Date of commencement.
(c)
Place of payment.
(d)
Amount commuted, if any.
70
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
Thumb
20.
Fore Finger
Middle Finger
Ring Finger
Date on which the applicant ceased to be in Service.
Little Finger
(3)
Signature
1
Establishment
2
*Appointment
3
Pay
7
Period reckoned as
service qualifying for
pension.
8
* Period not
reckoned as service
qualifying for pension
9
Periods of
leave taken
Y.
M.
Y.
M. D.
4
Officiating Pay
10
How
verified
From
71
5
6
Date of
Date of
beginning ending
11
Remarks by
the Auditing
Officer
Part-II
PENSION STATUTES
* When an appointment is only an acting one the substantive appointment held at the same time must
also be stated.
The Service Book should invariably accompany this statement.
* The following periods of service do not count for pension:-
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
(6)
No.
Dated the
Signature
19
If the qualifying service is more than sufficient to obtain the maximum pension, the
certificate may run duly proved for over ......................... years (the number of years
entered being that required to earn the maximum pension).
In the case of employees who are eligible for the additional pension authorized in
Statute 4.5 the following additions should be made to the usual form of the certificate:He has served for .......................... years as ................ and is eligible for a special additional pension of
Rs. .............
He is considered to have rendered service of a character deserving of the concession.
72
(DOCKET)
APPLICATION FOR PENSION FOR GRATUITY
Date of application
Name of applicant
Last appointment
Class of pension or gratuity
Sanctioning authority
Amount of pension sanctioned
Date of commencement
Date of sanction
FORM 4 ( PEN)
(REFERRED TO IN STATUTE 5.6.)
PENSION / GRATUITY PAYMENT ORDER
(OBSERVE) CONTINUED) PENSIONERS HALF
(Collectors Half)
Place for signature of pensioner on the first payment made hereon.
Class of
Personal
pension and Identification
date of order
sanctioning it
HEIGHT
Date or
Sect
approximate
date of birth
Feet Inches
Residence
showing village,
tehsil and district
Amount of
monthly
pension
AUDIT OFFICE
No.
Sir,
(1)
Until further notice and on the expiration of every month, be pleased to pay A.B. the
sum of Rs. ....................... being the amount of ................ pension, as
................................ upon the production of the counterpart thereof taking from the
claimant a receipt for the amount according to usual form. The payment should
commence from ..................
(2)
In addition to the pension in paragraph (1) above, A.B. should be paid in one
installment the sum of Rs. ...................... as gratuity.
Note:-
Payment under this order is to be made only to the pensioner in person, with the
following exceptions:(a)
(b)
(c)
73
Part-II
PENSION STATUTES
Date or approximate
date of birth
Sect.
Residence
showing
Tehsil and
District
Amount of monthly
pension
AUDIT OFFICE
No.
Until further notice and on the expiration of every month be pleased to pay to A.B. the
sum of Rs. ............ being the amount of .......... pension, as ........ upon the production
of this order and a receipt according to usual form. The payment should commence
from .............
(1)
In addition to the pension in paragraph (1) above, A.B. should be paid in the
installment the sum of Rs. .................... as gratuity.
Note:
Payment under this order is to be made only to the pensioner in person with the
following exceptions:-
(a)
(b)
(c)
Note:
(2)
Amount of gratuity.
Date of payment of Gratuity.
Disbursing Officers signature.
Amount of pension Rs. ................... (in words) ....................... Every separate payment is to be recorded
below by the Disbursing Officer.
FORM 4 (PEN)
PENSION / GRATUITY PAYMENT ORDER (REVERSE) contd.
REVERSE OF PENSIONERS HALF contd.
Month for
which pension
is due
Date of
payment
Disbursing
Officer initials
Date of
payment
Disbursing
Officer initials
74
Date of payment
Disbursing
Officer initials
7
Date of
payment
8
3
Disbursing
Officer initials
9
Date of
payment
10
Disbursing
Officer initials
11
6
Remarks
12
June
July
August
Sept.
Oct.
Nov.
Dec.
Jan.
Feb.
March
April
May
FORM 4 (PEN)
PENSION/ GRATUITY PAYMENT ORDER (REVERSE) contd.
REVERSE OF TREASURERS HALF contd.
(1)
(2)
(3)
Amount of gratuity
Date of payment of gratuity
Disbursing Officers Signature
Date of
payment
Disbursing
Officer initials
Date of
payment
Disbursing
Officer initials
Date of payment
2
Date of
payment
8
3
Disbursing
Officer initials
9
4
Date of
payment
10
5
Disbursing
Officer initials
11
6
Remarks
12
June
July
August
Sept.
Oct.
Nov.
Dec.
Jan.
Feb.
March
April
May
FORM 4 (PEN)
PENSION / GRATUITY PAYMENT ORDER (REVERSE) contd.
REVERSE OF TREASURERS HALF contd.
Month for
which pension
is due
1
Disbursing
Officer initials
7
Date of
payment
Disbursing
Officer initials
Date of
payment
Disbursing
Officer initials
Date of payment
2
Date of
payment
8
3
Disbursing
Officer initials
9
4
Date of
payment
10
5
Disbursing
Officer initials
11
6
Remarks
June
July
75
12
Part-II
PENSION STATUTES
August
Sept.
Oct.
Nov.
Dec.
Jan.
Feb.
March
April
May
FORM 5 (PEN.)
(Referred to in Statute 6-4)
FROM
.........................................
.............................................
To,
The Treasurer,
University of Sindh.
Subject:- Grant of Anticipatory Pension to .......................................
I am directed to state that Mr. ** ............................................................. have the honour
is due to retire (or has retired) from the University service with effect from ............................................. The
finalization of his pension case is likely to take some time. To avoid unnecessary hardship he is granted an
anticipatory pension/gratuity with effect from ................................... as follows:(1)
Anticipatory pension
Rs. ............. (in words and figures per
mensem).
(2)
Gratuity
Necessary declaration duly signed by him is enclosed. You are requested to disburse the above
anticipatory pension/ gratuity to Mr. .....................................
2.
His anticipatory pension/ gratuity has been sanctioned after careful summary
investigation on the following basis:(1)
(2)
(3)
* Here insert the name of the authority competent to sanction the pension.
** Give here the name and designation of the retiring employee.
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
(8)
(9)
(10)
(11)
76
(12)
(13)
(14)
If his qualifying service is ten years more and he did not die before
retirement.
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
3.
The pension gratuity will commence from ....................... (the date of the retirement of
the employee or the day following his death, if he died before retirement).
4.
The letter will constitute an authority to claim anticipatory pension gratuity till the
finalization of the pension case of the employees concerned.
5.
A copy of the declaration *signed by the retiring employee is attached. *Form attached.
dated
A copy is forwarded to* ............................................... for information.
dated
A copy is forwarded to the Treasurer for necessary action.
2.
Pension payment order No. ................... in favour of ...................... for Rs. .......... per
mensem is attached. I am to request that the pensioners half of the order may be
made over to him after obtaining his signature on the disbursers half after you have
satisfied yourself of his identity and payments noted on both halves as they are made.
The slip bearing the left hand thumb and finger impression + Passport size photo and
specimen signature of the pensioner is also enclosed.
DECLARATION
Whereas *** ...................... has consented provisionally to advance to me the sum of Rs. ................... (in
words and figures) a month as anticipatory pension and or Rs. ................ (in words and figures) a month as
gratuity equal to one sixth of 3/4th of the gratuity admissible, in anticipation of the amount of my pension/
gratuity. I hereby acknowledge that my pension/ gratuity is subject to revision on the completion of the
necessary formal enquires, and I promise to have no objection to such revision on the ground that the
provisional pension/ gratuity now to be paid to me exceeds the pension/ gratuity to which I may be
eventually found entitled. I further promise to repay any amount advanced to me in excess of the pension/
gratuity to which I may be eventually found entitled.
Signature of the employee with full address and date
Witnesses with full address:
(1)
(2)
77
Part-II
PENSION STATUTES
Head of Account
Major Head
Minor Head
Disbursers Portion.
Class of
HEIGHT
Anticipatory Personal
Date or
Pension/
Identification Approximate
Gratuity
Date of Birth
and date
of order
Feet.
Inch.
Sect.
Residence showing
village and pargana
Amount of
monthly
anticipatory
pension/ gratuity
Rs.
Rs.
Until further notice, and on the expiration of every month be pleased to pay to .......................................
the sum of Rs. .................................
less Income-tax being the amount ......................... anticipatory pension/ gratuity, as sanctioned in this
office letter No. .................. dated ....................... upon the production of the pensioners Portion of this
order taking from the claimant a receipt for the amount according to usual form. The payment should
commence from ......................
(Signature)
(Designation)
To
The Treasurer, Sindh University.
Note:
Payment under this order is to be made only to the pensioner in person, with the following
exceptions:
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
In all cases referred to in clause (a), (b) and (c) the Disbursing Officer must
at least once a year, require proof independent of that furnished by the Life
Certificate, of the continued existence of pensioner.
78
Date of
payment
Disbursing
Officer initials
Date of
payment
Disbursing
Officer initials
Date of payment
2
Date of
payment
8
3
Disbursing
Officer initials
9
4
Date of
payment
10
5
Disbursing
Officer initials
11
6
Remarks
12
June
July
August
Sept.
Oct.
Nov.
Dec.
Jan.
Feb.
March
April
May
* Note of
pensioners
identification
Date
initials
Date
initials
Date
initials Date
Date or
approximate
date of birth
Sect
Residence showing
village and pargana
Amount of monthly
pension
OFFICE OF THE
No.
Sir,
Until further notice, and on the expiration of every month, be pleased to pay to ................................... the sum
of Rs. ................................... (less income-tax) being the amount of ........................... Anticipatory Pension/
Gratuity as ............................ upon the production of this order and a receipt according to usual form.
The payment should commence from ......................................
(Signature) ...........................
(Designation) .......................
79
Part-II
PENSION STATUTES
To
The Treasurer,
University of Sindh.
Note:
Note:
(1)
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
In all cases referred to in clause (a), (b) and (c) the Disbursing Officer must
at least once a year, require proof independent of that furnished by the Life
Certificate of the continued existence of the pensioner.
(1)
Date of
payment
Disbursing
Officer initials
7
Date of
payment
8
Disbursing
Officer initials
3
Disbursing
Officer initials
9
Date of
payment
Disbursing
Officer initials
Date of payment
Date of
payment
10
Disbursing
Officer initials
11
6
Remarks
12
June
July
August
Sept.
Oct.
Nov.
Dec.
Jan.
Feb.
March
April
May
FORM 6 (PEN.)
(Referred to in Statute 7.2)
COMMUTATION OF PENSIONS
Part-I Form of Application
I, ............................... desire to commute Rs. ............................ my Superannuation/ Retiring/ Invalid/
Compensation pension of Rs. ..................... of a month. I certify that I have answered correctly each and all
of the questions below:
Place.
Signature
Date.
Designation
Address
80
Question
Answer
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Place
Signature
Date
Signature
Designation of Head of Office/ Department
PART-II
Forwarded to
2.
Sum payable, if the commutation becomes absolute before the applicants next birthday, which falls on
3.
{
{
{
{
{
{
Date.
81
Part-II
PENSION STATUTES
PART-III
Administration sanction ......... is accorded to the above commutation. A certified copy of paragraph 2 of
Part-III of the Form has been forwarded to the Applicant in Form 8 (Pen).
Place.
Date.
(Signature and Designation of the Sanctioning Authority).
Forwarded with one copy of Form 8 (Pen) and an extra copy of Part III of that Form to the Medical Officer,
University of Sindh in original on .............. with the request that he will arrange for the medical examination
of the applicant by the proper medical authority as early as possible within three months from the but not
(here enter the date) earlier than the ................ and inform the applicant direct in sufficient (here enter the
date of retirement) time where and when he should appear for the examination.
The next birthday of the applicant falls on ............. and his medical examination may be arranged before
that date if possible, unless the applicant desires that it should be held after that date but within the period
prescribed in the sanctioning order.
FORM 7 (PEN)
(Referred to in Statute 7.3)
COMMUTATION PENSIONS
PART I
Subject to the medical authorities recommending commutations the conditions prescribed in PART-II of this
form, the capitalized value ......... out of the monthly pension of Rs. .............. will be payable as stated
below:Sum payable if the commutation
becomes absolute before the
applicants next birth day which falls on ...........
............ years, Rs. ........
Sum payable if the commutation becomes absolute after the applicants ............. years, Rs. ................
birthday but before his next birthday.
Station
Date
Signed
TREASURER
PART III
The commutation for a lump payment of the pension of ............. is administratively sanctioned on the basis
of the report of the Accounts Officer contained in Part-I above. The sum payable will be the sum
appropriate to the applicants age on his birthday next the date on which the commutation becomes
absolute, or, if the medical authority directs that years shall be added to that age, to the consequent
assumed age.
2.
The Medical Officer, University of Sindh, has been requested to arrange for the medical
examination and inform Mr. ........ direct where and when he should appear for the examination.
He should bring with him the enclosed Form 8 (Pen) with the particular required in Part I
complete except for the signature.
Station
Date
Signature and Designation of the Sanctioning Authority.
82
To,
......................................
The name and address of applicant
FORM 8 (PEN.)
(REFERRED TO IN STATUTE 7.5.)
Medical Examination by the
PART I
Statement by the applicant for commutation of portion of his pension. The applicant must complete this
statement prior to his examination by the .................... (here enter the medical authority) and must sign the
declaration appended thereto in the presence of that authority.
1.
2.
Date of birth.
3.
Have you ever been granted leave on medical certificate, if so, state periods
of leave and nature of illness.
4.
Has any application for insurance on your life ever been declined or
accepted at an increased premium?
5.
(i) Have you ever been told that you had albumen or sugar in the urine?
(ii) Do you rise at night to urine?
(iii) Are you now or have you ever been on special diet for your health?
(iv) Has there been any marked increase or decrease in your weight within
the past three years, if so, how much?
6.
Have you been under the treatment of any doctor within the last three
months? if so for what illness?
DECLARATION BY APPLICANT
(To be signed in presence of the medical authority)
I declare all the above answers to be to the best of my belief, true and correct.
I will fully reveal to the medical authority all circumstances within my knowledge that concern my health and
fitness.
I am fully aware that my willfully making a false statement of concealing a relevant fact I shall incur the risk
of losing the commutation I have applied for, and of having my pension withheld or withdrawn under
ordinance 1.8 of these Statutes.
Applicants signature.
Signed in presence of ..............
(Signature & designation of medical authority)
FORM 8 (PEN.)
PART-II
(To be filled in by the examining medical authority)
1.
2.
3.
Apparent age.
Height.
Weight.
83
Part-II
PENSION STATUTES
4.
5.
FORM 9 (PEN.)
[REFERRED TO IN STATUTE 9.8 (2)]
FORM OF APPLICATION FOR INJURY PENSION OR GRATUITY
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
Name of applicant.
Fathers Name.
Race, sect and caste.
Residence, showing village, Tehsil and District/ Pargana.
Present or last employment, including name of establishment.
Date of beginning of service.
Length of service, including interruptions.
(a)
Superior service.
(b)
Class IV service.
(c)
Non-qualifying service and interruptions.
Classification of injury.
Pay at the time of injury.
Proposed pension or gratuity.
Date of injury.
Place of payment.
84
13.
14.
15.
16.
FORM 10 (PEN.)
(REFERRED TO IN STATUTE 9.8 (2)
FORM OF APPLICATION FOR FAMILY PENSION
Application for an extraordinary pension for the family of A.B. late ........................... killed or died of (injuries
received in the execution of duty).
Submitted by .............................................
1.
Name and residence, showing village, Tehsil and District
2.
Age.
Description of
3.
Height.
Claimant
4.
Race, caste or tribe
5.
Marks for identification.
6.
Present occupation and pecuniary circumstances.
7.
Degree of relationship to deceased.
8.
Name
9.
Occupation and service.
Description of
10.
Length of service.
deceased
11.
Pay when killed.
12.
Nature of injury causing death.
13.
Amount of pension or gratuity proposed
14.
Place of payment.
15.
Date from which pension is to commence.
16.
Remarks.
Name
Date of birth
Name and age
of surviving,
kindred of
deceased.
Sons
Widows
Daughters
Father
Mother
Note:(If the deceased has left no son, widow, daughters, father or mother surviving him the word
none or dead should be entered opposite to such relative).
Signature of Head of Office/ Department.
Place
Date
Note:-
85
Part-II
PENSION STATUTES
FORM II (PEN.)
Confidential
[REFERRED TO IN STATUTE 9.8 (3).]
FORM TO BE USED BY MEDICAL BOARD WHEN REPORTING ON INJURIES,
PROCEEDINGS OF MEDICAL BOARD
Proceedings of a Medical Board assembled by order of ...................... for the purpose of
examining and reporting on the present state of injury sustained by at (Place of injury etc.) on
the disease contracted by) date of injury, etc.).
(a)
State briefly the circumstances under which the injury was sustained/ contracted.
(b)
(c)
Is the employees condition wholly due to the injury? If not, state to what
other cause it is attributable.
(d)
In the case of disease, from which date does it appear that the employee has
been incapacitated?
The opinion of the Board upon the question below is as follows:1. Has the employee lost any eye or a limb?
As to first As to
As to
injury
second
Third
injury (if any) injury(if any)
(b)
and, if so for what total period from the date of the injury has the
employee been, or is he likely to be unfit for duty?
are the effects of the injury still equivalent to the loss of a limb, and if not,
(b)
*For use in the case of subsequent medical boards in cases of renewal of award.
Instructions to be observed by the Medical Board preparing the Report.
8.
If answer to (3) was Yes in the first instance, are the effects of the injury still very
severe?
9.
If the answers to the questions above are in negative, the injury should be classified
here as severe but not likely to be permanent or slight and permanent, or in similar
terms.
The Medical Board before recording their opinion should invariably consult the
proceedings of previous medical documents connected with the employee brought
before them for examination.
2.
If the injuries be more than one, they should be numbered and described separately
and should it be considered that, for instance, though only severe or slight in
themselves, they represent together the equivalent of single very severe injury, such
an opinion may be expressed in the column provided.
3.
In answering the questions in the prescribed form the Medical Board will confine itself
exclusively to the medical aspect of the case and will carefully discriminate between the
employees un-supported statement and the medical and documentary evidence available.
4.
The Board will not express any opinion either to the employee examined, or in their
report, as to whether he is entitled to compensation, or as to the amount of it, nor will
it inform the employee how injury has been classified.
Classification of injuries
Equal to loss of limb.
Hemiplegia without aphesis
Permanent use of a tracheotomy to my tube
Artificial anus
Total deafness of both ears.
Very Severe.
Complete unilateral facial paralysis, likely to be permanent
Lesion of kidney, ureter or bladder.
Such gross destruction of soft parts as to lead to permanent disability or loss of
function. Severe and likely to be permanent.
Ankyosis of or considerable restriction in the movement of one of the following joints:Knee, elbow, shoulder, hip, ankle, temporo-maxillary or rigidity of the dorsilumber or
cervical sections of the spine.
Partial loss of vision of one eye.
Destruction or loss of one testicle.
Retention of foreign bodies not causing permanent or serious symptoms.
87
Part-II
PENSION STATUTES
Retention of University Accommodation: A University employee in BPS 2122 retiring on superannuation will be entitled to retain the University
accommodation allotted to him after his retirement upto the date of his
superannuation plus 6 months. In case, the retired University employee dies
during this period, this facility shall be extended to the family of the deceased
for the corresponding period;
ii)
iii)
2.
It is, however, clarified that the above benefits will not be admissible to Officers in
BPS-20-22 who proceed on retirement on completion of 25 years service qualifying
for pension.
3.
The following additional benefits are also extended to University employees in BPS
21, 22 who opt to retire on completion of 25 years service or more:i)
Maximum limit of three hundred sixty five days of LPR will be relaxed in
these cases. All the leave available in the account of retiring University
employees of BPS- 21 & 22 immediately before the proceeding on retirement
shall be allowed to him on full pay as LPR;
ii)
iii)
88
In pursuance of Office Memorandum No. F.4 (3)-Reg. 6/95 dated 29.6.1995 of Joint
Secretary (Regs.), Government of Pakistan, Finance Division (Regulations Wing),
Islamabad, the Vice-Chancellor, University of Sindh has been pleased to sanction with
effect from 1.7.1995 increase in pension to all pensioners of University of Sindh at the
rates as follows:INCREASE IN PENSION
(i)
15%
(ii)
10%
(iii)
05%
2.
For the purpose of admissibility of the increase in pension sanctioned in this O.M. the
terms Pension 1/4 for gratuity plus dearness/ad-hoc increases/ Indexation ad-hoc relief, in
pension sanctioned from time to time. Gross pension of retired Government employees
would not be less than Rs.300/- per month and in the case of family pension, not less than
Rs.150/- per month for the purpose of calculation of the above increase.
3.
The increase in pension will also be admissible on family pension granted under the
pension cum Gratuity Scheme, 1954, Liberalized Pension Rules, 1977, on pension
sanctioned under the Central Civil Services (Extraordinary Pension) Rules as well as on
the Compassionate Allowance under CSR-353.
4.
If the gross pension sanctioned by the Federal Government is shared with any other
Government in accordance with the rules laid down in part-IV of Appendix-III to the Accounts
Code, Volume-I, the amount of the increase in pension will be apportioned between the
Federal Government and the other Government concerned on proportionate basis.
5.
6.
In the case of re-employed pensioners, the increase in pension sanctioned in this office
memorandum shall not be admissible to them during the period of their re-employment.
7.
The benefit of increase in pension sanctioned in this O.M. will also be admissible to those
Civil pensioners of the Federal Government who are residing abroad (other than those
residing in India and Bangladesh) who retired on or after 15.8.1947 and are not entitled to,
or are not in receipt of pension increase under the British Governments pension
(Increases Acts). The payment will be made at the existing official rate of exchange.
Part-II
PENSION STATUTES
Completed years of
qualifying service
Scale of pension
Completed years of
expressed as
qualifying service
fractions of
average emoluments
Scale of pension
expressed as
fractions of
average emoluments
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
26
28
30 and above
70/300
84/300
98/300
112/300
126/300
140/300
154/300
168/300
182/300
196/300
210/300
77/300
91/300
105/300
119/300
133/300
147/300
161/300
175/300
189/300
203/300
11
13
15
17
19
23
22
25
27
29
NOTE:- (a) Any amount in excess of Rs.2,000 per month (Rs.2,500 from 1.7.1983 calculated
in accordance with the scale shown in column (2) of this Table to be reduced by 50 per cent.
ii.
Commutation upto 40% of gross pension shall be admissible at the option of the
pensioner.
iii.
The additional benefit of 2% - 10% for extra years of service after completion of 30
years of qualifying service in respect of Civil Pensioners shall be discontinued.
91
Part-II
PENSION STATUTES
iv.
The increase in pension @ 20% - 25% to Civil Pensioners allowed vide this Division's
O.M. No. 4(1)- Rea. 6/1999, dated 23-7-1999 shall be discontinued.
v.
vi.
In future, the increase in pension to the pensioners shall be allowed on net pension
instead of gross pension.
vii.
All the pensioners shall be allowed an increase in net pension. (inclusive of dearness
increases allowed in the past) as follows: -
portion
of
pension
in
lieu
of
Increase in net
pension
15%
10%
5%
Option- (a) All the existing civil employees (BPS 1 to 22) of the Federal Government
shall within 45 days from the date of issue of this office memorandum, exercise an option
in writing, addressed -to the Audit Office concerned in the case of employees in BPS-16
and above and to the DDO concerned in the case of employees in BPS':-15 and below,
either to draw pay in the existing Basic Pay Scales of 1994 or in the Revised Basic Pay
Scales and pension/commutation scheme 2001 as specified in this O.M. Option once
exercised shall be final.
(b) An existing employee as aforesaid, who does not exercise and communicate such an
option within the specified time limit, shall be deemed to have opted to continue to draw
salary in basic pay scales of 1994 and Pension/Commutation as per existing formula.
The government servant who will retire w.e.f. 01-07-2001 shall be given the benefit of
revised pay scales on presumptive basis discounted by 5% increase in pension if
availed, subject to the condition that all those who may like to avail this benefit should opt
for the entire package i.e. revised schemes of Basic Pay Scales as contained in Part-I
and revised package of pension as contained in Part-III of this O.M.
All existing rules/orders on the subject- shall be deemed to have been modified to the
extent indicated above. All existing rules/ orders not so modified shall continue in force
under this scheme.
[Authority. - Part - III of the Finance Division O.M. No .F.i(5)1mp/2001, dated 4th September, 2001].
ANNEXURE - II
COMMUTATION TABLE-2001
Age next
Birthday
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
Number of Years
Purchase
40.5043
39.7341
38.9653
38.1974
37.4307
36.6651
35.9006
Age next
Birthday
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
92
Number of Years
Purchase
17.6526
17.0050
16.3710
15.7517
15.1478
14.5602
13.9888
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
35.1372
34.3750
33.6143
32.8071
32.0974
31.3412
30.5869
29.8343
29.0841
28.3362
27.5908
26.8482
26.1009
25.3728
24.6406
23.9126
23.1840
22.4713
21.7592
21.0538
20.3555
19.6653
18.9841
18.3129
58
59
60
61.
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
7.8
79
80
13.4340
12.895
12.3719
11.8632
11.3684
10:8872
10.4191
9.9639
9.5214
9.0914
8.6742
8.2697
7.8773
7.498l
7.1311
6.7766
6.431
6.1039
5.7858
5.4797
5.1854
4.9030
4.6212
For the purpose of admissibility of increase in pension the term pension means
Pension being drawn.
93
Part-II
PENSION STATUTES
(ii)
The increase will also be admissible on family pension granted under the
pension-cum-gratuity scheme 1954 Liberalized pension Rules 1977 on pension
sanctioned under the Sindh Civil Service (Extra Ordinary pension Rules as well
as on the compassionate allowance under CSR-353)
(iii)
If the gross pension sanctioned by the University of Sindh is shared with any
other Government in accordance with the rules laid down in part IV of Appendix
III to the Accounts Code Volume-I, the amount of the increase in pension will be
apportioned between the University of Sindh and the other Government
concerned on proportionate basis.
(iv)
This increase in pension is a Special Relief and shall not be reckonable for
purpose of calculation of commutation/Gratuity.
(v)
16%
08%
2. For the purpose of admissibility of increase in pension-sanctioned in this O.M. the term
Pension means Pension being drawn.
3. The increase will also be admissible on family pension granted under the Pension-cumGratuity scheme, 1954, Liberalized Pension Rules, 1977, on pension sanctioned under the
Central Civil Services (Extra ordinary Pension) Rules as well as on the Compassionate
Allowance under C.S.R-353.
4. If the gross pension sanctioned by the Federal Government is shared with any other
Government in accordance with the rules laid down in part-IV of Appendix III to the Accounts
Codes, Volume-I the amount of this increase in pension will be apportioned between the
Federal Government and the other Government concerned on proportionate basis.
5. This increase in pension is an ad-hoc relief and shall not be reckonable for purposes of
calculation of Commutation Gratuity.
6. In case of re-employed pensioners, the increase in pension sanctioned in this Office
Memorandum shall not be admissible to them during the period of their re-employment.
7. The benefit of increase in pension sanctioned in this O.M. will also be admissible to those
Civil Pensioners of the Federal Government who are residing abroad (other than those
residing in India and Bangladesh) who retired on or after 15.08.1947 and are not entitled to,
or are not in receipt of pension increase under the British Governments pension (increase)
Acts. The payment will be made at the applicable rate of exchange.
[Authority. Finance Divisions O.M. No. F.4(1)-Reg.6/2004 dated 2nd July, 2004]
94
Notification: In pursuance to para 1.12 of Sindh University Employees Pension Statutes the
Vice Chancellor, University of Sindh is pleased to sanction with effect from 1-7-2004 an increase
to the Sindh University Pensioners at the following rate, as sanctioned to the Civil Finance &
Cooperation Department Office Memorandum No.FD(SR-III)3/44/04 dated 18th August 2004:
i. Pensioners who retired prior to revised Pay Scales of 1994
ii. Pensioners who retired/retire in revised Pay Scales of 1994
16%
08%
2. For the purpose of admissibility of increase in pension sanctioned in this Notification the
term Pension mans Pension being drawn.
3. The increase will also be admissible on family pension granted under the pension-cumGratuity Scheme, 1954, Liberalized Pension Rules, 1997, on pension sanctioned under the
Sindh Civil Services Rules as on the Compassionate Allowance under CSR-353.
4. If the gross pension sanctioned by the Sindh Government is shared with any other
Government in accordance with the rules laid down in Part-IV of Appendix III to the
Accounts Code, Volume-I, the amount of the increase in pension will be appointed between
the Sindh Government and the other Government concerned on proportionate basis.
5. This increase in pension is an ad-hoc Relief and shall not b reckonable for purposes of
calculation of Commutation/Gratuity.
6. In case of re-employed pensioners, the increase in pension sanctioned in this Notification
shall not be admissible to them during the period of their re-employment.
PENSION AND COMMUTATION UNDER REVISED BASIC PAY SCALES (2005)
Commutation shall be admissible up to a maximum of 35% of Gross Pension, at the option
of the pensioner. Admissibility of monthly pension shall be increased from the existing 60%
to 65% of Gross Pension.
An increase @ 10% shall be allowed on the amount of pension being drawn by the existing
pensioners as well as to those Government servants who would draw pension under the
Revised Basic Pay Scales, 2005.
The increases allowed on pension @ 15% and 8% w.e.f. 01-7-2003 and 01-07-2004
respectively shall not be admissible to the Government servants who would draw pension
under the revised Basic Pay Scales, 2005.
Option:
(a) The Ministry/Division/Department/Office to which an employee belongs and/ or on whose
pay roll he is borne shall obtain an option in writing from such employee within 60 days
commencing from the date of issue of this Office Memorandum and communicate it to the
concerned Accounts Office/DDO, as the case may be, either to continue to .draw salary. In
the existing Basic Pay Scales In which he is already drawing or in the Revised Basic Pay
Scales and pension/commutation scheme, 2005 as specified in this O.M. Option once
exercised shall be final.
(b) An existing employee as aforesaid, who does not exercise and communicate such an option
within the specified time, it shall be deemed to have opted to continue to draw salary the
Basic Pay Scales and Pension/Commutation Scheme applicable to him as on 30-06-2005.
All existing rules/orders on the subject shall be deemed to have been modified to the extent
indicated above. All existing rules/ orders not so modified shall continue to be in force under
this scheme.
Anomalies-An Anomaly Committee shall be set up at the Finance Division (Regulations Wing)
to resolve the anomalies if any, arising in the implementation of this Office Memorandum.
[Authority. - PART - III of the Finance Division O.M No.F. 1(1)/Imp/2005, Islamabad, the 1st July, 2005].
95
Part-II
PENSION STATUTES
20%
15%
1. This increase in pension will also be admissible to those Government servants who
would retire after 30.06.2006.
2. For the purpose of admissibility of increase in pension sanctioned in this office
memorandum the term pension means pension being drawn.
3. The increase will also be admissible on family pension granted under the pensioncum-gratuity scheme, 1954, Liberalized Pension Rules, 1977, on pension sanctioned
under the Central Civil Service (Extra Ordinary Pension) rules as well as on the
compassionate allowance under CSR-353.
4. If the gross pension sanctioned by the Federal Government is shared with any
Government in accordance with the rules laid down in part-IV of appendix III to the
accounts code. Volume-I, the amount of the increase in pension will be apportioned
between the Federal Government and the other Government concerned on
proportionate basis.
5. In case of re-employed pensioners, the increase in pension sanctioned in this office
memorandum shall not be admissible to them during the period of their reemployment.
6. The benefits of increase in pension sanctioned in this memorandum will also be
admissible to those Civil Pensioners of the Federal Government who are residing
abroad (other than those residing in India and Bangladesh) who retired on or after
15.08.1947 and are not entitled to, or are not in receipt of pension increase under the
British Governments Pension (increase Acts. The Payment will be made at the
applicable rate of exchange.
INCREASE IN PENSION 2007
Notification: The Vice Chancellor, University of Sindh, under the powers vested in him under
section 14(3) of the Sindh University Act 1972 is pleased to order for sanctioning increase in
pension to the Sindh University Pensioners with effect from 1.7.2007 as notified by h
Government of Pakistan, Finance Division (Regulations Wing) vide office Memorandum No.F4(2)-Reg.6/2007 dated 13.07.2007 as admissible under the provisions of Statutes 1.12 of the
Sindh University Employees pension at the following rates:
i. Pensioners who retired prior to 01.05.1977
20%
15%
2. The increase will also be admissible on family pension granted under the pensioncum-gratuity scheme, 1954, Liberalized Pension Rules, 1977, on pension sanctioned
under the Central Civil Service (Extra Ordinary Pension) rules as well as on the
compassionate allowance under CSR-353.
3. If the gross pension sanctioned by the Federal Government is shared with any
Government in accordance with the rules laid down in part-IV of appendix III to the
accounts code. Volume-I, the amount of the increase in pension will be apportioned
between the Federal Government and the other Government concerned on
proportionate basis.
4. The increase in pension sanctioned in this O.M will not be admissible on special
Additional pension allowed in lieu of pre-retirement orderly allowance.
5. In case of re-employed pensioners, the increase in pension sanctioned in this office
memorandum shall not be admissible to them during the period of their reemployment.
6. The benefits of increase in pension sanctioned in this memorandum will also be
admissible to those Civil Pensioners of the Federal Government who are residing
abroad (other than those residing in India and Bangladesh) who retired on or after
15.08.1947 and are not entitled to, or are not in receipt of pension increase under the
British Governments Pension (increase Acts. The Payment will be made at the
applicable rate of exchange.
97
Part-II
PENSION STATUTES
For the purpose of admissibility of increase in pension sanctioned in this O.M. the term
Pension means Pension being drawn
ii. The increase will also be admissible on family pension granted under the pension-cumgratuity scheme, 1954, Liberalized Pension Rules, 1977, on pension sanctioned under the
Central Civil Service (Extra Ordinary Pension) rules as well as on the compassionate
allowance under CSR-353.
iii. If the gross pension sanctioned by the Federal Government is shared with any Government
in accordance with the rules laid down in part-IV of appendix III to the Accounts Code.
Volume-I, the amount of the increase in pension will be apportioned between the Federal
Government and the other Government concerned on proportionate basis.
iv. The increase in pension sanctioned in this O.M will not be admissible on special Additional
pension allowed in lieu of pre-retirement orderly allowance.
v. In case of re-employed pensioners, the increase in pension sanctioned in this office
memorandum shall not be admissible to them during the period of their re-employment.
vi. The benefits of increase in pension sanctioned in this memorandum will also be admissible
to those Civil Pensioners of the Federal Government who are residing abroad (other than
those residing in India and Bangladesh) who retired on or after 15.08.1947 and are not
entitled to, or are not in receipt of pension increase under the British Governments Pension
(increase Acts. The Payment will be made at the applicable rate of exchange.
REVISION OF PENSION 2009
Office Memorandum
SUBJECT: Grants of increase in pension to civil pensioners of the federal
Government as well as retired armed forces personnel (2009)
The President has been pleased to sanction, an increase in pension with effect from 1 st July,
2009 until further order to all civil pensioners of the Federal Government including civilians paid
from Defense Estimates as well as retired Armed Forces Personnel at the following rate:i. Those pensioners who retired on or before 30.06.1999 20%
ii. Those pensioners who retired after 30.06.1999 onwards 15%
2. The 15% increase in pension as mentioned at para 1 (ii) above will also be admissible to
the pensioners who will retire on or after 01.07.2009.
3. The Government servants who would retire on or after 01.07.2009 will also be entitles for
increase in pension @ 10% and 15% which have been allowed vide Finance Divisions
O.Ms No.1(1)-Imp/2005 dated 01.07.2005 and 4(3)-Reg.6/2006 dated 30.06.2006.
4. For the purpose of admissibility of increase in pension sanctioned in the O.M. the term Net
Pension means Pension being Drawn
98
5. The increase will also be admissible on family pension granted under the pension-cumgratuity scheme 1954 Liberalized pension Rules 1977 on pension sanctioned under the
Sindh Civil Service (Extra Ordinary pension Rules as well as on the compassionate
allowance under CSR-353.
6. If the gross pension sanctioned by the University of Sindh is shared with any other
Government in accordance with the rules laid down in part IV of Appendix III to the Accounts
Code Volume-I, the amount of the increase in pension will be apportioned between the
University of Sindh and the other Government concerned on proportionate basis.
7. The increase in pension sanctioned in this O.M. will not be admissible on Special Additional
Pension allowed in lieu of pre-retirement orderly allowance.
8. The increase in pension allowed by the Government during their re-employment shall not
be admissible during the period of their re-employment, but the same will be allowed after
the termination of the re-employment contract. However, the increases in pension
admissible to the pensioners of the Federal Government before their re-employment on
contact basis will continue to be admissible to them provided that they are not in receipt of
any increases allowed at Allowances with their pay in lieu of increases in pension.
9. The benefit of increase in pension sanctioned in this O.M. will also be admissible to those
Civil Pensioners of the Federal Government who are residing abroad (other than those
residing in India and Bangladesh) who retired on or after 15.08.1947 and are not entitled to,
or are not in receipt of pension increase under the British Governments Pension (increase)
Acts. The payment will be made at the applicable rate of exchange.
Notification: It is notified for the general information of all that the Vice Chancellor, University
of Sindh, Jamshoro has been pleased to adopt above office memorandum of Govt. of Pakistan,
Finance Division, (Regulation Wing), with effect from 1 st July 2009.
GRANT OF INCREASE IN PENSION TO CIVIL PENSIONERS OF THE FEDERAL
GOVERNMENT AS WELL AS RETIRED ARMED FORCES PERSONNEL (2010)
The President has been pleased to sanction an increase in pension with effect from
1st July, 2010 until further order , to all civil pensioners of the Federal Government including
civilians paid from Defense Estimates as well as retired Armed Forces Personnel at the
following rates:i. Those pensioners who retired before 01.12.2001
20%
15%
2. The 15% increase in pension as mentioned as para 1 (ii) above will also be admissible to
the pensioners who would retire on or alter 01.07.2010.
3. The Government servants who would retire on or after 01.07.2010 will also be entitled for
increase. in pension @ 10%, 15% and 15% which have been allowed vide Finance
Division's O.Ms. No. l(I)-1mp/2005 dated 01.07.2005, 4(3)-Reg.6/'2006, dated 30.06.2006
and 4(1)-R.(6/2009 dated: 13.07.2009.
4. For the purpose of admissibility of increase in pension sanctioned in this O.M. the term
"Net Pension" means "Pension being drawn".
5. The increase will also be admissible on family pension granted under the Pension-cum
Gratuity Scheme, 1954. Liberalized Pension Rules, 1977, on pension sanctioned under
the Central Civil Services (Extra Ordinary Pension) Rules as well as on the Compassionate
Allowance under CSR-353.
99
Part-II
PENSION STATUTES
6. If the gross pension sanctioned by the Federal Government is shared with any Government
in accordance with the rules laid down in part-IV of Appendix III to the Accounts Code,
Volume-L the amount of the increase in pension will be apportioned between the Federal
Government and the other Government concerned on proportionate basis.
7. The increase in pension sanctioned in this O.M. will not be admissible on Special additional
Pension allowed in lieu of pre-retirement orderly allowance.
8. The increase in pension allowed by the Government during their re-employment shall not
be admissible during the period of the re-employment, but the same will be allowed after
the termination of the re-employment contract. However, the increases in pension
admissible to the pensioners of the Federal Government before their re-employment on
contract basis will continue to be admissible to them provided that they are not in receipt of
any increases allowed as Allowances with their pay in lieu of increases in pension.
9. The benefit of increase in pension sanctioned in this O.M. will also be admissible to those
Civil Pensioners of the Federal Government who are residing abroad (other than those
residing in India and Bangladesh) who retired on or after 15.08.1947 and are not entitled
to, or are not in receipt of pensioner Increase under the British Government's Pension
(Increase) Acts. The payment will be made at the applicable rate of exchange.
(Authority-O.M. No. F.4(1) Reg.6/2010/721, dated 5th July, 2010 )
Sl.No.116:
MINIMUM PENSION (2010)
The undersigned is directed to refer to Finance Division's O.M. No. 15(1) Reg.612008
dated 02.07.2008 on the subject cited above and to state that the President has been pleased
to sanction with effect from 1st July, 2010 the increase in minimum pension from Rs.2000/p.m, to Rs.3000/- p.m, to civil pensioners of the Federal Government including civilians paid
from Defence Estimates us well as Armed Forces Personnel.
2. Similarly, family pension allowed to the family of a retired government employee including
those paid from Defenee Service Estimates under the Pension-cum Gratuity Scheme
1954, and Liberalized Pension Rules, 1977 has also been increased from current rate of
50% to 75% i.e. Rs.1000/- p.m. to Rs.2250/- p.m.
3. Commutation of any part of the increase allowed vide this O.M. will not be admissible.
(Authority-O.M. No. F.15(1)-Reg. 6/2010/777, dated:5th July 2010)
Subject: Inclusion of cost of living allowance @ 7% in the pensionable emoluments
Notification: The Finance Division (Regulation Wing), Government of Pakistan vide office
Memorandum NO.F.13(10)-Reg.6/2008/413 Islamabad, the 16th May, 2011, has included the
cost of living allowance @ 7% in the Pensionable emoluments of the Civil pensioners with
effect from 01.07.2011. The Syndicate of the University of Sindh in its 180 th meeting held on
16.07.2011 vide Resolution No.16 has also approved and adopted the above cited
memorandum, subject to release of funds from the Federal Government or Sindh Government.
The original Memorandum is as under:
The Finance Divisions O.M. No. F-1(40)-Imp./95 (i) dated 29.06.1995
read with para 2(i) of Finance Divisions O.M. No.F-1(5)-Imp./2001 dated
4th September, 2001 on the above subject and in pursuance of the
Judgment of Federal Service Tribunal dated 02.12.2010 in Appeal No.486
(L)./2006 upheld by the Supreme Court of Pakistan vide its order dated
01.04.2011 in Civil Petition No.173./2011, it has been decided to treat the
cost of living allowance admissible @ 7% of basic pay as emolument
reckonable towards pension for all those employees in BPS 1-22 who
were in receipt of the said allowance at the time of their retirement and
who had not availed the benefits of Revised Basic Pay Scales, 2001
100
Accordingly, above provision / statues allow Inclusion of cost of living allowance @ 7% in the
pensionable emoluments accounted by the Government (also announced for Autonomous
Bodies under the administrative control of Government of Sindh)is also admissible to Sindh
University employees.
Revision of Basic Pay Scales, Allowances and Pension of Civil Servants of the
Federal Government (2011)
Notification: The Finance Division (Regulation Wing), Government of Pakistan vide office
Memorandum No.F.1(5)Imp/2011-419 Islamabad, the 4th July 2011, has sanction the Revised
Basic Pay Scales 2011 of the Civil Employees with effect from 01.07.2011. The Syndicate of
the University in its 180th meeting held on 16.07.2011 vide Resolution No.15 has also
approved and adopted the above cited memorandum, subject to release of funds from the
Federal Government or Sindh Government as under:
The President has been pleased to sanction the revision of Basic Pay
Scales, Allowances and Pension with effect from 1 st July, 2011 for the Civil
Servants of the Federal Government, paid out of Civil Estimates and out of
Defence Estimates as detailed in the succeeding paragraphs:REVISION OF PENSION (2011)
All the existing Civil Pensioners of the Federal Government including Civilians paid out of
Defence Estimates have been allowed an increase in their pension at the following rates with
effect from 1st July, 2011, until further orders:i. Pensioners who retired on or after 01.07.2002 @ 15% of the net pension.
ii. Pensioners who retired on or before 30.06.2002 @ 20% of net pension.
13. On introduction of the Basic Pay Scales-2011, the increases in pension allowed vide para3 of the Finance Division Office Memorandum No. F.4 (1) Rcg-6/ 2010/721 dated
05.07.2010 shall be discontinued to the new pensioners who would retire on or
after 01.07.2011 who opts to draw pension under the Scheme of Basic Pay ScaIes-2011.
14. However, 15% increases in pension allowed vide para-2 of the Finance Division
Office Memorandum No.F.4 (!) Reg-6/ 2010/721 dated 05.07.2010 shall continue to be
admissible to the new pensioners who would retire on or after 01.07.2011 who opts to
draw pension under the Scheme of Basic Pay ScaIes-2011.
15. The 15% increase in pension as mentioned at Paras-12 (i) above shall also be admissible
to the pensioners who would retire on or after 01.07.2011.
16. For the purpose of admissibility of increase in pension for the Civil Pensioners sanctioned
in this Office Memorandum the term Net Pension means Pension being drawn minus
Medical Allowance, which shall be continued to be admissible at the level of its
admissibility as on 30.06.2011.
17. The increase shall also be admissible on family pension granted under the Pension-cumGratuity Scheme, 1954, Liberalized Pension Rules, 1977, on pension sanctioned under
the Central Civil Services (Extra Ordinary Pension) Rules as well as on the
Compassionate Allowance under CSR-353.
101
Part-II
PENSION STATUTES
18. If the gross pension sanctioned by the Federal Government is shared with any Government
in accordance with the rules laid down in part-IV of Appendix III to the Accounts Code,
Volume-1, the amount of the increase in pension shall be apportioned between the Federal
Government and the other Government concerned on proportionate basis.
19. The increase in pension sanctioned in this Office Memorandum shall not be
admissible on Special Additional Pension allowed in lieu of pre-retirement Orderly
Allowance.
20. The increase in pension shall not be admissible during the period of their re-employment,
but the same shall be allowed after the termination of the re-employment contract.
However, the increase in pension admissible to the pensioners of the Federal Government
before their re-employment on contract basis shall continue to be admissible to them
provided that they are not in receipt of any increases allowed as allowances with their pay
in lieu of increases in pension.
21. The benefit of increase in pension sanctioned in this Office Memorandum shall also be
admissible to those Civil Pensioners of the Federal Government who are residing abroad
(other than those residing in India and Bangladesh) who retired on or after 15.08.1947 and
are not entitled to, or are not in receipt of pension increase under the British Governments
Pension (increase) Acts. The payment shall be made at the applicable rate of exchange.
22. Medical Allowance for the Pensioners:
I.
Medical Allowance admissible to the existing retired Civil Servants in BPS-1 to BPS-15
and in BPS-16 to BPS-22 @ 25% and @20% of the net pension respectively shall
continue to be admissible at the frozen level of its admissibility as on 30.06.2011 and till
further orders.
II.
All the Civil Servants in BPS-1 to BPS-15 and in BPS-16 to BPS-22, who shall retire on
or after 01.07.2011 onwards, shall be allowed Medical Allowance @ 25% and @ 20% of
the net pension respectively and shall stand frozen at the same level.
However, 15% increase in pension allowed vide para 2 of the Finance Division's 0. M. No.
F. 4(1)-Reg.612010-721 dated 05.07.2010 and the 15% increase in pension as allowed
vide paras-I5 of Finance Division's O.M. NO. F. No. l(5)-lmp12011-419 dated 04.07.2011
shall be admissible to the new pensioners who would retire on or after 1.07.2012.
3. The 20% increase in pension as mentioned at para 1 above will also be admissible to the
pensioners who would retire on or after 01.07.2012.
4.
For the purpose of admissibility of increase in pension sanctioned in this O.M. the term
"Net Pension" means "Pension being drawn" minus "Medical Allowance", which shall be
continued to be admissible at the level of its admissibility as on 30.06.2012.
5.
The increase will also be admissible on family pension granted under the Pension-cumGratuity Scheme, 1954, Liberalized Pension Rules, 1977, on pension sanctioned under
the Central Civil Services (Extra Ordinary Pension) Rules as well as on the
Compassionate Allowance under CSR-353.
102
6.
If the gross pension sanctioned by the Federal Government is shared with any Government
in accordance with the rules laid down in part-lV of Appendix Ill to the Accounts Code,
Volume-I, the amount of the increase in pension will be apportioned between the Federal
Government and the other Government concerned on proportionate basis.
7.
The increase in pension sanctioned in this O.M. will not be admissible on Special
Additional Pension allowed in lieu of pre-retirement orderly allowance.
8.
The benefit of increase in pension sanctioned in this O.M. will also be admissible to those
Civil Pensioners of the Federal Government who are residing abroad (other than those
residing in India and Bangladesh) who retired on or after 15.08.1947 and are not entitled
to, or are not in receipt of pension increase under the British Government's Pension
(increase) Acts. The payment will be made at the applicable rate of exchange.
Subject:
Notification: The Finance Division (Regulation Wing), Government of Pakistan vide office
Memorandum No.F.15(1)-Reg.6/2010-1375 Islamabad, dated 16th July 2013, has grant of
increase in minimum pension from Rs.3000/- P.M. to Rs.5000/- P.M. to Civil Pensioners of the
Federal Government with effect from 01.07.2013, as under:
The undersigned is directed to refer to Finance Divisions O.M. No. 15(1)Reg.6/2010 dated 05.07.2010 on the subject cited above and to state that the
President has been pleased to sanction with effect from 1 st July, 2013 the
increase in minimum pension from Rs.3000/- p.m. to Rs.5000/- p.m. to civil
pensioners of the Federal Government including civilians paid from Defense
Estimates as well as Armed Forces Personnel.
2.
3.
Commutation of any part of the increase allowed vide this O.M. will not be
admissible.
103
Part-II
PENSION STATUTES
Subject :
Notification: The Finance Division (Regulation Wing), Government of Pakistan vide office
Memorandum No.F.4(1)-Reg.6/2013-1375 Islamabad, dated 16th July, 2013, has grant of
increase in pension to Civil Pensioners of the Federal Government as well as Retired Armed
Forces Personnel with effect from 01.07.2013, as under:
The President has been pleased to sanction an increase @ 10% of net pension with
effect from 1st July, 2013 until further order to all civil pensioners of the Federal
Government including civilians paid from Defence Estimates as well as retired Armed
Force personnel and Civil Force Personnel.
2.
However, 15% increase in pension allowed vide para 2 of the Finance Divisions
O.M.No.F.4(1)Reg.6/2010-721 dated 05.07.2010 and the 15% increase in pension as
allowed vide paras-15 of Finance Divisions O.M No.F.NO.1(5)- Imp/2011-419 date
04.07.2011 and 20% increase in pension as allowed vide Parar-1 of the Finance Division
O.M. No.F.4(1)-Reg.6/2012-1144 dated 02.07.2012 Shall be admissible to the new
pensioners who would retire on or after 01.07.2013.
3.
The 10% increase in pension as mentioned at para 1 above will also be admissible to the
pensioners who would retire on or after 01.07.2013.
4.
For the purpose of admissibility of increasing in pension sanctioned in this O.M the term
Net Pension means Pension being drawn minus Medical allowance which shall be
continued to be admissible at the level of its admissibility as on 30.06.2011.
5.
The increase will also be admissible on family pension granted under the Pension-cumGratuity Scheme, 1954, Liberalized Pension Rules, 1977, on pension sanctioned under
the Central Civil Services (Extra Ordinary Pension) Rules as well as on the
Compassionate Allowance under CSR-353.
6.
If the gross pension sanctioned by the Federal Government is shared with any Government
in accordance with the rules laid down in part-IV of Appendix III to the Accounts Code,
Volume-I, the amount of the increase in pension will be apportioned between the Federal
Government and the other Government concerned on proportionate basis.
7.
The increase in pension sanctioned in this O.M. will not be admissible on Special
Additional Pension allowed in lieu of pre-retirement orderly allowance.
8.
The benefit of increase in pension sanctioned in this O.M. will also be admissible to those
Civil Pensioners of the Federal Government who are residing abroad (other than those
residing in India and Bangladesh) who retired on or after 15.08.1947 and are not entitled
to, or are not in receipt of pension increase under the British Governments Pension
(Increase) Acts. The payment will be made at the applicable rate of exchange.
According to the above provision / statutes grant of increase in pension to Civil Pensioners
announced by the Government (also announced for Autonomous Bodies under the
administrative control of Government of Sindh) is also admissible to Sindh University
employees.
The Vice-Chancellor, University of Sindh under the power vested in him under section 14(3) of
the University of Sindh Act, 1972 is pleased to approve and adopt the above cited
memorandum.
104
These Statutes may be called University of Sindh Officers (National Scales of Pay)
Pay Revision Statutes, 1975.
(2)
Subject to the provision of Statutes 4 and 5, they shall be deemed to have come into
effect on and from the 1st day of March, 1972.
(3)
Subject to the provisions of Statutes 4, they shall apply to all University Officers
holding posts specified or included from time to time in Schedule III and serving in
connection with the affairs of University of Sindh except the holders of teaching posts.
2. Definitions
In these Statutes unless there is anything repugnant in the subject or context:(i)
Consolidated Scale means the pay that an existing Officer of Sindh University would
have drawn on 1st day of March, 1972 or the date of his appointment if made after 1st
day of March, 1972 or the date with effect from which he opts for the National Scales of
Pay, as the case may be, had he not opted for these Statutes.
(ii)
Existing Pay means the pay that an existing Officer of Sindh University would have
drawn on 1st day of March, 1972 or the date of his appointment if made after 1st day of
March, 1972 or the date with effect from which he opts for the National Scales of Pay, as
the case may be, had he not opted for these Statutes.
(iii)
Existing Pay Scale means the scale of pay in which the University Officer was drawing
existing pay.
(iv)
(v)
(vi)
(vii)
4. Right of Option
(1) Subject to Sub-Statute (6) of Statute 5 every existing University Officer shall have the
right to opt for the National Scales of Pay of his existing Pay Scales indicating, if the
option will be effective from the 1st day of March, 1972 or, as the case may be from the
date of his appointment or any date thereafter within 6 months provided that he was such
employee on such date.
105
Part-II
(2) The option shall be exercised in writing in the Form set out in Schedule II and shall be
communicated to the Registrar, University of Sindh, within a period of four months from
the date of publication of these Statutes and in the case of posts included in Schedule III
after such publication, within a period of six months from such inclusion.
(3) In case a University Officer is at the time of the publication of these Statutes out of
Pakistan, or on leave, or for such other reason has not been able to exercise the option,
he may exercise the option and communicate to the Registrar, University of Sindh within
six months from the date of his taking over the charge of his post or on return from leave.
(4) Any existing University Officer who fails to exercise option under Sub-Statute (i) of this
Statute within the period specified in Sub-Statutes (2) and (3), shall be deemed to have
opted for the National Scales of Pay with effect from the 1st March, 1972 or as the case
may be from the date of his appointment.
(5)
(6) Any existing University Officer who does not opt for the National Scales of Pay, shall continue
to be governed by the Statutes and orders, regarding scales of pay, allowances, and other
benefits as would have been applicable to him, but for promulgation of these Statutes.
106
(6) The personal pay shall for the purpose of Sub-Statute (4) shall be reduced by the amount by
which the pay of the University Officer is subsequently increased and shall cease to be
payable as soon as pay is increased by an amount equal to or more than the personal pay.
6. The pay of every University Officer covered by Statute (4) shall be fixed both in the scale of
his substantive post and the scale of the post held by him in temporary or officiating capacity.
Subject to the provision of Sub-Statute 2, a University Officer who has reached the
maximum of the National Scale of Pay No. 16 or 17, shall be brought on to National
Scale of Pay 17 or 18, as the case may be with effect from the 1st December of the
year in which he completes three years of such service at the above mentioned
maximum as counts for increments under Statute, subject to the condition that he has
no adverse annual remarks during this period. In case there are adverse remarks, he
shall wait at the maximum till he has earned good remarks. His move over to the next
higher scale shall take effect from the 1st December of the year following the year for
which good remarks are earned.
(2)
A University Officer who is adjusted in or whose basic pay scale is the National Scale of
Pay No. 16 or 17, shall be allowed to move over only upto the next National Scale of Pay.
(3)
When a University Officer is allowed to draw pay in the next higher National Scale of
Pay under Sub-Statute (i) his pay in the higher scale shall be fixed at a stage equal to
the maximum of the lower National Scale of Pay and, if there is no such stage at the
next lower stage with personal pay equal to the difference and such personal pay shall
be absorbed in future increments.
Subject to the provision of Rule 10, in the case of promotion from a lower to a higher post,
where the stage in the National Scale of pay of the higher post, next above the
substantive pay of the gazetted civil- servant concerned in the National Scale of Pay of the
lower post, gives a pay increase equal to or less than a full increment in the pay scale of
the higher post the initial pay in the National Scale of Pay of the higher post will be fixed
after allowing premature increment in the National Scale of Pay of the higher post.
Provided that a gazetted civil servant, who is promoted from National Scale of Pay No.
17 to National Scale of Pay No. 18 after the expiry of three years from the date of
reaching the maximum of the National Scale of Pay No.17 shall be allowed a minimum
benefit equal to two increments in National Scale of Pay No. 18.
(2)
Part-II
10. Admissibility of full pay of the post in National Scales of Pay No. 19 and above
(1)
(2)
If a University Officer is appointed to a post shown under Schedule III (here in after
referred to as the said post) on or after the date from which he has opted for the
National Scales of Pay, but has not, on the day of his appointment to the said post,
completed the minimum length of class / service prescribed for such post in column 5 of
the Schedule, he shall be entitled to the minimum of the National Scale of Pay
prescribed for the said post only, of service, he shall be entitled to:(a)
the pay admissible to him from time to time in the lower post held by him
immediately before his appointment to the said post and
(b)
the difference between the pay referred to in clause (a) and the minimum of the
National Scale of Pay of said post reduced by twenty percent of the difference
for every year or part of the year by which his service falls short of the prescribed
length of service subject to a maximum reduction of eighty percent. Provided
that in the case of posts where pay in a time scale plus a special pay is allowed,
the special pay shall not be affected by this Statute (1).
If a University Officer was holding a post shown in Schedule III immediately before the
date from which he opts for the National Scale of Pay, but has not completed the
prescribed length of service on that date, his pay shall first be fixed in the next lower
National Scale of Pay under the relevant provisions of these Statutes and thereafter,
with reference to the pay so fixed, his pay in the National Scale of Pay of the post held
by him shall be determined in accordance with the provision of Sub-Statute (1).
11. Explanation
In computing the length of service for the purpose of this Statute:(a)
to the length of services in Class I shall be added half of the service in class II and 1/4th
of the non-gazetted service, if any;
(b)
The service rendered under the Federal Government or another Provincial Government
shall also be taken into account.
17. Relaxation
In case where the operation of any of these Statutes causes undue hardship to a University
Officer, the Syndicate University of Sindh may, for reasons to be recorded in writing, relax such
Statute in his/ her favour.
18. Pay
For the purpose of these Statutes Pay shall not include special pay, technical pay, overseas
pay, personal pay, teaching pay or any allowance, unless directed otherwise.
SCHEDULE I
NATIONAL SCALES OF PAY FOR (GAZETTED) OFFICERS SINDH UNIVERSITY
Grade
No.
NATIONAL SCALES
OF PAY
16
17
19
400-35-750/50-1000
500-50-1000/50-1250
(Junior Class-I)
1000-75-1750
(Senior Class I)
1800-80-2200
20
2300-100-2600
21
2750 (Fixed)
22
3000 (Fixed)
18
POST TO WHICH
APPLICABLE
Post the maximum of
the consolidated pay
scales of which:does not exceed Rs.925/Exceeds Rs.925/- but does
not exceed Rs. 1155/Exceeds Rs.1150/- but does
not exceed Rs.1699/Exceeds Rs.1699/- but does
not exceed Rs.2150/Exceeds Rs.2150/- but does
not exceed Rs.2600/Exceeds Rs.2600/- but does
not exceed Rs.2750/Exceeds Rs.2750/-
109
PRESCRIBED LENGTH
OF CLASS I SERVICE
Nil
Nil
05 Years
12 Years
15 Years
20 Years
22 Years
Part-II
SCHEDULE II
OPTION FORM
I, ............................................................. opt/ do not opt for the National Scales of Pay introduced by the
University of Sindh (Gazetted) Officers (National Scales of Pay) Statutes 1975 with effect from,
I fully understand that the option once exercised is final.
Signature
Name in Block letters.
Fathers Name.
Designation.
Branch/ Section.
Office/ Department.
SCHEDULE III
Sr. No.
Designation
Existing Pay
Scales
National Pay
Scales
1000-75-1600/50-1900
-do-do750-75-1500
-do750-75-1200/75-1500
600-50-1250
700-50-1200-50-1450
600-50-1250
-do450-50-1000
-do-do-do-do-do-do-
1800-80-2200
-do-do1000-75-1750
-do-do-do-do-do-do500-50-1000-50-1250
-do-do-do-do-do-do-
-do-do-do-do-do-do350-35-525/40-925
-do-do-do-do-do-
-do-do-do-do-do-do400-35-750/50-1000
-do-do-do-do-do-
(a) OFFICERS
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.
Registrar
Controller of Examinations
Librarian
Inspector of Colleges
Additional Controller of Exam.
Student Adviser
Manager press
Deputy Librarian
Deputy Registrar
Planning & Development Off.
Establishment Officer
Purchase & Stores Officer
Administrative Officer
Assistant Controller of Exam.
Auditor
Accounts Officers
Secrecy Officer of Exams.
Secret Branch
Director Physical Education
Secretary to V.C.
Assistant Librarian
Documentation Officer
Head Proof Reader
Assistant Engineer
Public Relations Officer
Assistant Administrative Off.
Assistant Manager
Proof Reader
Plantation Officer
Personal Assistant to V.C.
110
1000-75-1750
-do500-50-1000/50-1250
-do400-35-750/50-1000
-do-
1000-75-1600/50-1900
450-50-1050
-do-
1800-80-2200
500-50-1000/50-1250
-do-
SCHEDULE IV
THE QUALIFICATIONS AND EXPERIENCE FOR APPOINTMENT
RECRUITMENT TO VARIOUS CADRES OF UNIVERSITY TEACHERS
(a)
AND
LECTURERS
1st Class Masters degree in Arts/Science/1st Class B.Sc. (Engg)/1st Class LL.B. or
equivalent qualifications.
(b)
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS
(i) Educational qualification as in (a) above and 6 years teaching/ research experience in
a recognized University or a post-graduate institution as a Lecturer or professional
experience in a national or international organization. OR
(ii) Masters degree (foreign) or M.Phil. from a Pakistani University plus 4 years
experience in a recognized University as a Lecturer or Professional experience in the
relevant field in a national or international organization. OR
(iii) Ph.D. with 2 years teaching/ research experience in a recognized University or
professional experience in the relevant field in a national international organization.
OR
(c)
ASSOCIATE PROFESSOR
(i) M.A./ M.Sc./ B.Sc. (Engg)/ Architecture/ Town Planning/ LL.B. with 13 years teaching/
research experience in a recognized University or professional experience in the
relevant field in a national or international organization plus 5 research publications in
Journals of International repute. OR
(ii) Ph.D. with 10 years teaching experience in a recognized University plus 5 research
publications in Journals of International repute.
(d)
PROFESSORS
(i) Masters Degree/ M.Phil. with 18 years teaching and research experience in a
recognized University plus 8 research publications in Journals of International repute.
OR
(ii) Ph.D. with 15 years teaching and research experience in a recognized University plus
8 research publications in Journals of International repute.
(c)(i) and (d) (i) above will remain operative only for a period of 5 years to provide opportunities
to existing members of the staff in the Universities to improve their qualifications.
For a period of two years publications in lieu of research will be evaluated by a Committee to
be set up by the University Grants Commission.
In case of any difficulty in determining the equivalence of degrees and experience in technical
and professional subjects, the University Grants Commission will be consulted.
111
Part-II
2.
The University of Sindh employees (Basic Scales of Pay & Fringe Benefits) Statutes,
1983, appended herewith are hereby notified for information of all the employees of
the University.
3.
These Statutes have come into force with effect from the 1st day of the month of July,
1983.
(i) These Statutes may be called the University of Sindh Employees (Basic Scales of
Pay and Fringe Benefits) Statutes, 1983.
(ii) They shall come into effect from the first day of July, 1983.
2.
Existing pay means the pay that an existing employee was drawing on the first
day of July, 1983 in the existing pay scale;
b.
Existing Pay Scale means the Revised National Pay Scale to which an existing
employee was entitled immediately before the first day of July, 1983;
c.
Existing Employee means an employee who was in the service of the University
on the 30th June, 1983 and continued in service after that date;
d.
Basic Scales of Pay means the scales of pay specified in Schedule-I to these
Statutes;
e.
f.
Syndicate and Selection Board means respectively the Syndicate and Selection
Board of the University;
g.
3. Applicability
All whole-time University employees shall get the Basic Scales of Pay, 1983 as shown in
Schedule-I in replacement of the existing Revised National Pay Scales, 1977.
112
The pay of an existing University employee who was on leave or under suspension on
1.7.1983 shall be fixed in the Basic Scale of pay on the basis of pay that he would have
drawn in the existing Pay scale if he had not been on leave or under suspension on 1st
July, 1983. It shall be assumed that the existing University employee resumed duty on
1.7.1983 and his assumed duty pay shall be worked out on the said date for the
purpose of fixation in the Basic Scale of Pay in accordance with the provisions of para 4
of these Statutes.
A University employee whose increment was with-held in the existing scale without
commutative effect, shall draw, on the date on which the stopped increments are
released, the pay in the Basic Pay Scale at a stage at which he would have drawn pay if
his increment had not been stopped. The pay of such University employee in the Basic
Scale of Pay shall be fixed initially on the basis of pay actually drawn by him on
1.7.1983 and his case for relaxation referred to appointing authority.
5. Annual increment
Annual increment shall continue to be admissible, subject to existing conditions, on the 1st
December each year in the Basic Scales of Pay. However, the first annual increment of
existing employees in the Basic Scales of Pay shall accrue on the 1st December, 1983.
6. Move-over
(i)
(ii)
113
Part-II
(a) The existing conditions of the period of stay of three years at the maximum of
pay scale B-16 and B-17 in the case of non-technical and non-professional
categories of University employees shall continue to be applicable.
(b) No move-over beyond B-18 in the case of the categories of employees
mentioned at (a) above shall be permissible.
(c) The Move-over in the case of technical and professional categories, e.g.
Doctors, Engineers, Educationists, Economists, Management Accountants,
Scientists, shall be permissible upto B-20 without the condition of stay at the
maximum for three years.
(d) Move-over shall be allowed in case where an employee, who is otherwise
considered fit for promotion/ appointment to higher post, cannot be promoted/
appointed for want of a post.
(e) Normal promotion/ appointment procedure as is observed in cases of promotion/
appointment through the competent authority i.e. Selection Board and Syndicate
shall be followed in allowing move-over to Basic Scales 17, 18, 19 & 20 as
regards the non-teaching employees of the University.
Length of service
7 years
13 years
15 Years
Note: For the purpose of this Statute, a person who entered service in scale B-18 by
initial recruitment shall be deemed to have completed 7 years service and a
person who entered service in scale B-19 by initial recruitment shall be deemed
to have completed 13 years service in B-17 and above.
114
(a) In the case of posts shown in column 1 of Schedule-II, the Basic Scales of Pay
indicated against each in column 3 shall be allowed instead of the Basic Scales of
Pay corresponding to their existing pay scales.
(b) In the case of posts of artisan/ technicians, such as Carpenters, Welders etc., and
Storekeepers, which require different level of expertise and responsibilities,
appropriate Basic Scales of Pay which may be different in different Departments
may be prescribed by the Syndicate with due regard to the market value of such
artisans etc. and their level of competence.
(c) In specially meritorious cases, Basic Scale B-21 or B-22 alongwith allowances and
fringe benefits may be allowed, with the approval of the Chancellor to University
Professors without requiring them to move from their posts where their expertise is
particularly needed. The number of such beneficiaries will not exceed 12.5% of the
total number of posts of Professors in B-20 under the University of Sindh.
(d) In cases where it is necessary for the University to recruit and/ or to continue in
employment certain employees who have acquired expertise in a highly specialized
field, special contract terms may be offered to such narrow- narrow specialists by
the Syndicate on the recommendations of the Selection Board. The Syndicate shall
take into account the market value of the narrow- narrow specialists before fixing
the remuneration for engaging or retaining such specialists.
In cases where the Basic Scales of Pay under paragraph 7 (i) is higher than the scale
which corresponds to the existing pay scales, initial fixation of pay of the employee
concerned shall first be made in the Basic Scale in the light of the fixation of pay
formula mentioned in para 4, and thereafter his pay in the higher Basic Scale of Pay
shall be fixed at the next higher stage.
8. Allowances
(i)
(ii)
9.
All other existing allowances shall continue to be admissible under the existing
Statutes/ orders at the existing rates.
Entertainment Allowance shall be admissible at the following fixed rates to University
employees drawing pay in B-20 to B-22:1.
2.
3.
B-20
B-21
B-22
115
Part-II
Qualified Secondary School Teachers who hold a Bachelor Degree in basic/ natural
science (including Mathematics) and teach natural science subjects shall be allowed
Science Teaching Allowance at the rate of Rs.100/- p.m.
(ii)
Principal Sindh University Model School shall be allowed charge allowance as under:Principal Model School Rs.200/- P.M.
II
Primary School
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
A teacher who acquires a degree of B.A./ B.Sc./ B.Com./ B.L.S. shall be allowed
three additional advance increments.
Middle School
A teacher who possesses or acquires a degree of B.A./ B.Sc./ B.Com./ B.L.S. shall be
allowed three advance increments.
III
High School
A teacher who possesses or acquires Masters Degree (M.A./ M.Sc./ M.Com./ M.L.S./
M.B.A.) shall be allowed three advance increments. In case of a teacher who
possesses or acquires Masters Degree in Education (M.Ed.) and also Master's
Degree in any academic subject shall be allowed six advance increments.
Provided that a teacher who has already drawn increments for possessing higher
educational qualification under the existing scales shall be allowed increments equal
to shortfall in the number of increments, if any, between the increments obtained by
him and the increments which have now been prescribed.
Note:
116
(ii)
Those of the above categories of University employees who possess M.A./ M.Sc./
M.S. or equivalent from a foreign University or Ph.D. or M.Phil. from a University in
Pakistan will receive four advance increments on induction in service in B-17.
(iii)
Those of the above categories of employees who while in service obtain a degree
shall be allowed four increments in case of (i) above and two advance increments in
case of (ii) above.
Provided that if University employee belonging to the above mentioned categories has
already drawn advance increments for possessing or acquiring the higher
qualifications indicated in (i) and (ii) above, he shall be allowed increments equal to
shortfall in the number of increments, if any, between the increments already drawn
by him and the increments being sanctioned under those Statutes.
Provided further that in case an employee drawing pay at the maximum of NPS-17 on
1.7.1983 and has not been allowed the benefit of advance increments for possessing
higher qualifications, shall be allowed the benefit of all advance increments or to the
extent of shortfall, if any, in scale B-18 after his move-over to that pay scale with effect
from the date of move-over indicated in (i), (ii) and (iii) above.
Provided also further that in the case of persons appointed as Assistant Professor in
BPS-18 advance increments as indicated (i), (ii) and (iii) may be allowed for the higher
qualification specified therein. However, no advance increments would be admissible
on initial appointment to a person possessing higher qualifications specified in (i) and
(ii) above if these are the prescribed minimum qualifications for such appointment.
Provided still further that in order to attract talent to the University two increments over
the initial stage will be given to a fresh entrant as Lecturer in BPS-17 if he is a first
class first in M.A./ M.Sc./ M.Com./ M.L.S./ M.B.A./ M.Ed.
13. The provision of para 12 above shall not affect any other Statutes regarding grant of
advance increments already in force before the 1st of July, 1983. All such Statutes shall
continue to be applicable unless amended or rescinded by the competent authority.
117
Part-II
(ii)
(iii)
After having exercised the option for encashment of L.P.R. the University employee
shall have to perform duty during the entire period upto the date of retirement and
cannot, save as stated in para 4 below, avail himself of any kind of leave, during the
last 15 months of his service if the leave at his credit was 365 days or less, and
during the last 12 months of his service if the leave at his credit was more than 365
days. Provided that in the latter case, leave can be taken prior to the period of the
last 12 months only to the extent that the balance leave at credit does not fall below
365 days.
(iv)
The competent authority may where it is satisfied that the leave applied for is
unavoidable or is fully justified, e.g., in cases of illness, supported by medical
certificate, or for performance of Hajj etc., grant leave to an employee during the last
15 or 12 months of his service, as the case may be in accordance with para 3 above.
In such a case, the amount of cash compensation shall be reduced by an amount
equal to the leave pay for half of the period of leave taken. For example, if an
employee, who has opted for encashment of L.P.R., has taken 60 days of leave, his
cash compensation equal to 30 days leave pay would be forfeited.
16. General
All existing Statutes, Rules and orders on the subject shall be deemed to have been modified
to the extent indicated above. All existing Statutes, rules and orders not so modified shall
continue to be in force.
18. Amendments, additions etc. to the Basic Pay Scales Scheme by the
government from time to time shall be considered amendments, additions
etc. to these Statutes from time to time.
118
SCHEDULE - I
BASIC SCALES OF PAY
No.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
280-8-352/9-415-12-475
290-10-350/12-470-14-540
315-12-399/14-525-16-605
335-14-447/16-575-18-665
370-16-514/18/-640-22-750
390-20-590/22-700-24-820
410-22-520/24/760-28-900
430-24-550/28-830-30-980
460-28-600/30-900-32-1060
490-30-790/32-950-35-1125
520-30-730/35-1010-40-1210
550-35-900/40-1110-50-1350
625-40-825/50-1325-60-1625
900-50-1150/60-1750-100-2250
1350-75-1650/100-2650
2250-100-3050
2600-125-3600
3000-150-4200
3250-200-4850
B-4
B-5
B-6
B-7
B-8
B-9
B-10
B-11
B-12
B-13
B-14
B-15
B-16
B-17
B-18
B-19
B-20
B-21
B-22
500-16-820
520-18-880
540-20-940
560-23-1020
590-26-1110
620-29-1200
660-32-1300
700-35-1400
750-40-1550
800-45-1700
850-50-1850
900-55-2000
1050-80-2250
1600-120-3040
2100-150-3600
3200-160-4480
3800-180-5240
4200-225-6000
4500-250-6500
SCHEDULE-II
NAME OF POST
1. Stenographer
NPS-11
B- 16 (Rs. 1050-80-2250
2. Steno Typist
NPS-8
3. Lab. Assistant
NPS-5
B-7 with 1/3rd posts as selection
grade in B-10 (Rs. 660-32-1300)
4. Draftsman
NPS 10
The Vice-chancellor, under emergency powers has been to adopt scheme of Basic Pay Scales
and Fringe Benefits to the employees of the Sindh University with effect from 1st July, 1983 in
accordance with the Federal Government order and Government of Sindh, Finance
Department No. FD (SR-IV)-1-4 dated 21st August, 1983, and Circular No. Admn:/4013 dated
3.9.1983
119
Part-II
1. Initial fixation of pay with effect from 1.7.1983 in the Basic Pay Scales on point to point
basis, the pay of a junior person in higher stages of a lower Revised National Pay Scale
has exceeded the pay of his senior who had been promoted to a higher post prior to the
introduction of the scheme of Basic Pay Scales, 1983 and was drawing pay at the initial
stages of the Revised National Pay Scales on the eve of introduction of Basic Pay Scales
Scheme on 1.7.1983. The position would be clear from the following illustration:
Mr. A while in receipt of Rs.1510/- in RNPS-17 was promoted to RNPS-18 in May, 1983
and his pay was fixed at Rs.1650/-. On the introduction of Basic Pay Scales with effect
from 1.7.1983, the pay of Mr. A was fixed at Rs.2700/- in the Basic Pay Scale-18".
As against the above, Mr. B Junior to Mr. A was also drawing pay of Rs.1510/- in
RNPS-17 on 20.6.1983. On the introduction of the Scheme of Basic Scales, his pay
was fixed at Rs.2920/- in B-17. Thus the pay of Mr. B has exceeded the pay of Mr. A
by Rs.220/Similar situation may also arise in other pay scales.
2. Considering the hardship involved in the cases referred to above, it has been decided that
where, as a direct result of the fixation of pay in Basic Pay Scale on point to point basis, the
presumptive pay of the lower substantive post held by a Government servant continuously
for 3 years, or would have been so held had he not been promoted to the higher post,
should exceed the pay of the higher post in which he officiates, he will draw pay of the
lower substantive post for so long as it exceeds the pay of the higher post.
No formal circular may be issued and only the above policy may be adopted by the
Administration and Finance Wings at the time of examining the cases of Leave Encashment in
lieu of L.P.R. We may however, take undertaking from the employees that in case clarification
is received from the Provincial or Federal Government contrary to the above policy being
adopted for the time being by the University, the excess amount paid will be recovered from
monthly pension.
The initial pay of an existing employee who has been in Government service since before
the 1st of July 1987 shall be fixed on Point to Point Basis, i.e., at the stage in the relevant
Basic Pay Scale which is as many stages above the minimum of existing Basic Pay Scale.
(ii) The annual increment shall continue to be admissible subject to the existing conditions on
the First of December each year. However, the first annual increment of the existing
employees in the Basic Pay Scales shall accrue on the 1st December, 1987.
(iii) The existing Indexed Pay sanctioned vide Finance Departments letter No. FD (SR-III)
10/7-86, dated 10-7-1986 shall cease to be admissible with effect from First of July, 1987.
(iv) The interim relief of Rs.30/- p.m. sanctioned vide circular letter No.FD (SR-III_ 5/16-87,
dated 28.4.1987 to the low paid employees shall cease to be admissible with effect from
the 1st July 1987.
(v) In case of promotions from a lower to higher/ scale before the introduction of those scales,
the pay of the senior employee in the same scale may be fixed and so enhanced that it
would not be less than the pay that would have been admissible to him if his promotion to
the higher post/ scale had taken place after the introduction of these scales.
Part-II
i
ii.
iii.
iv.
Matric
at least
2nd Div.
M.A./ M.Sc.
at least
2nd Div.
Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil
(a)
Engineers and doctors shall also be allowed four advance increments in case they
possess or acquire a Post-Graduate Degree in their relevant field for which they have
not been allowed any qualification pay.
(b)
8. Conveyance Allowance
Conveyance Allowance continues to be admissible at the station specified in para-8 of Finance
Departments OM. No. BS (SR-IV) 1(12)77, dated 13.5.1977 at the rates given below.
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
Others.
1.08
(b)
1.07
The other conditions regarding grant of indexation of Conveyance Allowance shall continue to
apply.
122
13. Anomalies
A Committee has been set up in the Finance Department (Regulations Wing) to resolve the
anomalies, if any, arising out of the issue of this letter.
Existing Scales
440-10-640
460-12-700
480-14-760
500-16-820
520-18-880
540-20-940
560-23-1020
590-26-1110
620-29-1200
660-32-1300
700-35-1400
750-40-1550
800-45-1700
850-50-1850
900-55-2000
1050-80-2250
1600-120-3040
2100-150-3600
3200-160-4480
3800-180-5240
4200-225-6000
4500-250-6500
New Scales
600-13-860
625-16-945
650-19-1030
675-22-1115
700-25-1200
725-28-1285
750-31-1370
790-34-1470
830-381590
870-42-1710
910-46-1830
97052-2010
1035-58-2195
1100-64-2380
1165-71-2585
1350-105-2925
2065-155-3925
2710-195-4660
4130-205-5770
4900-235-6780
5420-290-7740
5800-325-8400
[Finance Department letter No.FD (SR-IV) 1-43/87 Government of Sindh Finance Department
Karachi, dated the 7th July 1987]
123
Part-II
PAY LIMTS
SPECIAL
RATES
Rs.
150/-
ORDINARY
RATES
Rs.
130/-
i)
ii)
130/-
110/-
iii)
110/-
095/-
iv)
070/-
060/-
v)
060/-
050/-
vi)
040/-
030/-
(a)
Revised Rates
per kilometers
Rs.
2.00
(b)
0.65
(c)
0.50
(d)
0.32
0.20
As per order No.Admn:/5430 Dated 1.8.1987 The Vice-Chancellor, University of Sindh, under
emergency powers, has been pleased to adopt all the financial benefits awarded by the
Government of Sindh to its employees except those mentioned at paras 10 and 12 of the
Government of Sindh, Finance Department Circular letter No. FD (SR-IV)1-43/87 dated
7.7.1987.
The fixation of pay in the revised Basic Pay Scales is under process.
As per Order No. Admn 5433 dated 1.8.1987, (Vide Notification No. FD (SR-III)2/7-87
Government of Sindh Finance Department Karachi, dated the 7th July, 1987.) the
Government of Sindh has been pleased to direct that with effect from 1st July, 1987, the
pension of all the existing Civil Pensioners who have retired between 1st July, 1986 and
30th June, 1987, would be indexed at the rate of 4% of Gross Pension. Those who have
retired earlier will continue to draw the indexation already allowed to them in addition to the
indexation now being allowed.
2.
For the purpose of indexation the term pension means gross pension i.e. pension before
commutation and/ or surrender of 1/4 thereof including any dearness/ adhoc increases in
pension sanctioned from time to time in the past.
3.
If a person is in receipt of more pensions than one, the pension will be aggregated for the
purpose of these orders.
4.
The indexation will also be admissible on the net amount of family pensions granted under
the Pension-cum-Gratuity Scheme 1954/ Liberalized Pension Rules 1977 and pensions
sanctioned under the West Pakistan Civil Services (Extraordinary Pension) Rules, as well
as on the compassionate allowance under Rule 1.9 of West Pakistan Civil Service Pension
Rules plus dearness/ adhoc increases sanctioned in the past and where admissible.
5.
If the gross pension sanctioned by the Sindh Government is shared with any other
Government in accordance with the rules laid down in part IV of Appendix III to the
Account Code (Vol. I) the amount of the index will be appointed between the Government
concerned on proportionate basis.
6.
7.
The benefit of indexation of pensions sanctioned in this letter will also be admissible to
those Civil pensioners of the Sindh Government who are residing abroad (other than those
residing in India and Bangladesh) who retired on or after 15th August, 1947 and are not
entitled to or are not in receipt of pension increases under the British Governments
Pension (increases) Acts. The payment will be made at the existing official rate of
exchange. Vide Notification No. FD (SR-III) 3/93-87. Government of Sindh Finance
Department Karachi, dated the 7th July, 1987.
Part-II
Amount in
Rs. p.m.
(a)
355/-
(b)
Others
193/-
130/-
(iii) Others
096/-
The initial pay of an employee who has been in University of Sindh service before 1st
June, 1991, shall be fixed in the revised pay-scale on point to point basis i.e., at the
stage in the relevant revised basic pay-scale which is as many stages above the stage
occupied by him above the minimum of the existing basic-scale.
(ii) The annual increment shall continue to be admissible, subject to existing conditions, on
first December each year.
(iii) The increases allowed since 1.8.1988, as detailed below, would cease to be admissible
from 1.6.1991:a)
Indexed pay sanctioned vide order No. Admn: 4242 dated 23.11.1988.
126
b)
c)
Adhoc increase of 10% sanctioned vide order No. Admn:/1974 dated 23.7.1990.
d)
Dearness Allowance of Rs.200/- per month sanctioned vide order No.Admn:/ 1446
dated 6.2.1991.
In case of promotion from a lower to higher post/ scale before introduction of these
scales, the pay of the senior employees in the same scale may be fixed and so
enhanced that it would not be less than the pay that would have been admissible to him
if his promotion to higher post/ scale had taken place after introduction of these scales.
(ii)
(iii)
Sindh University Employees who are allowed Selection Grade may be granted one
premature increment as is allowed in the case of promotion.
5. Move-over
The employees in BPS-16 to 19 enjoying Selection Grade shall also be allowed the concession
of one move-over from 1.6.1991 onwards subject to fulfilment of existing conditions laid-down
in the move-over policy.
Note:-
Qualification Pay shall be allowed from 1.6.1991 to officers who have qualified the
following courses at the rates shown against each:a)
b)
c)
7. Allowances
(i)
Deputation allowances at 20% of the minimum of the relevant basic pay-scale shall
be allowed in future as against the existing rate of deputation allowance of 10% of the
minimum of relevant Basic Pay Scale.
(ii)
Senior Post Allowance: The existing rates of Senior Post Allowance shall be
enhanced as under:(a)
For Officers in BPS-20 from Rs.200/- per month to Rs.600/- per month
(b)
For Officer in BPS-21 from Rs. 400/- per month to Rs.800/- per month
(c)
For Officers in RBPS-22 from Rs.600/- per month to Rs.1000/- per month
8. The Syndicate may set up Anomalies Committee to resolve the anomalies, if any, arising
out of the implementation of these Statutes.
127
Part-II
(ii)
(ii)
Additional adhoc relief of Rs.50/- p.m. sanctioned vide O.M. No. F.1 (9)
Imp./94 dated 26th March, 1994.
128
4. Fixation of Pay
In case of promotion from a lower to higher/ posts/scale before introduction of these scales, the
pay of the employees concerned in the revised scales may be re-fixed and so enhanced that it
would not be less than the pay that would have been admissible to him if his promotion to the
higher post/ scale had taken place after the introduction of these scales.
5. Allowance
(i)
Secretariat Allowance: With the introduction of new scales of pay, the Secretariat
Allowance is abolished with effect from 1.6.1994 and the amount actually drawn on
31.5.1994 will be converted into Personal Allowance. Such personal allowance in
case of Government Employees in BPS-17 - 22 shall be reduced by the amount of
annual increments, by which the Government Employees pay may be increased
after 1.6.1994, and shall cease as soon as his pay is increased by an amount equal
to/ or more than his Personal Allowance. Those in BPS-1 to 16 will be exempted from
this adjustment to the extent that their Personal Allowance will not be reduced/
adjusted.
(ii)
Other Allowances, Special Pays etc. Special Pays and other allowances including
House Rent Allowance will be maintained at the level drawn/ admissible at the rates
as on 31st May, 1994.
6. Option
(i)
All existing Government Employees are given option either to draw the existing pay
scales plus Secretariat Allowance or the new pay scales plus Personal Allowance in
the manner as at 5 (i) above. Option to retain existing scale with Secretariat
Allowance must, however, be given in writing by the employees concerned to the
Audit officer/ Drawing and Disbursing Officer concerned by the 15th July, 1994.
Option once exercised shall be final.
(a) An existing Government Employee who does not exercise and communicate such
option within the prescribed time limit, shall be deemed to have opted to be governed by
the new scales and abolition of Secretariat Allowance.
In the case of Persons Retiring from 1.6.1994 onwards in BPS-17 to 22, pension will be
recalculated on 1.6.1995 on the basis of pay re-fixed with 35% increase in the pay in the
second phase. New pension will however, be admissible from 1.6.1995 and no arrears will
be admissible.
2.
The following relief to the widow(s) dependents, retarded and incapacitated children and
invalid pensioners shall be allowed with effect from 1st June, 1994.
(a)
(b)
(c)
Elimination of second medical board for the invalidated pensioners for eligibility
of commutation.
129
Part-II
3.
Government Servants who have retired on or after 1.6.1993 till the introduction of revised
pay scales i.e. 1.6.1994, be allowed pension/ commutation on the basis of pay that would
have been admissible to them, had the pay revision been effected on the date of their
retirement, discounted by 12%.
4.
All existing rules and orders on the subject shall be deemed to have been modified to the
extent indicates above. All existing rules and orders not so modified shall continue in force
under this scheme.
11. Anomalies
A Committee will be setup in the Finance Division (Regulations Wing) to resolve the anomalies,
if any, arising out of the issue of this order.
Existing pay
Scale 1.6.91
B-1
B-2
B-3
B-4
B-5
B-6
B-7
B-8
B-9
B-10
B-11
B-12
B-13
B-14
B-15
B-16
B-17
B-18
B-19
B-20
B-21
B-22
920-26-1310
945-32-1425
975-37-1530
1005-43-1650
1035-49-1770
1065-54-1875
1095-60-1995
1140-65-2115
1185-72-2265
1230-79-2415
1275-86-2565
1355-96-2795
1440-107-3045
1530-119-3315
1620-131-3585
1875-146-4065
2870-215-5150
3765-271-6475
5740-285-8590
6810-325-10060
7535-405-11585
8075-450-12575
(Stages)
Revised pay
Scales 1.6.94
(15)
(15)
(15)
(15)
(15)
(15)
(15)
(15)
(15)
(15)
(15)
(15)
(15)
(15)
(15)
(15)
(12)
(10)
(10)
(10)
(10)
(10)
(Stages)
1245-35-1770
(15)
1275-44-1935
(15)
1320-50-2070
(15)
1360-58-2230
(15)
1400-66-2390
(15)
1440-73-2535
(15)
1480-81-2695
(15)
1540-88-2860
(15)
1605-97-3060
(15)
1660-107-3265
(15)
1725-116-3465
(15)
1830-130-3780
(15)
1950-144-4110
(15)
2065-161-4480
(15)
2190-177-4845
(15)
2535-197-5490
(15)
3880-290-7360
(12)
5085-366-8745
(10)
7750-385-11600
(10)
9195-440-13595
(10)
10190-545-15640 (10)
10900-610-17000 (10)
The Government of Sindh vide letter No.FD (SR.I)3(37)/93 date 6th June 1994, directed
to refer to para 6 of Letter No.FD (SR.IV) 1-43/87 dated 7th July, 1987, and to say that a
question has arisen, as to how the advance increment for possessing/acquiring higher
qualification, are to be granted to the officials in BPS-1 to BPS-15, working against the
posts, for which no minimum qualification has been prescribed in the relevant
Recruitment Rules. It is clarified that in such cases e.g., Naib Qasid, Daftry, Chowkidar,
Malhi, Sweeper, Laboratory Assistant and Beldar etc., where no minimum qualification
has been prescribed in the respective recruitment rules, the incumbent may be allowed
advance increments considering prescribed qualification as Non-Matric. Thus an
incumbent possessing matriculation certificate will be entitled to one advance increment,
and if he has done F.A. two increments and so on.
130
3.
Certain departments have raised the question whether the Stenographer, Telex
Operator, Telephone Operator etc., are entitled to advance increments on possessing
higher qualification of Intermediate, B.A. or M.A. etc. It is clarified that such civil
servants are entitled to advance increments on possessing/ acquiring higher
academic qualifications than those prescribed in the respective recruitment rules in
addition to the professional qualifications. Thus the benefit of advance increments is
admissible to all Govt. Employees in B-1 to B-15 irrespective of the nomenclature of
posts in terms of Finance Departments O.M. No. FD (SR.IV) 1-43/87 dated 7.7.1987.
4.
It is further clarified that where the minimum qualification is prescribed only for
recruitment to the post of Junior Clerk and no qualifications are prescribed for the
higher posts such as Senior Clerks, Accounts Clerks, Assistants and Head Clerks
etc., which posts are purely promotion post, the incumbents of such posts are entitled
to the advance increment on the basis of qualifications prescribed for the post of
Junior Clerk, in terms of Para 6 (a) of Pay Revision Rules, 1987.
CATEGORY
EDUCATIONAL QUALIFICATION
1.
2.
3.
4.
-do-
The above Allowance would replace any allowance or special pay at present admissible to the
above categories of Computer Personnel.
These orders will be effective from the date of issue of this letter.
As per letter No.FD (SR-II)5/17-85, Government of Sindh, Finance Department, Karachi dated
the 1st April, 1989 referring the Departments letter No.FD (SR-III)5/7-85 dated 8th March 1987,
on the subject noted above and to state that it has been decided to enhance the existing rate of
Computer Allowance from Rs.500/- per month to Rs.1000/- per month.
131
Part-II
The allowance will be admissible to only those persons who possess the required qualification
as laid down to above and have been recruited specifically as whole-time computer personnel.
It has also been decided to allow Computer Allowance @ Rs.500/- per month to Key Punch
Operator/ Key Punch Verifying Operator/ Data Entry Operator.
All other existing terms and conditions regulating the grant of this benefit will remain the same.
As per Notification No.Admn:Teach:/1954 dated 13.12.1993, the Syndicate at its meeting held
on 27.11.1993, considering the recommendation of the Finance and Planning Committee, has
been pleased to allow Computer allowance to the Employees of Sindh University with
immediate effect on the terms and conditions given in Finance Department of Sindhs
Notification.
will be classified as compensatory allowance and will not be subject to Income Tax,
b)
will be admissible during leave and entire period of leave preparatory to retirement except
during extra-ordinary leave,
c)
will not be treated as part of emoluments for the purposes of calculation of Pension and
recovery of House Rent,
d)
will not be admissible to the employees posted/ deputed abroad from the Country,
e)
f)
will be accommodated within the budgetary allocation for the year 1995-96 by the
respective department and no supplementary grants would be given on this account.
132
(ii)
will be admissible for the entire period of leave including lave preparatory to
retirement;
(iii)
(iv)
[Authority Finance Divisions O.M. No.F. 1(17)Imp/97, dated 5th March, 1997].
133
Part-II
Sl. No 20:
Grant of Ad-hoc Relief to Government Servants in BPS 1 - 16
The President has been pleased to allow Ad-hoc Relief @ Rs.100 p.m. w.e.f 1-1-2000 and until
further orders to the civilian employees of the Federal Government as well as civilians paid from
Defence Estimates and armed forces personnel who are in BPS 1 to BPS 16/ equivalent. The
employees who are in BPS 17 by virtue of move-over will also be entitled to this ad hoc relief.
2.The above ad-hoc relief: a)
b)
Will be admissible during leave and entire period of leave preparatory to retirement
except during extraordinary leave.
c)
Will not be treated as part of emoluments for the purposes of calculation of Pension
and recovery of House Rent.
d)
Will not be admissible to the employees posted / deputed abroad from the country.
e)
f)
[Authority. Finance Division O.M. No. F.1(9) Imp/99, dated 31st December, 1999].
the Additional Registrar, University of Sindh, either to draw pay in the existing pay scales of
1994 or in the revised Basic Pay Scales and Pension & Commutation scheme 2001, as
specified in the above referred Office Memorandum.
3.
All existing Sindh University employees as aforesaid, who do not exercise and
communicate such an option within the specified time limit latest by 31-10-2001, shall be
deemed to have opted to continue to draw salary in basic pay scales of 1994 and
Pension/Commutation as per existing formula.
4.
The Sindh University employees who will retire with effect from 1-7-2001 shall take
benefit of revised pay scales on presumptive basic discounted by 5% increase in pension if
availed, subject to the condition that all those who may like to avail this benefit should opt for
the entire package i.e. revised schemes of Basic Pay Scales as contained in Part-I and revised
package of pension as contained in Part-III of Federal Governments Office Memorandum
dated 04-09-2001.
4.
Special Additional Allowance:- Special Additional Allowance sanctioned vide
Finance Division O.M.No.F.1(7)Imp/99 dated 23rd July, 1999 shall be frozen at the level drawn
as on date of issue of this O.M.
* Clarification:- The civil employees recruited after 1-12-2001 will not get any special
additional allowance.
5.
Initial Fixation of Pay:- Pay of the employees in service on 30-11-2001 shall be
fixed at stage in the revised pay scales which is as many stages above the minimum as the
stage occupied by him above the minimum of the 1994 Basic Pay Scale.
PART II (Allowances)
11.
Conveyance Allowance:- The rates of Conveyance Allowance and Motorcycle/Motor
Car, maintenance allowance presently fixed with reference to pay drawn shall be increased
and related to Basic Pay Scales as follows:S.No.
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
Existing
Government servants drawing pay in BS-16
(Gazetted) and above and maintaining motor car not
registered for commercial purpose Rs.355/- p.m.
Government servants drawing pay of Rrs.3240/- per
month and above other than those at (i) above
Rs.193/- p.m.
Government servants drawing pay of Rs.1688/- p.m.
and above but less than Rs.3240/- p.m. and
maintaining Motorcycle/Scooter Rs.130/- p.m.
Others. Rs.96/- per month
135
Revised
BS-16 (Gazetted) & above
Rs.620/- p.m.
BS-11 and above Rs.340/p.m.
BS 1-10 maintaining Motor
Cycle / Scooter Rs.230/- p.m.
BS 1-10 Rs.170/- p.m
Part-II
12.
Daily Allowance:- Daily Allowance rates presently fixed with reference to pay drawn
shall be increased and related to Basic Pay Scales as under:BPS
Special Rates
Ordinary Rates
per day (Rs.)
per day (Rs.)
1-4
110
80
5-11
120
100
12-16
200
180
17-18
350
320
19-20
450
400
21-22
550
450
13.
Medical Allowance:- Medical Allowance to employees in BPS 1 16 shall be
increased from Rs.90/- p.m. to Rs.160/- p.m.
14.
Computer Allowance:- Computer Allowance shall be increased subject to the
existing conditions of admissibility as under:Existing Rate
Rs.500/- p.m.
Rs.1000/- p.m.
Revised Rate
Rs.750/- p.m.
Rs.1500/- p.m.
Max
Stgs.
Max
Stgs
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
1770
1935
2070
2230
2390
2535
2695
2860
3060
3265
3465
3780
4110
4480
4845
5490
7360
8745
11600
13595
15640
17000
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
12
10
10
10
10
10
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
3520
3865
4230
4590
5100
5460
5820
6210
6760
7290
7840
8595
9375
.10300
11235
12655
15510
19835
24700
28010
31285
34940
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
20
20
20
14
14
14
1245
1275
1320
1360
1400
1440
1480
1540
1605
1660
1725
1830
1950
2065
2190
2535
3880
5085
7750
9195
10190
10900
35
44
50
58
66
73
81
88
97
107
116
130
144
161
177
197
290
366
385
440
545
610
136
1870
1915
1980
2040
2100
2160
2220
2310
2410
2490
2590
2745
2925
3100
3285
3805
6210
8135
12400
14710
16305
17440
55
65
75
85
100
110
120
130
145
160
175
195
215
240
265
295
465
585
615
950
1070
1250
ii.
Will be admissible during leave and entire period of LPR except during extraordinary leave.
iii.
iv.
ii.
Will be admissible during leave and entire period of L.P.R except during extra
ordinary leave.
iii.
iv.
Will not be admissible to the employees during the tenure of their posting /
deputation abroad.
Part-II
1.
The contractual appointments in BPS-1 to 16 @ 25% of their present rates per month.
2.
The Contractual appointments in BPS-17 and above including retired persons @ 15%
of their present rates per month.
3.
Dearness Allowance
Notification: In pursuance of Office Memorandum No.F-1(4) Imp/2006 dated 24.06.2006
issued by Deputy Secretary (R-II) to the Government of Pakistan, Finance Division
(Regulations Wing), Islamabad, the Vice Chancellor, University of Sindh in exercise of
emergency powers vested in him under Section 14(3) of the University of Sindh Act-1972, is
pleased to sanction, Dearness Allowance @ 15% of the Basic Pay per month w. e. from
1.7.2006 till further orders to the employees of the University of Sindh working in BPS-1 to 22
including contingent paid staff, contract employees employed against the civil posts Basic Pay
Scales on standard term and condition of contract appointment.
i)
ii)
iii)
iv)
Will be admissible during leave and entire period of LPR except during extra
ordinary leave.
138
The basic pay on an employee in service on 30.06.2008 shall be fixed in the Adjusted
Basic Pay Scale on point to point basis i.e. at the stage corresponding to that
occupied by him above the minimum of 2007 Basic Pay Scales.
II.
In Case of Personal Pay being drawn by an employee as part of his basic pay beyond
the maximum of his scale on 30.06.2008, he will continue to draw such pay in the
Adjusted Basic Pay Scales, 2008 at the revised rates.
4. Annual Increment.
Annual increment shall continue to be admissible such to the existing conditions, on 1 st of
December each year.
139
Part-II
Part II Allowances
5. Special Additional Allowances, Special Relief Allowance, Adhoc Relief & Dearness
Allowance. Special Additional Allowance, Special Relief Allowance, Adhoc Relief and
Dearness Allowance shall continue to be admissible at frozen level on existing conditions.
MIN
INCR
MAX
2475
75
4725
2530
85
2615
BPS
MIN
INCR
MAX
30
2970
90
5670
30
5080
30
3035
100
6035
30
100
5815
30
3140
120
6740
30
2700
115
6160
30
3240
140
7440
30
2780
135
6830
30
3340
160
8140
30
2860
145
7210
30
3430
175
8880
30
2940
160
7740
30
3530
190
9230
30
3055
175
8305
30
3665
210
9965
30
3185
190
8885
30
3820
230
10720
30
10
3295
215
9745
30
10
3955
260
11755
30
11
3430
230
10330
30
11
4115
275
12365
30
12
3630
260
11430
30
12
4355
310
13655
30
13
3870
285
12420
30
13
4645
340
14845
30
14
4100
315
13550
30
14
4920
380
16320
30
15
4350
350
14850
30
15
5220
420
17820
30
16
5050
390
16750
30
16
6060
470
20160
30
17
8210
615
20510
20
17
9850
740
24650
20
18
10760
775
26260
20
18
12910
930
31510
20
19
16400
810
32600
20
19
19680
970
39060
20
20
18455
1260
37095
14
20
23345
1510
44485
14
21
21565
1415
41375
14
21
25880
1700
49680
14
22
23065
1655
46235
14
22
27680
1985
55470
14
140
STAGES
Accommodation Charges
Notification: The Finance Division (Regulation Wing), Government of Pakistan vide office
Memorandum No.F.8.(1)R-10./2011-318, dated 16th November 2012, has revised the daily
allowance on official duty within country as under:
141
Part-II
According to the above provision / statutes / revision of Daily allowance on official duty within
country announced by the Government of Sindh) is also admissible to Sindh University
employees.
The Vice-Chancellor, University of Sindh under the powers vested in him under section 14(3) of
the University of Sindh Act, 1972 is pleased to approve and adopt the above cited
memorandum.
142
The President has been pleased to sanction with effect from 1 st July, 2009 and till further
orders, an Ad-hoc Relief Allowance 2009 to all civil employees of the Federal Government
(other than Civil Armed Forces) as well as the civilians paid from Defence Estimates including
contingent paid staff and contract employees employed against civil posts in Basic Pay Scales
on standard terms and conditions of contract appointment, as detailed below:BPS 1- 16
BPS 17 22
ii.
will be admissible during leave and entire period of LPR except during extra ordinary
leave.
iii.
will not be treated as part of emoluments for the purpose of calculation of Pension /
gratuity and recovery of House Rent.
iv.
will not be admissible to the employees during the tenure of their positing / deputation
abroad.
v.
3.
The term Basic Pay for the purpose of Ad-hoc Relief 2009 will also include the amount of
the personal pay granted on account of annual increment(s) beyond the maximum of the
existing pay scale.
4.
The above Ad-hoc Relief Allowance should be accommodated within the budgetary
allocation for the year 2009 2010 by the respective Ministries / Divisions / Departments
and no supplementary grants would be given on this account.
[Authority Finance Division O.M. No. No. F. 1(7)Imp/2009-1, Islamabad, the 21st July, 2009].
Notification: It is notified for the general information of all concerned that the Vice Chancellor,
University of Sindh, Jamshoro has been pleased to adopted above of Memorandum of
Government of Pakistan, Finance Division, (Regulation Wing), with effect from 1 st July, 2009.
Part-II
PART-1 (PAY)
2.
Revision of Basic Pay Scales: The Basic Pay ScaIes-2011 shall replace the Basic
Pay Scales-2008 with effect from 01.07.2011 as contained in the Annexure to this Office
Memorandum.
3.
The basic pay of an employee who was in service on 30.06.2011 shall be fixed in the
Basic Pay Scale-2011 on point to point basis i.e. at the stage corresponding to that
occupied by him/her above the minimum of Basic Pay Scales-2008.
II.
In case of Personal Pay being drawn by an employee as part of his/her basic pay
beyond the maximum of his/her pay scale on 30.06.2011, he/she shall continue to
draw such pay in the Basic Pay Scales-2011 at the revised rates.
4.
Annual Increment: Annual increment shall continue to be admissible, subject to the
existing conditions, on 1st of December each year.
PART-II (ALLOWANCES)
Ad hoc Relief Allowances granted upto 01.07.2009:
5.
The following Ad hoc Relief Allowances granted upto 01.07.2009 shall stand discontinued with
effect from 01.07.2011 having been merged in the Basic Pay Scales-2008 so as to introduce
Basic Pay Scales-2011:Sr.
No.
i.
ii.
iii.
iv.
v.
6.
Office Memorandum
Dum and Date
F.1(7) IMP/99
dated 23.07.1999
F.1(7) IMP/2003
dated 30.06.2003
F.1(7) IMP/2004
dated 01.07.2004
F.1(7) IMP/2006
dated 24.06.2006
F.1(7) IMP/2009-1
dated 21.07.2009
Admissible Rates
25% (BPS 1-16) and 20%
(BPS 17-22 on BPS 1994)
15% of the basic pay on
BPS-2001
15% of the basic pay on
BPS-2001
15% of the basic pay on
BPS-2005
20%(BPS 1-16) and 15%
BPS 17-22 on BPS-2008
The Ad hoc Allowance 2010 @ 50% of the running basic pay of Basic Scales2008 admissible to the Civil Servants including FBR employees (if admissible in
that organization) shall stand frozen at the level of its admissibility as
on 30.06.2011.
II.
All the new entrants shall be allowed Ad hoc Allowance 2010 @ 50% of the
minimum of relevant Basic Pay Scales-2008 (If admissible in that Organization)
on notional basis with effect from 01.07.2011. till further orders, and shall stand
frozen at the same level.
144
vii.
An Ad hoc Relief Allowance 2011 @ 15% of the running basic pay of Basic Pay
Scales-2008 to all the Civil Servants of the federal Government as well as
civilians paid out of Defence Estimates including contingent paid staff and
contract employees employed against civil posts in Bask Pay Scales on standard
terms and conditions of contract appointment shall be allowed with effect from
01.07.201 I and shall stand frozen at the same level.
II.
All the new entrants shall be allowed Ad hoc Relief Allowance 2011 15% of the
minimum of relevant Basic Pa) Seales-2008 on notional basis with effect from
01.07.2011, till further orders, and shall stand frozen at the l line level.
III.
IV.
The Ad hoc Relief Allowance will be admissible during leave and entire period of
LPR.
V.
The Ad hoc Relief Allowance will not be treated as part of emoluments for the
purpose of calculation of Pension/Gratuity and recovery of House Rent.
VI.
The Ad hoc Relief Allowance will not be admissible to the employees during the
tenure of their posting deputation abroad.
VII.
VIII.
The Ad hoc Relief Allowance will be admissible during the period of suspension.
The term Basic Pay will also include the amount of Personal Pay granted on
account of annual increment(s) beyond the maximum of the existing pay scales.
IX.
viii.
ix.
Medical Allowance:
I.
II.
All the new entrants in BPS-16 to BPS-22 shall be allowed Medical Allowance @
15% of the minimum of relevant Basic Pay Scales-2008 on notional basis with
effect from 01.07.2011, till further orders, and shall stand frozen at the same level.
All the Special Pays, Special Allowances or the Allowances admissible as percentage of pay
(excluding those which are capped by fixing maximum limit) including House Rent Allowance
and the Allowance/Special Allowance equal to one month Basic Pay granted to any Federal
Government/FBR/Police employees irrespective of his/her posting in Ministry/Division
/Department/FBR including civil employees in BPS 1-22 of Judiciary shall stand frozen at the
level of its admissibility as on 30.06.2011.
145
Part-II
10.
I.
II.
11.
Conveyance Allowance:
Conveyance Allowance shall be admissible to all the civil servants in BPS-1 to 15 on
revised rates as under:
BPS
EXISTING
BPS 1-4
BPS 5-10
BPS 11-15
All the Civil Servants of the Federal Government (excluding those who are allowed
monetized value of Transport or availing Transport Facility) shall be allowed Conveyance
Allowance at the prescribed rates irrespective of their place/station of duty.
Miscellaneous Allowances:
Rates of the following Allowances have been revised as noted against each:S. No.
Name of Allowance
Existing Rates
Revised Rates
i.
Rs.150.00 p.m.
Rs.300.00 p.m.
ii.
Washing Allowance
Rs.30.00 p.m.
Rs.100.00 p.m
iii.
Dress Allowance
Rs.35.00 p.m.
Rs.100.00 p.m.
iv.
Rs.65.00p.m.
Rs.150.00 p.m.
v.
Rs.300.00 p.m.
Rs.600.00 p.m.
vi.
Rs.150.00p.rn.
Rs.300.00 p.m.
vii.
Hill Allowance
viii.
Firewood Allowance
@ 25% of pay
upto a maximum of
Rs. 100.00 p.m.
Rs. 4.50 per head
per day.
At a fixed rate of
Rs.200.00 p.m.
Rs.l0.00 per head
per day.
Option:
The Ministry/Division/Department/Office to which an employee belongs and/or on
whose pay roll he/she is borne shall obtain an option in writing from such employees
within 60 days commencing from the date of issue of this Office Memorandum and
communicate it to the concerned Accounts Office/DDO, as the case may be, either to
continue to draw salary in the Scheme of Basic Pay Scales-2008 or in the Scheme of
Basic Pay Scales-2011 as specified in this Office Memorandum. Option once
exercised shall be considered final.
146
II.
An existing employee, as aforesaid, who does not exercise and communicate his/her
option within the specified time limit, shall be deemed to have opted for the Scheme of
Basic Pay Scales-2011.
24. All the existing rules/orders on the subject shall be considered to have been modified to
the extent indicated above. All the existing rules/orders not so modified shall continue to
be in force under this scheme.
[Authority Finance Division O.M. No. No. F.1 (5) Imp/2011-419, Islamabad, he 4th July, 2011]
ANNEXURE TO O.M. NO. F.1 (5) Imp/2011-419, Dated 4th July, 2011.
Basic Pay Scales, 2008
BPS
MIN
INCR
MAX
STAGES
BPS
MIN
INCR
MAX
STAGES
2970
90
5670
30
4800
150
9300
30
3035
100
6035
30
4900
170
10000
30
3140
120
6740
30
5050
200
11050
30
3240
140
7440
30
5200
230
12100
30
3340
160
8140
30
5400
260
13200
30
3430
175
8880
30
5600
290
14300
30
3530
190
9230
30
5800
320
15400
30
3665
210
9965
30
6000
350
16500
30
3820
230
10720
30
6200
380
17600
30
10
3955
260
11755
30
10
6400
420
19000
30
11
4115
275
12365
30
11
6600
460
20400
30
12
4355
310
13655
30
12
7000
500
22000
30
13
4645
340
14845
30
13
7500
550
24000
30
14
4920
380
16320
30
14
8000
610
26300
30
15
5220
420
17820
30
15
8500
700
29500
30
16
6060
470
20160
30
16
10000
800
34000
30
17
9850
740
24650
20
17
16000
1200
40000
20
18
12910
930
31510
20
18
20000
1500
50000
20
19
19680
970
39060
20
19
31000
1600
63000
20
20
23345
1510
44485
14
20
36000
2350
68900
14
21
25880
1700
49680
14
21
40000
2600
76400
14
22
27680
1985
55470
14
22
43000
3050
85700
14
147
Part-II
Revised Rates
BPS-20
BPS-21
BPS-22
Rs.1100/- P.M.
Rs.1200/- P.M.
Rs.1600/- P.M.
Rs.1250/- P.M
Rs.1350/- P.M
Rs.1750/- P.M
Carriage of Personal
Effects on Transfer /
Retirement
Existing Rates
Rs. 2/- per k.m.
Rs. 1/- per k.m.
Revised Rates
Rs.5/- per
Rs.2/50 per
IV) Orderly Allowance for BPS-20 to BPS-22 to bring it at par with minimum wage
Existing Rates
Rs.3000/- P.M
Revised Rates
Rs.7000/- P.M
Note: Subject to furnishing a certificate that the officer is not using the services of
any official employee at his residence.
148
Order: According to the above provision / Statutes grant of revised Special Pay and
Allowances to Civil Employees of the Federal Government as well as Civilians paid from
Defence Estimates announced by the Government (also announced for Autonomous Bodies
under the administrative control of Government of Sindh) is also admissible to Sindh
University Employees.
The Vice Chancellor, University of Sindh under the power vested in him under
section 14(3) of the University of Sindh Act, 1972 is pleased to approve and adopt the above
cited memorandum.
EXISTING
REVISED
1-4
Rs.1500/- p.m
Rs.1700/- p.m
5-10
Rs.1500/- p.m
Rs.1840/- p.m
11-15
Rs.2000/- p.m
Rs.2720/- p.m
16-19
Rs.5000/- p.m
Rs.5000/- p.m
Revising the Local Financial Package from 8000/- to 15000/- for Islamabad,
Lahore Peshawar to Faculty members for attending conferences, workshops,
seminars etc.
The Syndicate in its 183rd meeting held on 24, 25.10.2012 and 16.11.2012, resolved vide
Resolution No.3(xxiv) that the action taken by the Vice Chancellor regarding revising the Local
Financial Package from 8000/- to 15000/- for Islamabad, Lahore Peshawar to Faculty members
for attending conferences, workshops, seminars etc., be noted and approved.
149
Part-II
Government of Pakistan
Ministry of Finance and Revenue
(Finance Division Regulations Wing)
(Notification S.R.O. 70(KE)/2012 dated 29th August, 2012)
In exercise of the powers conferred by sub-section (1) of Section-25 of the Civil Servant Act,
1973 (LXXI of 1993), read with Notification No.S.R.O.120(1)/1998, dated the 27th February,
1998, the Prime Minister has been pleased to direct that the following further amendments
shall be made in the Revised Leave Rules, 1980, namely:(a) In rule 17, for the words one hundred and eighty, wherever occurring the words three
hundred and sixty-five shall be substituted; and
(b) In rule 18-A,
(iv) In sub-rule (2), for the words one hundred and eighty the words three hundred
and sixty five shall be substituted;
(ii) After sub-rule (2), amended as aforesaid, the following new sub-rules shall be
inserted, namely:(2A) Encashment of leave preparatory to retirement (LPR) not exceeding three
hundred and sixty five days shall be effectives from the first day of July, 2012
and shall, for the entire period of leave refused or opted for encashment, be
applicable to a civil servant retired or, as the case may be, retiring on or after
the first day of July 2012, provided such leave is available at his credit
subject to a maximum of three hundred and sixty five days.
(2B) the encashment of LPR shall also be applicable to employees of the
autonomous and semi-autonomous bodies under Administrative control of
the Federal Government which have adopted basic pay scales schemes and
these rules in to
150
(i)
after sub-rule (5) the following new sub-rule shall be added namely:(6) Leave pay for the purpose of encashment of LPR shall be computed on the
basis of pay and allowances reckonable towards pension as shown in the
last pay certificate of a civil servant.
Existing
Ordinary Rates
200
310
500
500
625
700
700
Special Rates
400
440
600
640
825
1000
1000
Part-II
Subject:
NOTIFICATION: The Finance Division (Regulation Wing), Government of Pakistan vide Office
Memorandum No.F.1(2)Imp/2013-594 Islamabad, dated 16th July 2013, has notified the grant
of Adhoc Relief Allowance 2013 @ 10% of the Civil Employees with effect from 01.07.2013
as under:
The President has been pleased to sanction with effect from 1 st July,
2013 and till further orders an Ad-hoc Relief Allowance 2013 @ 10% of
the basic pay to all the civil employees of the Federal Government as well
as the civilians paid from Defense Estimates including contingent paid
staff and contract employees employed against civil posts in Basic Pay
Scales on standard terms and conditions of contract appointment.
2.
3.
(ii).
Will be admissible during leave and entire period of LPR except during extra
ordinary leave.
(iii).
(iv).
Will not be admissible to the employees during the tenure of their posting /
deputation abroad.
(v).
4.
Finance Divisions U.O.No.893-R3./81 dated 24.10.1981 shall stand modified w.e.f. the
date and to extend indicated above.
According to the above provision / Statutes the grant of one (01) pre-mature increments on
up-gradation of posts as on promotion announced by the Government (also announced for
Autonomous Bodies under the administrative control of Government of Sindh) is also
admissible to Sindh University employees also adopted by the Syndicate of the University of
Sindh vide Resolution No.20 in its meeting held on held on 31.08.2013 and 01.09.2013.
Sd/Registrar,
University of Sindh
153
MEDICAL FACILITIES
to the employees of the University
Medical Allowance, Reimbursement of Medical Expenses,
University of Sindh Employees Medical Attendance &
Hospitalization Statute 1989 & Group Health Insurance Scheme.
Medical Allowances:
The University of Sindh has been allowing Medical Allowance to its employees since 19771978, enhanced from time to time, as per notifications issued / Resolutions passed by the
Syndicate / Senate of the university. Medical Allowance as part of Revision of Basic Pay
Scales package announced by the Federal & Sindh Governments were implemented for the
first time in 1987 and has since been revised from time to time.
Circular: In view of Senates Resolution No. 8 (b), dated: 17.6.1982 read with Syndicates
Resolution No. 6 (4) dated 11.12.1982, the rates of medical allowance for the Sindh University
Employees have been enhanced with effect from 1.7.1982 as under:1.
2.
The University has also been allowing Reimbursement of cost of medical treatment where
requiring hospitalization, as per policy in this regard. The regulations in this context were
formalized in the Medical Attendance Statutes approved by the Senate in 1989, as under:
ii.
These Statutes shall come into force at once and shall apply to all
employees and such other persons in temporary or tenure service of the
University who are declared eligible as such. These Statutes shall not apply
in case of contingent paid employees. The provision in respect of Medical
Attendance shall, however, come into effect from 1st July, 1989.
2. Definitions
i.
Family and employee's wife or wives, or husband as the case may be,
children, father and mother wholly dependent upon and residing with the
employee.
ii.
Part-II
iii.
iv.
Medical Attendance
i.
ii.
iii.
iv.
v.
vi.
vii.
Dental treatment excluding the cost of dentures and filling with gold
or other costly metals but including silver amalgam filling partial
sealing carrying and gum dressing.
v.
vi.
vii.
viii.
ix.
x.
xi.
b.
The employee suspecting uncured ailment shall approach the Authorized officer
for permission to seek indoor treatment in a hospital. This procedure however,
shall not be applicable in case of emergencies were information may be given to
the authorized officer after the admission of the patient to the hospital within 24
hours.
ii.
The approved hospitals, if necessary, may refer the case to other specialists,
consulting physicians, surgeons gynecologist etc. as they deem fit and also
determine the eligibility for indoor treatment in their own hospital or any other
hospital.
iii.
The approved hospitals will also refer the cases for laboratory examinations/tests
as they deem fit.
iv.
The University will issue Medical Attendance Cards to its employees and their
family members alongwith photographs or the marks of identification in case of
females. The hospital would provide attendance on presentation of Medical
Attendance Cards.
v.
Private Ward
General Ward
5. Ceiling of Re-Imbursement
i.
156
Part-II
ii.
iii.
Residuary provision - Where these rules do not contain provision relating to any
matter affecting medical attendance and treatment, a relevant Provincial
Government rule or rules if any may be followed
Circular: As approved by the Senate and subsequently by the Syndicate vide Resolution No.7
dated 6.7.1989 under the provision of statutes 3(ii) of the University of Sindh Employees
Medical Attendance & Hospitalization Statutes, 1989 the Vice-Chancellor, University of Sindh is
pleased to allow Medical Allowance to Rs.25/- per month with effect from 1.7.1991, to all
Employees in RBPS -1 to 16 in addition to the Medical Allowance already drawn by them.
2)
Medical Allowance is to be paid on the minimum of the Basic Pay Scale of the employees.
3)
Married employee may submit declaration on Rs.5/- Stamp paper duly certified by the
Head of the Department as per proforma attached.
Order: The Syndicate at its 102nd meeting held on 30.3.1995 vide resolution No. 14 has
waived the condition of married and unmarried staff and the payment of Medical Allowance at
the uniform rate will be made on the basic pay, i.e., Pay with increments excepting allowances.
157
Consequently the uniform Medical Allowance will be allowed with effect from 1.2.1995, as under:a)
BPS- 1 to BPS- 10
b)
c)
BPS-11 to BPS- 17
BPS- 18 to BPS- 22
Note: The said Allowance will be allowed with minimum of Rs.300/- per month and maximum
of Rs.600/- per month
Circular: The Vice-Chancellor, University of Sindh has been pleased to enhance the rate of
Medical Allowance from Rs.300/- to Rs.600/- per month (Fixed) to the employees of the
University of Sindh working in grade B-1 to B-16 with effect from the date of Resolution of
Syndicate viz. 20-9-1997, subject to Undertaken by each employee that they will not claim for
reimbursement of medical bills/vouchers.
Reimbursement
Resolution No.10 Resolved that the medical reimbursement will be allowed to the indoor
patients in Government hospitals and Defence hospitals with all charges for medicines and
surgical plates etc.; the pathological tests, X-Rays and other tests will also be reimbursed as
per Government rates. In case the patient has received treatment at the Private hospitals the
corresponding rates as entitled in Government hospitals be allowed.
In case no treatment is available at the civil hospitals, the patient be allowed with the approval
of the Vice-Chancellor, if there is any emergency recommended by the consultant.
These Rules may be called the Sindh University Medical Attendance for
Indoor Treatment.
ii.
These shall come into force at once and shall apply to all employees as
defined in the Statutes 1989 clause (iii)
158
Part-II
(2) Definition:
i.
ii.
Medical Attendance:
a. Medical attendance / treatment means treatment in hospital authorized by
the University of Sindh.
b. Dental treatment including the cost of cavity filling.
c. Laboratory means a laboratory authorized by the University of Sindh.
ii.
The approved hospitals, if necessary, may refer the case to other Specialists,
Consulting Physicians, Surgeons, Gynecologists etc. as they de fit and also
determine the eligibility for indoor treatment in their own hospital or any other
hospital.
iii.
The University will issue Medical Attendance Cards to its employs and their family
members along with photographs. The hospital would provide attendance on
presentation of Medical Attendance Card.
iv.
Private Ward
iii.
Employees in BPS-11 to 16
iv.
General Ward
(5) Re-imbursement:
In medical, surgical and radiological cases including all laboratory tests etc. where the
admission / hospitalization is imperative, as contained in rule 3, the actual charges of
hospitalization including consultations fee where the employee or his dependent is
admitted as an indoor patient in a hospital, will be reimbursed in full on production of
vouchers and prescriptions as per rules, excluding food / diet charges.
159
Surgery
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
(General Surgery)
(General Surgery)
(Urologist)
(Orthopeadic)
(Orthopeadic)
(ENT)
Gynecology
1.
2.
Paediatric
1.
2.
Ophthalmology
1.
2.
160
Part-II
Skin
1.
Dentistry
1.
2.
3.
4.
Physiotherapy
1.
Radiologist
1.
2.
Pathology Laboratories
1.
2.
Hassan Laboratory
Agha Khan Laboratory.
For married employees @ 35% of the pay subject to minimum of Rs.1750/- p.m. and
maximum of Rs.3500/- p.m.
2.
For un-married employees @ 7.5% of the pay subject to minimum of Rs.875 and
maximum of Rs.1750/-p.m.
It was unanimously resolved that the medical allowance to all employees of the University of Sindh
from BPS-1 to BPS-22, be enhanced from Rs.1000/- to Rs.2000/- per month from the date of the
Syndicate viz. 22-4-2008.
Note:
161
1.
2.
i)
First Consultation
Follow-up visits (Maximum 10 visits)
Private Room
Rs.200
Rs.100
Private Ward (BPS 17
and above) Rs.400
ii)
iii)
General Ward
Rates now
approved for
BPS 2 to 16
Rs.200
Rs.100
Not entitled
Grade, 11 to 16
Rs.200 per day
Grade, 02 to 10
Rs.100 per day
i)
ii)
iii)
iv)
v)
vi)
vii)
9.
i)
ii)
I.C.U. / C.C.U
Operation Charges
Minor Special Procedure
Rs.1000
Minor Operation
Rs.2000
Medium Operation
Rs.3500
Major Operation
Rs.5000
Operation Theatre Charges
Minor Operation
Rs.1000
Medium Operation
Rs.1500
Major Operation
Rs.2000
Anesthesia Charges
Minor Operation
Rs.1000
Medium Operation
Rs.1500
Major Operation
Rs.2000
Dressing Charges
Rs.50
Diet Charges
P.O.P. Charges (including) Surgeon
Fee and Material Charges)
Below Elbow
Rs.1000
Above Elbow
Rs.1500
Below Knee
Rs.1500
Above Knee
Rs.2000
Intra Articular Injection
Rs.2000
Dressing
Rs.50
Crape Bandage
Rs.50
Maternity Charges
First Consultation
Normal Delivery
Rs.5000 + 2000 = 7000
iii)
Caesarean Delivery
iv)
10
i)
ii)
iii)
iv)
Abnormal
Cardio Vascular Ailments
Private Room
Semi Private Room
General Ward
Procedure
Rs.6000
Rs.500 + 2000 =
7000
Rs.10000 + 3000
= 13000
Rs.6000
Rs.500
Rs.300
Rs.500
Rs.300
3.
i)
ii)
iii)
iv)
4.
i)
ii)
iii)
5.
i)
ii)
iii)
6.
7.
8.
162
Rs.1000
Rs.2000
Rs.3500
Rs.5000
Rs.1000
Rs.1500
Rs.2000
Rs.1000
Rs.1500
Rs.2000
Rs.50
Rs.1000
Rs.1500
Rs.1500
Rs.2000
Rs.100
Rs.50
Rs.50
Part-II
Sr.
Rs.1000
Rs.25000
Rs.150,000
Rs.1000
Rs.500
Rates now
approved for
BPS 2 to 16
Rs.1000
Rs.25000
Rs.150,000
Rs.1000
Rs.500
Rs.11400
Rs.3000
Rs.1500
Rs.11400
Rs.3000
Rs.1500
Rs.4000
Rs.1000
Rs.500
Rs.4000
Rs.1000
Rs.500
Rs.3600
Rs.1500
Rs.1000
Rs.400
Rs.3600
Rs.1500
Rs.1000
Rs.400
Rs.2500
Rs.2500
Rs.10000
Rs.7500
Rs.4500
Rs.2000
Rs.10000
Rs.7500
Rs.4500
Rs.2000
Rs.43450
Rs.7200
Rs.3600
Rs.43450
Rs.7200
Rs.3600
Rs.2000
Rs.2000
Rs.100
Rs.100
v)
vi)
Echocardiography
Angiocardiography
vii)
viii)
ix)
x)
xi)
xii)
xiii)
xiv)
xv)
xvi)
xvii)
xviii)
xix)
xx)
xxi)
xxii)
xxiii)
xxiv)
xxv
xxvi
xxvii
xxviii
xxix
xxx
Xxxi
Xxxii
11
i)
ii)
iii)
iv)
v)
vi)
vii)
viii)
ix)
x)
xi)
xii)
12
i)
ii)
iii)
iv)
v)
vi)
vii)
viii)
ix)
x)
xi)
163
Sr.
xii)
xiii)
xiv)
xv)
13
i)
ii)
iii)
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
Interferential
Ultraviolet Light
Brofee Buck
Short Wave Diathermy
E.N.T. Department (O.P.D)
Audiometry
Impedance Test with reflexes
Electron Stagmorraphy
Dialysis
Endoscopy
X-Ray
E.C.G
E.C.T / Ultrasound
Ambulance (When Availed)
Blood Transfusion
Laboratory Tests
All special Radiological Procedures
including CT Scan M.R.I etc.
Medicines
23
Rates now
approved for
BPS 2 to 16
Rs.2000
Rs.1500
Rs.100
Rs.200
Rs.300
Rs.2000
Rs.1500
Rs.100
Rs.200
Rs.300
Medical Claim
Revised
1.
Normal Delivery
7,000/-
10,000/-
2.
Caesarean Delivery
13,000/-
25,000/-
Part-II
The Syndicate in its 181 meeting held on 20.8.2011, resolved vide Resolution No.15 after detail
discussions, and queries by the learned members from representative of Insurance Company
who were called for presentation, it was unanimously resolved to approve the acquiring of
Group Health Insurance Policy for regular employees their (spouse, sons, daughters and
parents as per prescribed terms and conditions) of University of Sindh. However, annual
premium of Rs.28.429 Million offered by M/S. East West Life Insurance Company for one year
was not accepted and the Vice Chancellor and Director Finance, University of Sindh were
authorized to negotiate for reduction of annual premium.
Subsequently, after negotiation and reduction of annual premium Rs.28.429 million to
Rs.26.000 million, the Group Hospitalization policy was approved by the Syndicate in its 182 nd
meeting vide Resolution No.08 dated 18.07.2012.
September 20 , 2011
Policy Number:
GH-000839
Product Name:
Description of Benefits
BPS 1 to 16
6,500
2,500
100,000
50,000
150,000
75,000
Annual Limit for Same / Related Ailment for total 4 confinements. Each confinement limit
will be renewed after 90 days
400,000
200,000
Annual Limit for Different Ailment for total 6 confinements. Each confinement limit will be
renewed after 60 days.
600,000
300,000
30,000
15,000
300,000
200,000
Up to 25
Up to 25
Annual Aggregated Hospitalization per person (Employee, Spouse & Children only) Limit
(Basic and Major Medical)
400,000
250,000
700,000
400,000
900,000
500,000
25,000
15,000
35,000
20,000
2000
2000
Maternity Benefit (Coverage up to age of 45 Years) Pre & Post Natal OPD covered
within Maternity Limit
165
Hospitalization
Maternity
65 Years
25 Years
No Age Limit
80 Years
65 Years
25 Years
No Age Limit
No Covered
45 Years
N/A
N/A
N/A
Other Details
Insured Employee and Dependent Detail
Coverage Applicable to
166
Part-II
Burhani Hospital
Pakistan Chowk Paper Market,
Gari Khatta , Karachi.
Tel (021) 32214418
Fax (021) 32623246
Chiniot General Hospital
St. No. 1/3, Sector 41-B,
Korangi Township, Karachi.
Tel. (021) 35063443-6
Fax (021) 35067673
Darul Sehat Hospital
St-19, Block-15, Gulistan-e-jauhar,
Karachi.
Tel (021) 34610271
Fax (021) 34610276
Dr. S. D. Anklesaria Eye Clinic & Hospital
53- Katrak Parsi Colony,
M.A. Jinnah Road, Jamshed Quarters
Karachi.
Tel (021) 32250722, 32250387
Fax (021) 32222278
Fatima Dental Hospital
Khalid Bin Waleed Rd.,
Karachi.
Tel (021) 34549684, 34311064, 34386079
Fax (021) 34381464
Goolbanoo & Dr. Burjor Anklesaria
Nursing Home
Garden Road,
Karachi.
Tel (021) 32720371, 32720374, 32720375
Fax (021) 32720867
Habib Medical Centre
BS/3, Block-4, Federal B Area Karachi.
Tel. (021) 36349678-83
Fax (021) 36341893
Hashmanis Hospital
JM. 75, Jecob Lines,
Off. M.A. Jinnah Road, Karachi.
Tel. (021) 32780335, 32781124
Fax (021) 32787115
Email: hshmani@biruni.erum.com.pk
Hassan General Hospital
A-58-59 Malir City,
Karachi.
Tel. (021) 34493528
Fax (021) 34513000
Ibn-e-Seena Hospital Complex
ST 22/B, Block 6,
University Road, Gulshan-e-Iqbal,
Karachi.
Tel. (021) 34992706, 34992640, 34979067
Fax (021) 34971591
Imam Clinic
ST-5, Block- I,
North Nazimabad, Karachi.
Tel. (021) 36625111, 36626111
Fax (021) 36624111
167
LAHORE
Akram Medical Complex
2-B, Main Gulberg
Lahore.
Tel. (042) 35710400-07
Doctors Hospital & Medical Center
152 A-G/1,
Canal Bank, Johar Town,
Lahore.
Tel. (042) 35302701-14
Fax (042) 35302224
Family Hospital
4- Mozang Road
Lahore.
Tel. (042) 37233915-18
Fax (042) 37231836, 37242900
Fauji Foundation Hospital
Bedian Road,
Lahore Cantt.
Tel. (042) 39220291-3
Fax (042) 39221151
Email: ffhosp@lhr.paknet.pk
Farooq Hospital
2- Asif Block, Main Bouaward
Allama Iqbal Town
Lahore.
Tel. (042) 37813471-75
Email: farooqhospital100@yahoo.com
Fatima Memorial Hospital / System
Shadman
Lahore.
Tel. (042) 111-555-600, 37586196-97
Web: www.fmhospital.org
Ghurki Trust Teaching Hospital
Jallo More, Lahore.
Tel. (042) 111-348-348, 36581406-09
Fax (042) 36582694
Hameed Latif Hospital
14-Abu-Bakar Block,
New Garden Town, Lahore.
Tel. (042) 35837014, 35837019
168
Part-II
Hamza Hospital
21-Shama Road,
Rasool Park, Ichra,
Lahore.
Tel. (042) 37501597-99
Fax (042) 37535559
Surgimed Hospital
1-Zafar Ali Road,
Lahore.
Tel. (042) 35714411-8
Fax (042) 35714419
Masood Hospital
99-Garden Block,
Garden Town, Lahore.
Tel. (042) 111-627-663,35862515,35834722,35881961-63
Fax (042) 35880206
Email: info@masoodhospital.com
Web: www.masoodhospital.com
Zakaria Hospital
Main Bagh-e-Munshi Ladha, Ravi Road
Lahore.
Tel. (042) 37725454, 3772446
ISLAMABAD
Al-Faisal Medical Centre
Fatima Plaza, Near Utility Store,
I-10, Markaz,
Islamabad.
Tel. (051) 4444606
Ali Medical Center (Pvt) Ltd.
F-8 Markaz,
Islamabad.
Tel (051) 2281230, 2255313-15
Elahi Medical Centre
Plot # 52, I & T Centre,
Peshawar More, G-9/4,
Islamabad.
Tel (051) 2808344
Excel Labs (Pvt) Ltd. (F-11 Point)
Shop # 04, Fazal Arcade,
Near Shaheen Chemist
F-11 Markaz, Islamabad.
Tel (051) 2101978
Excel Labs (Pvt) Ltd.
The Reshi Building,
110 Faza Ul Haq Road
Blue Area, Islamabad.
Tel (051) 8311000
Fax (051) 2275057
Shadman Hospital
Murree Road, Athal Chowk, Barakahoo, Islamabad
Tel: 051-223302,2233303
169
PESHAWAR
Children Medical Center
Dabgari Garden,
Peshawar.
Tel. (091) 210834, 210868
Doctors Hospital
Jamrod Road, Board,
Peshawar.
Tel. (091) 5846227-9
170
Part-II
Corrigendum: The resolution No.73 under item No.73 of the 183rd meeting of the Syndicate held
on 24th and 25th October, 2012 and 16th November, 2012 be corrected and read as under:
Resolution No. 73 It was resolved that Group Insurance for employees for 2012-2013
be approved.
It was further resolved that enhancement of new renewal quotations of State Life Insurance
Corporation also be approved with effect from 13.10.2012 to 12.10.2013 as under:
Existing Rate
Basic Pay
Scale
Rate of
Premium P.M
Sum Assured
BPS- 1 to 04
42.00
120,000/-
144.00
300,000/-
BPS- 5 to 10
48.41
140,000/-
168.00
350,000/-
BPS- 11 to 15
83.00
240,000/-
288.00
600,000/-
BPS- 16
125.00
360,000/-
433.00
900,000/-
BPS- 17
166.00
480,000/-
577.00
1,200,000/-
BPS- 18
242.00
700,000/-
841.00
1,750,000/-
BPS- 19
291.00
840,000/-
1010.00
2,100,000/-
BPS- 20 and
above
346.00
1,000,000/-
1202.00
2,500,000/-
Sum Assured
It was further resolved that State Life Insurance Corporation will continue Group Insurance cover
after their superannuation upto the age of 65 years without payment of any premium from retired
employees.
171
PART- III
OTHER STATUTES, ORDINANCES,
REGULATIONS & RULES
(ii) These Statutes shall apply for election of Sindh University Teachers, Principals &
Teachers of the affiliated Colleges and the members of the Senate on the authorities of the
University.
(iii) These Statutes shall come into force with immediate effect.
2. Definitions
(i)
Act means the Sindh University Act-1972 read with amendments made from time to time.
(ii) Agent means an Agent appointed by the candidate under sections 10 (ii), 14 (v) and 15 (ii).
(iii) Appointed day, date and time means a day, date and time fixed by the Vice-Chancellor
for display of list of voters, filing Nomination form, scrutiny of the nomination form,
withdrawal, polling and announcement of result.
(iv) Ballot paper means a Ballot Paper prepared in accordance with section 14 (iii) of these
Statutes.
(v) Candidate means a candidate contesting the election.
(vi) Constituency means a constituency delimited under the Act.
(vii) Election Officer means the Election Officer of the University responsible for conducting
the election.
(viii) Election Cell means a temporary office established for carrying out the election work.
(ix) Presiding Officer, Assistant Presiding Officer and Polling Officer mean the Presiding
Officer, Assistant Presiding Officer and Polling Officer respectively appointed by the
Election Officer to conduct an Election at a Polling Station in accordance with
Section 14 (iv) of these Statutes.
(x) Principal means a Principal or Head of the affiliated College.
(xi) Polling Station means a place notified by the election Officer with the approval of the
Vice-Chancellor where the polling is to take place.
(xii) Registrar means Registrar, University of Sindh.
172
Part-III
OTHER STATUTES
(xiii) Returning Officer and Assistant Returning Officer mean the Returning Officer and
Assistant Returning Officer, appointed by the Vice-Chancellor for exercising the powers
and performing the functions assigned to them in connection with the election.
(xiv) Syndicate, Senate and the Academic Council mean the Syndicate, Senate and the
Academic Council of the University.
(xv) Teachers of the affiliated College means Professors, Associate Professors, Assistant
Professors and Lecturers engaged whole-time by the affiliated colleges for bachelor,
honours or post-graduates classes, and such other persons as may be declared to be
Teachers by Regulations; (for the purpose of the election of the teachers of the affiliated
colleges on the Senate and the Academic Council, the Demonstrators working in Medical
Colleges only, are also declared to be the teachers of the affiliated colleges).
(xvi) University means the University of Sindh.
(xvii) University Teachers means Professors, Associate Professors, Assistant Professors and
Lecturers appointed and paid by the University. (The Teachers of the National Centre of
Excellence in Analytical Chemistry, Pakistan Study Centre and Area Study Centre are not
recognized as University Teachers).
(xviii) Voters preliminary list means the preliminary voters list prepared under section 7 (1) of
these Statutes.
(xix) Voters final list means the final list of voters prepared and maintained under section 7
(viii) of these Statutes.
(xx) Voter means a person whose name is borne on the final list of voters prepared and
maintained under section 7 (viii) of these Statutes.
(xxi) Vice-Chancellor means the Vice-Chancellor, University of Sindh.
The Registrar shall be the Election Officer for conducting elections and dealing with
matters relating thereto.
(ii)
In each election the Registrar shall also act as Returning Officer and will be assisted by
Assistant Returning Officers to be appointed by the Vice-Chancellor.
(iii)
The Registrar may require any University Teacher, Officer, any other University employee
or an employee of the affiliated colleges to perform such functions and duties in the
Election Cell or render such assistance for the purpose of these Statutes as deemed fit.
(iv)
The Election Officer, with the approval of the Vice-Chancellor, shall determine the
number of Polling Stations for general elections to be conducted once in every three
years.
(v)
If the Registrar is, for any reason, unable to perform any of the duties as Election Officer
or Returning Officer, the Syndicate or in an emergency, the Vice-Chancellor shall appoint
any other Officer of the University to discharge the duties of Election Officer/ Returning
Officer.
173
5. Notice of Election
(i)
The Election Officer shall, by a general Notification announce the program of elections
under the various constituencies showing the appointed dates for the various stages of
the elections as specified in Schedule-I, appended to these Statutes. Provided that the
Election Officer may with the approval of the Vice-Chancellor, make such changes in the
schedule of dates etc., the circumstances may require.
(ii)
The Election Officer shall notify the election schedule to the Deans, Directors, Chairmen
of the Faculties/ Institutes/ Departments of the University, Director of College Education,
Principals of the affiliated Colleges or to the members of the Senate, as the case may be.
The Election Officer shall prepare and make available the preliminary list of voters for
inspection in the Election Cell, fifteen days before the day appointed for filing the
Nomination paper.
(ii)
The names of the Principals, Teachers of the University/ affiliated Colleges who are on
leave without pay or on deputation and keeping lien, shall not be included in this list.
(iii)
The Election Officer shall also make available copies of the voters list of the concerned
constituency available on payment of price as fixed by Election Officer.
(iv)
Persons claiming to have their names entered in any of the lists and persons having any
objection against any entry therein, shall make such claims and objections in writing to
the Election Officer within seven days from the publication of the preliminary list of voters.
(v)
The Election Officer shall decide the claims and objections within three days following the
last day fixed for the receipt of claims and objections if any.
(vi)
Any person aggrieved by a decision of the Election Officer under section 7 (v) may, not
later than the office hours of the 3rd day following the last day fixed for disposal of claims
and objections, may appeal to the Vice-Chancellor for revision of the said decision.
174
Part-III
OTHER STATUTES
(vii) The Vice-Chancellor shall take the decision within two days from the date of receipt of the
appeal in consultation with the Election Officer. The decision taken by the
Vice-Chancellor shall be final and binding.
(viii) If no claims or objections are received within the time limit, the preliminary list of voters so
issued, shall be deemed as final list of voters. In case of revision, addition/ and changes, the
same shall be made at least two days before the date fixed for filing the Nomination forms.
Any voter of a constituency may propose or second the name of any eligible person to be
the candidate under the concerned constituency.
(ii)
Every proposal for nomination shall be made in the prescribed Nomination Form as given
in Schedule-II, which shall be proposed and seconded with the signature of proposer,
seconder and the candidate concerned under a certificate of attestation of the signatures
of the proposer, seconder and the candidate from a Dean of the Faculty or a Chairperson
of Teaching Department in case of University Teachers, by the Pro-Vice-Chancellor or
the concerned Chairman of the Teaching Department in case of the Teachers of the
Additional Campus by the Principal of an affiliated College in case of College Teachers
and by the Director/ Deputy Director (Colleges), Hyderabad Region in case of Principals
of affiliated Colleges. This attestation is not required for the members of the Senate
contesting the election on the Syndicate.
(iii)
Each proposer shall be entitled to propose or second as many candidates as there are
number of vacancies. Nomination in excess of the number of vacancies in a constituency
shall invalidate all nominations made by an elector as proposer or seconder.
(iv)
Every Nomination form shall be received by the Election Officer/ Assistant Returning
Officer or an Official of the Election Cell who shall issue the official receipt.
(v)
10. Scrutiny
(i)
On the day, date and time fixed by the Vice-chancellor, the Election Officer with the
assistance of the Assistant Returning Officer shall scrutinize the Nomination forms.
(ii)
The candidate or his agent or proposer or seconder is eligible for attending such scrutiny.
The Election Officer shall allow them for examining the Nomination form and hear them in
case the Nomination form is rejected.
(iii)
The Election Officer shall reject the Nomination form on any one of the following grounds
where:
(a)
(b)
(c) the signature of the proposer, seconder or the candidate are not attested by the Dean/
Director/ Chairman in case of University Teachers, by the Director (College
Education), Deputy Director (College Education), Hyderabad Region in case of the
Principals, and by the Principal in case of the teachers of the affiliated College. This
attestation is not required for a member of the Senate contesting the election for
membership on the Syndicate.
(iv)
The Returning Officer shall not reject the Nomination form on the ground of any defect
which is not of a substantial nature and may allow any such difficulty to be removed
forthwith either by the proposer, seconder or by the candidate.
(v)
The rejection of any Nomination form shall not invalidate the other Nomination forms
of the same candidate.
(vi)
In case of rejection of Nomination forms, the candidate may file objection to the
Vice-Chancellor within two days after the completion of the scrutiny. The decision of
the Vice-Chancellor in this respect shall be final.
12. Withdrawals
(i)
Any nominated candidate may withdraw his candidature by a notice in writing, signed by
himself and delivering the same to the Election Officer, either by himself or by post under
registered cover so as to reach the Election Officer on or before the appointed date.
The Election Officer shall notify the final list of the candidates, date, polling hours and
place or places of holding of the elections, with the approval of the Vice-Chancellor.
Part-III
OTHER STATUTES
(iv) The Election Officer shall appoint Presiding Officer, Assistant Presiding Officer, Polling
Officer for a Polling Station or Polling Stations.
(v) Each candidate may post one agent, in each of the Polling Stations with the written
authority of the candidate concerned.
(vi) The Presiding Officer so appointed for conducting the election, shall be responsible for
conducting the polling at the polling station on which he is posted.
(vii) The Presiding Officer shall issue the Ballot Paper to a voter after identification. satisfying
himself that the person is actually a voter of the constituency concerned and his name is
borne on the final list of voters. In case of any objection as to the identity of the voter, from
any of the agents at the Polling Station, the voter shall have to produce the National
Identity Card.
(viii) Each voter shall be entitled to cast as many votes as there are vacancies and no voter
shall cast more than one vote for each candidate.
Counting shall take place immediately after the close of Polling at each of the Polling
Stations by the Presiding Officer, Assistant Presiding Officer and Polling Officer.
(ii) The candidate or his Polling agent or both shall be allowed to be present at the time of
counting of votes. Provided that no counting shall be deemed to be invalid on account of
absence of the candidate or his agent.
(iii) The Ballot Paper shall be rejected if:
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
If in the opinion of the Presiding Officer the Polling is being intercepted and or obstructed
and cannot be carried out smoothly, the Presiding Officer may stop the Polling and
immediately report to the Election Officer.
(ii) When the Polling is stopped by the Presiding Officer, the Vice-Chancellor may direct a
fresh Poll of that Polling Station.
20. Repeal
The Election Statutes in force here before, are hereby repealed, but repeal shall not affect any
action taken on elections conducted thereunder.
SCHEDULE-I
UNIVERSITY OF SINDH
SCHEDULE OF DATES
The dates given below may be changed by the Registrar & Election Officer and Returning
Officer as the circumstances may require.
APPOINTED DATES
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
178
Part-III
OTHER STATUTES
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
Registrar
&
Election Officer
__________________________________________________________________
Name and
Address
Purpose of
Deposit
Amount
Deposited
__________________________________________________________________
1. Registered graduate means,
(i)
a graduate of the University of Sindh who has his name entered in the Register
maintained for this purpose,
(ii) or a graduate of any other University who ordinarily resides within the territorial
jurisdiction of the University and has his / her name entered in the register maintained
by the University for this purpose.
179
Registration of graduates must be completed every year for purpose of election during that
year, by a date which the Vice-Chancellor may fix, and which will be announced in the press.
2. No person shall be eligible for registration as registered graduates who:
(i) has been declared bankrupt, or
(ii) has been convicted of any offence involving moral turpitude
3. Application for enrolment in the Register of registered graduates shall be made to the
Registrar in the form appended (Appendix A) which may be obtained from the office of the
Registrar on payment of Re. 1/-
4. Mode of Election
Once in every three years, on such date as the Vice-chancellor may fix in this behalf, there
shall, if necessary, be an election to fill a vacancy or vacancies in the constituency of registered
graduates.
5. Register of registered graduates shall be closed for purpose of the election at least 60 days
before the date of election and no person whose name is not already enrolled before the date
of closure, shall be entitled to vote at the election of that year.
6. The Registrar shall issue a notice to the Registered Graduates specifying the date, time and
place of the election at least 50 days in advance of the date of election.
7. On receipt of the notice mentioned in Statute (6) above, each voter shall be entitled to
nominate for election only as many persons as there are vacancies to be filled.
Such nomination shall be proposed and seconded by the persons on the list and shall be
accompanied by a declaration of the person or persons nominated that he/ they is/ are willing
to stand as candidates for election. The nomination paper shall contain at the proper place in
addition to the names of the Proposer and Seconder, their registration Nos. and also the
registration No. of the person or persons proposed.
These nominations must reach the Registrar at least 35 clear days before the date of election.
If any nomination paper falls short of the requirements mentioned above it shall be declared
invalid by the Vice-chancellor.
8. Any nominated candidate may withdraw his candidature by a notice in writing, signed by
himself and delivered to the Election Officer, either by himself or by post under registered cover
so as to reach the Election Officer on or before the appointed date.
A notice of withdrawal shall in no circumstances be open to revocation or cancellation.
9. Where after withdrawal date the total number of the candidates falls short or equals the
number of vacancies announced in the Registered Graduates constituency, the Election
180
Part-III
OTHER STATUTES
Officer with the approval of the Vice-Chancellor shall declare such candidate or candidates, to
have been elected unopposed. If the number of candidates is more than that of vacancies the
Registrar with the approval of the Vice-Chancellor shall cause a list of nominees to be prepared
and circulated to all voters, together with a voting paper. Each voter shall be entitled to cast as
many votes as there are vacancies, provided that no voter shall cast more than one vote for
each candidate. If he casts more votes than the number of vacancies, the voting paper shall
become invalid. Such voting paper and list of nominees shall be issued by the Registrar 25
clear days before the date of election.
10. The voting papers shall be sent to the Registrar by Registered post or delivered personally
to him in his office so as to reach him during office hours on or before the day of election.
The Vice-Chancellor shall appoint a committee to scrutinize the votes, reject invalid votes and
count the valid votes. The voting papers shall be opened in the presence of the committee on
such date and time as fixed by the Vice-Chancellor and the committee shall satisfy it on the
points concerning the validity of votes; provided that votes shall be scrutinized, rejected if
necessary, and counted within 3 days of the date of election. The candidates or the authorized
representative of each candidate shall be entitled to be present at the place where the scrutiny
and counting is held, but they will not be authorized to interfere in the proceedings of the
committee in any manner, though they may point out to the Chairman of the committee any
irregularity in the proceedings. After scrutiny and counting of votes the committee shall report
the result to the Vice-Chancellor who shall declare the names of the successful candidates. In
case of any disputes, the matter shall be referred to the Vice-Chancellor, and the decision of
the Vice-Chancellor shall be final and binding.
11. The election shall be held on the system of simple majority of votes.
12. Where the election is held by post, the Registrar shall send to each elector at his registered
address:
(a)
(b)
(c)
A bigger cover on which are printed, on the left half the number of the elector and the
name of the constituency and a form of certificate of identity and on the right half the
words To the Registrar, University of Sindh.
(d)
The voter shall enclose the voting paper, duly filled in the smaller cover, and enclose
this again in the bigger cover, sign the certificate of identity on it, get his signature
attested if any attestation be required and send it to the Registrar so as to reach the
University office before the time announced for election.
13. The certificate of identity required by Statute 12 above shall be signed by the elector in the
presence of a Gazetted Officer or the President of the Public Association or the body entitled to
vote, and shall be attested by a First Class Magistrate, a Class-II Sindh Provincial Civil Service
Officer, a member of the Senate/ Syndicate of the University of Sindh, the Principal of an
affiliated College.
The Election Cell shall retain until the expiry of 1 month from the date of announcement of
result all the papers connected with election in safe custody in sealed covers. After 1 month the
documents shall be destroyed in presence of the Registrar & Election Officer or an Officer
authorized by the Registrar, in this behalf.
181
14. If a vacancy occurs, the same procedure shall be followed to fill it.
15. Wherever these Statutes are silent on the matter which has not been provided in these
Statutes, the Statutes relating to the election of the Teachers shall apply.
16. The Registered Graduate Election Statutes in force here-before, are hereby repealed, but
repeal shall not affect any action taken on elections conducted there under.
Appendix A
UNIVERSITY OF SINDH
APPLICATION FOR ENROLMENT AS REGISTERED GRADUATE OF THE
UNIVERSITY
To,
The Registrar
University of Sindh.,
Jamshoro, Sindh.
Dear Sir,
Kindly enroll me as a Registered Graduate of the University of Sindh for one year/ life.
Particulars
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Name in full
Fathers Name
National Identity Card No.
Degree Examination passed:
Name of the University
Year
6.
7.
8.
Present address
Permanent address
Fee of Rupees. is sent in cash/by M.O. Receipt No dated ..
Surname
Degree
Exam.
Place
Date ..
Yours faithfully
(Signature)
182
Part-III
OTHER STATUTES
(G / Election)
Registrar
&
Election Officer
__________________________________________________________________
STATUTES, 1986
REGARDING APPOINTMENT OF
EMERITUS PROFESSORS
No.G/Statutes/(125)/146. In exercise of the powers vested in it, the Senate on the proposal of
the Syndicate, have been pleased to approve and promulgate THE UNIVERSITY OF SINDH
STATUTES, 1986 REGARDING CONDITIONS FOR APPOINTMENT OF EMERITUS
PROFESSORS made under clause (j) of Section 28 (1) of the University of Sindh Act, 1972
vide Resolution No. 4 dated 28.6.1986.
2. The Statutes regarding conditions for appointment of Emeritus Professors are hereby
published for general information.
183
These Statutes made under clause (j) of Section 28 (1) of the University of Sindh Act,
1972 may be called The University of Sindh Statutes, 1986 regarding conditions for
appointment of Emeritus Professors.
(ii)
They shall come into force with effect from 28th of June, 1986.
2. Applicability
These Statutes shall apply to all the Emeritus Professors already appointed by the Syndicate
and all those persons hereafter appointed as Emeritus Professors.
3. Conditions
The Syndicate may confer the title of Professor Emeritus on any Professor of the University
and its constituent institution, in recognition of the conspicuous service rendered to the
University or its constituent institution provided that he shall not be less than 60 years of age.
4. The name of the Professor Emeritus shall be inserted in the University Calendar.*
5. The Professor Emeritus shall for all purposes of courtesy and on ceremonial occasions, be
upto the same footing as a member of the Syndicate, but as such shall not be entitled to
membership of any University body except the bodies of which he is ex-officio member or to
exercise any administrative and executive functions.
6. The honour shall carry no formal duties, but a Professor so designated, may be expected to
contribute to the Academic life of the University in the form as he may find most agreeable,
i.e., research, lectures, seminars or colloquia.
7. Such facilities and services as exist in the University for its staff to carry on their intellectual
pursuits shall be open to the Professor.
8. The appointment as PROFESSOR EMERITUS shall be for life and may be terminated by
the Professor if he so desires, or by the University only if the presence of the Professor is
considered detrimental to the interests of the University or the country which can be
determined by the Syndicate only. The Syndicates decision shall be final and no appeal
shall lie against it.
9. The Professor may be offered free residential accommodation.
10. The Professor Emeritus may be offered an honorarium which shall not be less than twothirds of the last pay drawn or less than two-thirds of the salary of a whole time Professor in
the University.
184
Part-III
OTHER STATUTES
2. Eligibility
2.1
2.2
3. Procedure
3.1
All cases of the eligible retired Meritorious Professors of the university at that
time will be placed before the Syndicate for consideration.
Whereas a conferment of Professor Emeritus status will be for life time, the
financial benefits shall also be for life time.
4.2
4.3
The Professor Emeritus, at least for the period during which he/she enjoys
financial benefits from the university, shall have the following responsibilities:
4.3.1 Provide guidance or continue research with faculty and/or students.
4.3.2 Postgraduate students supervision.
4.3.3 Seminars and /or writing of textbooks in the field of his/her
specialization.
4.3.4
4.4
4.5
The conferment of Emeritus status shall normally be for life time but can be
terminated if the Professor so desires or the Syndicate terminates by 3/4
majority on grounds of inefficiency, moral turpitude or physical or mental
incapacity or gross misconduct.
5. Financial Benefits/Facilities
6.
5.1
5.2
5.3
The above terms and conditions shall be applicable prospectively. The existing
Professor Emeritus may opt for these revised terms and conditions.
7. Process of Selection
The process of selection for appointment of Emeritus Professor be started nearing
retirement of faculty (Meritorious Professors) subject to availability of seats /
vacancies only the faculty (Meritorious Professors) with proven/demonstrated
academic excellence be considered for appointment of Professor Emeritus.
(The Notification of the Revised Criteria for the Professor Emeritus was issued
on 23.10.2009)
186
Part-III
OTHER STATUTES
The honorarium under the category Cat-I (a) viz Professor Emeritus retired in BPS-22
and / or having served as VC for a minimum period of four years shall be raised to the
consolidated amount of Rs.135, 000 (all inclusive).
ii.
The honorarium under category Cat-I (b) Professor Emeritus retired in BPS-22 shall
be raised to the consolidated amount of Rs.112,000/- (all inclusive).
iii. The honorarium under the category Cat-II viz Professor Emeritus retired in BPS-21
shall be raised to the consolidated amount of Rs.90,000 (all inclusive).
The Commission further endorsed following modification in the terms conditions of the
criteria for Emeritus Professor.
i.
The Professor Emeritus shall be eligible to draw financial benefits for a period of ten
years instead of 5 years.
ii.
Professor Emeritus during his tenure in University when gets himself engaged in
another paid job / assignment shall be eligible for payment of honorarium for the
remaining eligible period on resumption of his service as Professor Emeritus.
iii.
2. Definition
1.
(b) Professor means professor who is a whole time employee of the University and has
been granted BPS-20 on regular basis;
(c) Proforma means proforma appended to these statutes;
(d) Selection Board means the Selection Board of the University.
(e) Syndicate means the Syndicate of the University.
2.
The words and expressions used but not defined in these statutes shall have meaning as
assigned to them in the University of Sindh Act, 1972 and Statutes.
3. Extent of application
All University professors who are employed on regular basis in BPS-20.
4.
(1)
(2)
Grant of BPS-21 would be restricted to one person if there are not less than 8
Professors. The minimum number of Professors to be promoted will be one and the
maximum number shall be eight which shall be subject to periodic provision by the
University Grants Commission.
(3)
Eligibility
The personal grade of BPS-22 allowed to a Professor appointed as Vice-chancellor shall
not count towards the quota of 12.5% for BPS-21.
5.
Grant of BPS-21 would be extended only to those Professors who have been appointed on
regular basis in BPS-20 and who have been completed 22 years of service in BPS-17 and
above as a University Teacher.
With upgrading of University Professors post to BPS 21 in 2007, as decided by the HEC and
adopted by the University, the Senate Resolved as under in order to protect meritorious
statutes of Professors selected for grant of BPS 21 under these statutes
(1) The Vice-Chancellor would prepare the record of specially meritorious Professors
on proforma indicating length of service, synopsis and original A.C.Rs. for
preceding 5 years, Research Publications, Educational, Administration, Higher
academic and other qualifications for overall gradings.
(2) The case would be placed in a meeting of Selection Board constituted / nominated
by the Chancellor of the University for the purpose.
(3) Case for the grant of BPS-21 to the University Professor would be notified after the
clearance by the Syndicate and approval of the Chancellor of the University.
(4) The University Professor BPS-20 granted BPS-21 will be entitled to House Rent at the
rate of 45% of the initial/ minimum of the pay in BPS-21 as admissible in Government.
Benefit of pension and/ or any other benefit admissible as a result of grant of BPS-21 would be
allowed on introduction/ promotion of these statutes in the University.
188
Part-III
OTHER STATUTES
1.
Provision of Posts
1.1
2.
3.
Eligibility
2.1
2.2
Only those Professors who have served at least for 02 (two) years in BPS-21
in the University with Ph.D. degree/equivalent terminal degree as determined
by HEC.
2.3
Should have 5 research publications in the past 5 years with at least three
(03) research publications in the past 2 years in HEC recognized journals.
2.4
Procedure of Promotion
3.1
3.2
3.3
The Vice-Chancellor shall prepare the cases of Professors in BPS-21 for the
award of BPS-22 and present the record of each such Professor on the
proforma designed for this purpose, and approved as a part of the Statutes
along with (a) Annual Confidential Report (ACRs) for the last five years in
BPS-21, and (b) a resume of the Professor and his/her achievements in
research, teaching and educational administration.
3.4
The University shall calculate total score of each eligible applicant according
to the parameters detailed in Clause-4 (Grading Procedure). Those who
secure a minimum score of 60 will be presented before the Selection Board
for consideration
A meeting of the Special Selection Board shall be called to consider cases
for award of BPS-22 and the recommendations will be placed before the
Syndicate. Finally, the recommendations of the Syndicate shall be sent to the
Chancellor for approval.
All promotions to BPS-22 shall be effective from the date of
recommendations by the Syndicate.
3.5
3.6
189
4.
4.2.
4.3.
4.2.2.
0.5 mark per paper published in local HEC recognized journals (in
case of Medical Sciences, PMDC recognized journals).
4.2.3.
4.2.4.
4.2.5.
4.3.2
4.3.4
Awards/Honors
maximum 6 marks)
190
Part-III
OTHER STATUTES
4.4.
Note
4.5.
4.4.1
4.4.2
4.5.2
4.5.3
Note:
1. Sum score of ACRs for the last 5-years shall be taken into account.
2. Top 3 categories irrespective of nomenclature shall be considered
3. In case the candidate is a serving Vice-Chancellor, ACRs of the
last 5 years preceding to his appointment as Vice-Chancellor
shall be considered.
4.6
Vice-Chancellor:
4.6.2
4.6.3
Dean
4.6.4
5.
Miscellaneous
5.1
5.2
191
Convener
Members
Member
Secretary
The Honorary Degree shall NOT be meant to please someone, nor shall these be
given as a measure of gratitude for association of the persons with the institution by
being a member of any of its authority/body or for extending any financial, moral and
any other support for its development, pursuit of its objective etc.
2.
The Honorary Degrees shall also be NOT recommended habitually every year or at
every convocation but rarely and not for more than one or two persons under special
conditions at one time and for high attainments as per legacy inherited and
maintained by some premier institutions of the country in order to maintain the honor
and sanctity of these degrees.
3.
The Honorary Degree shall NOT be conferred on a person currently employed by the
institution awarding the degree. Not shall a sitting Vice Chancellor of any public or
private Degree awarding institute be entitled for such degrees.
192
Part-III
OTHER STATUTES
4.
The Honorary Degrees shall be recommended for persons of highest caliber and
attainment/scholarship with highly valuable and remarkable contributions to the
society, which have achieved recognition for scientific, social economic or political
impact at National and / or International level.
5.
The Honorary Degrees may also be recommended for celebrities of National and / or
International level in other walks of life.
6.
The Honorary Degrees recommended each time should be for equal or increasingly
higher level of attainments in comparison to last time.
7.
The Honorary Degrees shall be conferred by an institution in the field of studies and
research as provided under its Act/Ordinance, Statutes, Regulations rate.
The Procedure
1.
Convener
Members
Member
Secretary
2.
The HDNC shall receive the proposals of suitable person(s) for award of the Honorary
Degrees of Ph.D. or higher degrees like D.Sc or D.Litt. from any quarter including its
members and after initial scrutiny and short listing as required in light of the Rules laid
down, it shall submit the names to the Board of Governors for consideration. Each
proposal shall be made on a prescribed proforma accompanied by a detailed C.V/
Dossier with clear evidence of each of achievements quoted.
3.
The Board of Governors shall scrutinize the credentials of the proposed awardees
for Honorary Degrees in light of the Rules and recommend the name with the
consensus of at least 2/3 rd majority of the members in each case including equal
proportion of Ex-officio members, which shall include the Representative of HEC.
4.
5.
The recommendations shall NOT be made known to the proposed awardees and any
follow-up by the proposed awardee(s) shall be considered as their disqualification.
6.
The Governor Sindh / Patron may forward the recommendations of private sector
Universities and Degree awarding Institutes to CIEC or a special committee constituted
by him in case of public sector universities and degree-awarding Institutes for scrutiny
and final recommendations, of which he may approve or may NOT approve any and
return them either for deferment for some time or for their inappropriateness, in which
case, the proposals shall be held in abeyance at least for 05 years.
193
Method
Shall be appointed by the
Chancellor for a period of four
years on such terms and
conditions as the Chancellor
may determine, and shall
hold
office
during
the
pleasure of the Chancellor,
vide Section 13 of the
University of Sindh Act, 1972.
Statutes
The Vice Chancellor who
completes one tenure of office
of 4 years and who prior to his
appointed as Vice Chancellor,
was holding the post of a
confirmed Professor in a
University or equivalent post
shall continue in BPS in
BPS-22, even after vacating
the office of Vice Chancellor.
194
Part-III
OTHER STATUTES
STATUTES
1. Title
These statutes shall be known as the Statutes for purchase of car at depreciated price by the
Vice Chancellor on completion of his their full term of appointment and shall be referred
hereinafter to as the Statutes.
2. Purpose
In view of the fact that the Vice Chancellors Conference held in the University Grants
Commission, Islamabad in 1995 it was recommended to extend the facility of purchase of car
to the Vice Chancellor of University if they intend to purchase car at depreciated price.
3. Procedure
A Vice Chancellor of the Public Sector University in the Province of Sindh on completion of his tenure
of four years may purchase a car at depreciated price provided that the said car has remained in use
for at least three years and is to be disposed of as per prescribed procedure in Government/University
Revised Salary Package for the Vice Chancellors of Public Sector Universities
Governor Sindh / Chancellor is pleased to approve (vide letter No.GS/16-16/2011(SO-I)/171
dated 13th February, 2012) the Salary Package allowed by Higher Education Commission
(letter No.1-11/HEC/A&C/2011/1006 dated 19th December, 2011) for the Vice Chancellors
/Rectors/Heads of Public Sector Universities and Degree Awarding Institute, as per decision of
the Ministry of Finance (Regulation Wing) as under:
Ministry of Finance (Regulation Wing), Government of Pakistan has revised Tenure Track
Salary Package @ 30% with immediate effect vide letter No.F.4(10)R-4/2002 dated November
29, 2011. This has consequently enhanced the salary package of the Vice Chancellor with
same ration as,
Revised Tenure Track Package
Category
Minimum
Increment
Maximum
Stages
Professor
234,000
11440
405,600
15
195
1. Title
The Statutes shall be known as the Statutes for Utilization of Self-Financing Scheme Funds
(hereinafter called the SS Funds of the University) of the Universities of Sindh, for their
Development, Research and other Academic activities and shall be referred hereinafter to as
the Statutes.
2. Purpose
In view of the fact that Self-Financing Scheme was created to meet the shortfalls in the
Development and non-Development budget of the University, it has been expedient to utilize
SS Funds for the purpose of development; research and other academic activities to meet the
urgent requirement.
3. Scope
Annual income comprising the profit from the invested SS Funds and 50% of the amount
received through new admission under Self-Financing Scheme may be utilized in the following
manner as per the requirement of the Universities arising from time to time.
1. 25% of the above amount shall be earmarked for research.
2. The remaining amount may be utilized for execution of development schemes and other
operational needs. The development scheme shall comprise new facilities, strengthening of those
already existing and developed under PSDP, or completion of those in progress under PSDP in
which case, the funds as and when received from the Government shall be returned to SS Funds.
196
Part-III
OTHER STATUTES
10. Limitations
These statutes shall not affect the ongoing schemes or those already completed under SS
Funds duly approved by the appropriate authority.
The University shall establish and maintain a Chair in recognition of the works and services
of Allama I. I. Kazi (Hereinafter called the I.I. Kazi Chair) at University of Sindh, Jamshoro.
2-
The aims and objectives of the Allama I. I. Kazi Chair shall be as follows:
a)
b)
c)
d)
e)
f)
g)
h)
3-
There shall be a full time Professor of the Allama I. I. Kazi Chair. The initial appointment
of the Professor shall be made for two years term extendable for a further period of 2
years. Terms and conditions of his services shall be determined by the Syndicate.
4-
The control and management of the Allama I.I. Kazi Chair shall vest in the Syndicate
provided that all matters relating to item No.2 shall be considered in the first instant by a
committee consisting of the following:
I.
II.
III.
IV.
5-
The Vice-Chancellor.
The Dean, Faculty of Arts.
One University professor to be nominated by the Syndicate.
Two outstanding Scholars to be nominated by the Syndicate.
(a) The Vice-Chancellor or his nominee shall preside over all the meetings of the committee.
(b) Three members shall form a quorum for the meeting.
(c) The Professor Allama I. I. Kazi Chair shall also act as Secretary of the committee.
(d) The term of office of the members other than Ex-officio members shall be of three years.
(e) The committee may perform all such other function as may be prescribed by the
Syndicate from time to time.
Note: Prof. Dr. N.A Baloch was appointed as the First Chair Professor of the Allama I.I. Kazi
Chair by the Syndicate and he remained Chair Professor until his demise in April, 2011.
198
Part-III
OTHER STATUTES
199
2-
The Vice-Chancellor has further been pleased to designate Mr. Abdul Razzak
Memon, Assistant Professor, Department of Comparative Religion and Islamic
Culture, to act as In charge of the Seerat Chair.
Chairman:
Vice-Chairman:
Director:
Part-III
7.
8.
9.
10.
OTHER STATUTES
Mr. Aijaz Ali Baig Mirza Representative from Kalich Beg Family
Ms. Mahar Afroz Mirza Habib Representative from Qaleech Baig Family
Dr. Dur Muhammad Pathan, Retired Professor of Sindhi, Government of Sindhi.
Prof. Dr. Ali Murtaza Dharejo, Department of Zoology, University of Sindh
Mr. Naseer Baig Mirza, Station Director, Radio Pakistan, Hyderabad.
Dr. Faizah Zahra, Assistant Professor, Department of Persian, University of Karachi.
Mr. Noor Ahmed Memon, Director, Sindhica Academy, Karachi.
CHANGE OF DIRECTOR
Order: Prof. Dr. Noor Afroz Khowaja, in addition to her own duties as Dean, Faculty of Arts,
University of Sindh, Jamshoro is appointed as Director at Shams-ul-Ulama Mirza Kalich Beg
Chair, Arts Faculty Building, University of Sindh, Jamshoro, with immediate effect at an
honorium of Rs.10,000/- (Rupees ten thousand) only per month. She is allowed to draw her
fixed pay from the Account of the Shams-ul-Ulama Mirza Kalich Beg Chair.
Consequently Prof. Dr. Muhammad Qasim Bughio, Professor, Department of Sindhi, University
of Sindh, is relieved from the additional charges of Director, Shams-ul-Ulama Mirza Kalich Beg
Chair, Arts Faculty Building, University of Sindh, Jamshoro with immediate effect.
The Board of Governor / Advisory Committee has also been reconstituted as under:
1.
Vice Chancellor
University of Sindh, Jamshoro
Chairman
2.
Vice Chairman
3.
Director
4.
Secretary
5.
6.
Member
7.
Member
201
8.
Secretary
Department of Culture & Tourism
Government of Sindh, Karachi
Member
9.
Chairperson
Sindh Language Authority
Hyderabad
Member
Member
11. Director
Shah Abdul Latif Chair
Karachi University, Karachi
Member
Member
Member
Member
Member
Member
202
Part-III
OTHER STATUTES
These University Ordinances may be called the University of Sindh Employees (Efficiency
and Discipline) Ordinance, 1961.
2.
These University Ordinances shall apply to every person in the employment of the
University of Sindh.
2. Definitions
In these University Ordinances unless there is anything repugnant in the subject or context:
1.
authority means the officer or Authority specified in the Appendix, competent to appoint
and take disciplinary action against a University employee and includes an Officer of the
University authorized by such authority to act on its behalf;
2.
3.
penalty means a penalty which may be imposed under these University Ordinances.
(b)
(c)
is guilty of misconduct; or
(d)
(i)
he is, or any of his dependents or any other person through him or on his
behalf is in possession (for which he cannot reasonably account) of pecuniary
resources or of property disproportionate to his known sources of income; or
(ii)
(i) Inserted vide the West Pakistan Universities (Amendment) ordinance, 1962 (west
Pakistan Ordinance No. XL of 1962 dated 7the June, 1962)
(e)
(f)
(g)
is engaged directly or indirectly in any trade, business or occupation (on his own account)
which may in the opinion of the appointing authority interfere with the due performance by
him of the duties of his office, without the prior permission of the appointing authority in
writing; or
(h)
absents himself from duty or overstays sanctioned leave without sufficient cause
acceptable to the appointing authority; or
(i)
4. Penalties
1.
2.
The following penalties may be imposed under these University Ordinances upon a
University employee:(a)
Censure;
(b)
(c)
recovery from pay of the whole or part of any pecuniary loss caused to the
University by negligence or breach of orders;
(d)
(e)
(f)
Penalties specified in clauses (a) and (b) shall be deemed, for the purposes of these
University Ordinances, to be minor penalties and those specified in clauses (c) to (g) to be
major penalties.
204
Part-III
OTHER STATUTES
3.
Removal does not, but dismissal does, disqualify from further employment under the
University.
4.
For misconduct any penalty in paragraph (I) may be imposed but the penalties to be
ordinarily imposed for inefficiency, indifference to teaching and research work, becoming a
member of an association without permission, engaging directly or indirectly in trade
without permission or absenting himself from duty or overstaying sanctioned leave shall be
those set out in clause (b), (c), (d) or (e) and for corruption, exercise of unwholesome
influences or subversion, those set out in clause (e), (f) or (g) of paragraph (I).
5.
i.
Amended vide the West Pakistan Universities (Amended) ordinance, 1962 (West Pakistan
ordinance No. XL of 1962 dated 7th June, 1962).
ii.
Inserted vide the West Pakistan Universities (Amendment) ordinance, 1962 (West Pakistan
Ordinance No. XL of 1962 dated 7th June, 1962).
(b)
(c)
of a person engaged under contract, in accordance with the terms of his contract, does
not amount to removal or dismissal within the meaning of this University Ordinance.
2.
For the purposes of clause (c) of paragraph (I), an Inquiry Committee consisting of three
persons shall be constituted by the Chancellor.
3.
The Inquiry Committee shall inquire into the charge and submit its findings to the
Chancellor.
205
4.
The Chancellor shall not be required to consult the authority or the Selection Board before
passing such orders on the findings of the Inquiry Committee as he may think fit.
(i)
Inserted vide the West Pakistan Universities (Amendment) ordinance, 1962 (West Pakistan
Ordinance No. XL of 1962 of 1962 dated 7th June, 1962).
When a University employee is to be proceeded against under clause (a), (b), (c), (d), (f),
(g), (h) or (i) of University Ordinance 3, the following procedure shall be observed.
2.
The authority may, if it thinks fit, appoint an Inquiry Officer to examine and report on the
allegations against the University employee (hereinafter called the accused) to enable the
authority to decide whether a formal inequity should be held, and the Inquiry Officer may
also informally examine the accused.
3.
If the authority decides that a formal inquiry should be held it shall decide further whether
the allegations, if established, would call for a minor or a major penalty.
4.
(a)
In cases calling for a minor penalty the authority or such officer as may be
appointed by it in that behalf, shall frame a charge, and communicate it to the
accused, and call upon him to answer it within a specified time, which shall not be
less than seven days nor more than fourteen days, and to state together with his
answer, whether he desires to be heard in person or to lead evidence in defence.
(b)
On receiving the answer, the authority, or the said officer, shall, if satisfied that there
is a prima facie case, and if the accused has so desired, give him the opportunity to
be heard in person and to lead evidence in defense.
(c)
If the accused fails to answer within the specified time or having answered, fails to
appear or absents himself from the proceedings, the authority or the said officer
may proceed with the inquiry and record a finding.
(d)
The authority shall take into consideration the explanation of the accused and the
evidence, if any, led by him in his defence before passing final orders.
5. (a)
In case calling for a major penalty the authority having power to impose the penalty
shall frame a charge and communicate it to the accused together with a statement of
the allegations on which it is based and of any other circumstances which the
authority proposes to take into consideration when passing orders on the case.
(b)
The authority shall require the accused, within a reasonable time, which shall not be
less than seven days nor more than fourteen days, from the day the charge has
been communicated to him, to put in a written defence, stating at the same time
whether he desires to be heard in person.
(c)
Part-III
(d)
6.
OTHER STATUTES
The proceedings shall contain a sufficient record of the evidence led at the enquiry
and the Inquiry Officers report of his findings and the grounds thereof.
(i)
where the accused is dismissed or removed from service or reduced in rank on the
ground of conduct which has led to a sentence of fine or of imprisonment; or,
(ii)
where the authority competent to dismiss or remove person or to reduce him in rank
is satisfied that for reasons to be recorded by that authority, it is not reasonably
practicable to give the accused an opportunity of showing cause.
(2)
Where a University employee is proceeded against under clause (a), (b), (c), (d), (f),
(g), (h) or (i) of University Ordinance 3, and the authority has decided that the case
calls for a major penalty, the authority shall appoint an Inquiry Officer to conduct the
proceedings.
(2)
The Inquiry Officer shall hear the case from day to day, and no adjournment shall be
given except for reasons to be recorded in writing. Every adjournment, with reasons
thereof, shall be reported forthwith to the authority. No adjournment shall be given
for more than a week.
(3)
If the Inquiry Officer is satisfied that the University employee proceeded against is
hampering or attempting to hamper the progress of the inquiry he shall administer a
warning, and if thereafter he is satisfied that the accused is acting in disregard of the
warning he shall record as finding to that effect, and, proceed to complete the inquiry
in such manner as he thinks best fitted to do substantial justice.
The Inquiry Officer shall, within ten days of the conclusion of the proceedings, or
such longer period as he may be allowed by the authority submit his finding and the
grounds thereof to the authority.
(4)
The authority shall consider the report of the Inquiry Officer and if upon such
consideration it is of the opinion that a penalty should be imposed upon the accused
207
it shall provisionally determine the penalty to be imposed and shall so inform the
accused and supply him with a copy of the report and call upon him to show cause
within a reasonable time, which shall not be less than seven nor more than fourteen
days why the penalty should not be imposed.
(2)
The authority shall take into consideration any cause shown by the accused before
passing final orders.
Subject to the provisions of clause (c) of paragraph (2) of University Ordinance 5 all
proceedings under these University Ordinances in which any penalty is proposed to
be imposed on a University employee shall in the case of employees whose scales
of pay carry an initial salary of three hundred rupees or more, be forwarded to the
Selection Board with a statement of the grounds and the penalty proposed.
(2)
The Selection Board shall tender its advice within twenty days or such longer period
as may be allowed by the Syndicate and the authority shall take the advice into
consideration before passing final orders.
11. Suspension
A University employee against whom action is proposed to be taken under clause (b), (c), (d),
(e), (f), (g), (h) or (i) of University Ordinance 3, may be placed under suspension, where action
is proposed to be taken under clause (e), if the Chancellor and in other cases the authority,
considers that such action is necessary or expedient.
Subject to any order of the authority (or the Chancellor, as the case may be,) 2 as to
the amount of provident fund or gratuity to be paid, a University employee
compulsorily retired shall except as hereinafter provided, be entitled to such
provident fund or gratuity benefits as would have ordinarily been admissible to him
on the date of the retirement under the University Ordinance applicable to his
service or post if he had been discharged from service on account of the abolition of
his post without alternative suitable employment being provided.
(2)
Subject to any order of the authority (or the Chancellor, as the case may be,)2 made
on compassionate grounds, a University employee who is removed or dismissed
shall not be entitled to any provident fund or gratuity benefits accruing from
University contributions to his provident fund account.
(i)
Amended vide the West Pakistan Universities (Amended) ordinance, 1962 (West Pakistan
ordinance No. XL of 1962 dated 7th June, 1962).
(ii)
Inserted vide the West Pakistan Universities (Amendment) ordinance, 1962 (West Pakistan
Ordinance No. XL of 1962 of 1962 dated 7th June, 1962).
208
Part-III
OTHER STATUTES
13. Reinstatement
(i)
(1)
(2)
Amended vide the West Pakistan Universities (Amended) ordinance, 1962 (West Pakistan ordinance
No. XL of 1962 dated 7th June, 1962).
(ii) Inserted vide the West Pakistan Universities (Amendment) ordinance, 1962 (West Pakistan Ordinance
No. XL of 1962 of 1962 dated 7th June, 1962).
(iii) Inserted vide the West Pakistan Universities (Amendment) ordinance, 1962 (West Pakistan
Ordinance No. XL of 1962 of 1962 dated 7th June, 1962).
14. Appeal
A University employee on whom a penalty is imposed shall have the right to prefer an appeal,
within fifteen days of the receipt by him of the order imposing the penalty, to the appropriate
appellate authority specified in column 5 of the Appendix:
Provided that where the penalty is imposed by order of the Chancellor there shall be no appeal
but the person concerned may apply for a review of the order.
15. Repeal
(1)
(2)
209
APPENDIX
THE FIRST UNIVERSITY ORDINANCES OF THE
UNIVERSITY OF SINDH
(PARAGRAPH (1) UNIVERSITY ORDINANCE 2)
Class of
Employee
Appointing
Authority
Authority
competent to
take disciplinary
action
Appellate Authority
(1)
Employees whose
scale of Pay carry
an initial salary of
Rs.300 or more
Syndicate
Syndicate
Chancellor
(2)
Employees whose
scale of Pay carry
an initial salary of
Rs.60 or more
but less than
Rs.300
Vice-Chancellor
Vice-Chancellor
Syndicate
(3)
Employee other
than those in (I) &
(2) above
An Officer
designated
for this purpose
An Officer
designated
for thisfor
purpose
this purpose
Vice-Chancellor
Notification It is circulated for information of all concerned that the Removal from Service
(Special Powers) Sindh Ordinance 2000 and amended ordinance 2001 is applicable to the
employees of the University of Sindh from the date of its promulgation i.e. 30 th August 2000 as
provided under section 1(4) and 2(d).
The aforesaid ordinance overrides other laws of Efficiency & Discipline in accordance with the
provision under section 11 of aforesaid ordinance.
Consequently, in pursuance of provision contained under section 2(a) & (d) of the above said
ordinance, the Governor Sindh/ Chancellor / Patron of Universities/ Institutes in Sindh, is
pleased to authorize the Officer competent to appoint the persons against whom action is
processed to be taken to exercise the powers of the Competent Authority in respect of such
persons under the said Ordinance: The Competent Authority Vide Notification No.GS/1025/2001(SO-I)/1340 dated 21st November 2001, in respect of University employees under the
provisions of Sindh University Act are: i.
ii.
Syndicate
Vice Chancellor
210
Part-III
OTHER STATUTES
11. Earned leave due to an employee should be availed of by him before he retires or resigns,
provided that the Syndicate may, if it chooses, allow him to avail himself of it after
retirement or resignation.
12. Earned leave due to an employee, whose services are terminated by the University for
reasons of retrenchment or otherwise, may be sanctioned by the Syndicate: Provided that
persons dismissed for misconduct or discharged for bad work shall not be entitled to any kind
of leave.
13. If any employee wishes to resume his duties before the expiry of his earned leave he may be
permitted by the sanctioning authority to do so, provided that if any arrangement has been
made for the period of his leave which would involve a pecuniary loss to the University in the
event of his premature return, he shall take upon himself to make good such pecuniary
liability.
14. If a member of the staff who is either a native of or domiciled in East Pakistan, is granted
earned leave to proceed home, the following periods shall be treated as duty leave and
shall not be debited to his leave account:
(a)
In the case of sea journeys, the actual transit period between the ports of
embarkation; provided that if the employee is held up at the port of embarkation due
to unforeseen delay in the departure of the ship or other reasons beyond his control,
the Vice-Chancellor may, at his discretion, allow an additional period not exceeding
four days to count as duty.
(b)
In the case of land journeys across India, the actual transit period between Dacca
and Lahore but not exceeding four days:
Provided that if the actual transit period exceeds the maximum limit specified above
for land journeys due to circumstances beyond the control of the employee, the
Vice-Chancellor may, at his discretion, relax the specified limit by a suitable period
not exceeding four days.
Kinds of leave
15.
The following kinds of leave shall be admissible to the staff of the University:(a)
(i)
(ii)
(b)
(c)
Special leave
(d)
Study leave
(e)
Maternity leave
(f)
Duty leave
(g)
Sabbatical leave
(h)
Hajj leave
(i)
LPR
212
Part-III
OTHER STATUTES
Earned leave
16.
(a)
Earned leave means leave earned by actual service. Actual service means
time spent on duty and shall not include the period of leave availed of by an
employee. It shall be on average of the employee.
(b)
Earned leave shall be credited to non-teachers at the rate of 45 days per year
of the period spent on duty and the maximum of such leave which may be
accumulated shall be nine months. The amount of earned leave which may
be taken at a time shall not exceed four months.
Provided that if earned leave is claimed for reasons of ill health of the
employee supported by the requisite Medical Certificate, the Vice-chancellor
may extend the leave beyond four months.
(c)
(d)
(i) The Heads of the Teaching Departments will grant earned leave up to a
maximum of 10 days in a year to the teaching staff and upto 20 days to the
non-teaching staff in their Departments.
(ii) The Deans of the Faculties will grant earned leave up to a maximum of 10
days in a year to the various Heads of Departments in their respective
Faculties and up to 20 days to the non-teaching staff of the Deans Office.
(iii) The Vice-Chancellor will grant earned leave to the Deans of Faculties,
Director of Bureau of Translation, the Registrar, the Director of Finance, the
Controller of Examinations, the Auditor, the Inspector of Colleges, the
Librarian, the Director of Physical Education, the University Engineer and the
University Medical Officer.
(iv) Earned leave up to a maximum of 20 days in a year to all non-teaching
staff of the University Offices shall be granted by the respective Sectional
Heads.
(v) Leave up to the limits mentioned above shall be on full pay and the rest of
the earned leave shall be on average pay.
(vi) All Heads of Departments and Sectional Heads shall maintain leave
account for the leave which they are empowered to grant. The account shall
be submitted to the Registrar on the expiry of the calendar year.
(vii) All leave in excess of the above limits shall be granted to the Teachers on
the recommendation of the Head of Department endorsed by the Dean of the
Faculty, to Administrative Officers by the Vice-chancellor, and to employees
of Classes III and IV by the Registrar on the recommendation of the Head of
the Department or Sectional Head concerned.
(viii) All applications for leave in excess of the above limit should first be
referred to the Registrar who will submit the same to the Vice-chancellor with
a report of leave due in cases of Teachers and Officers, and will himself
dispose of leave cases of Classes III and IV.
213
(e)
Leave encashment:
The University of Sindh allows the Leave encashment to all the employees
subject to the condition that a balance of 90 days leave has to be maintained
in the leave account. This condition was also amended later to 62 days
mandatory earned leave in the account.
The Syndicate in its 182nd meeting held on 18.07.2012, resolved vide
Resolution No.3(xxii) that the action taken by the Vice Chancellor regarding
grant of Leave Encashment for the Employees of University of Sindh as
proposed, submitted by Federation of Employees was noted and approved as
adopted by Karachi University as under:
1.
2.
3.
Sick leave
17.
(a)
Sick leave means leave granted on account of personal illness and shall be
given on a proper Medical Certificate on half average pay of the employee. It
shall not be granted until he has exhausted his earned leave. Sick leave can
be granted on the recommendation of the University Medical Officer or of a
Civil Surgeon in case the employee is not in Jamshoro or Hyderabad Sindh.
214
Part-III
OTHER STATUTES
(b)
Sick leave shall be earned by persons, other then those of Class IV, at the
rate of one-eleventh of the period spent on duty. Such leave can be
accumulated up to 12 months.
(c)
Sick leave shall be earned by Class IV servants at the rate of 1/11th of the period
spent on duty and accumulation of such leave shall be limited to six months.
(d)
(e)
Sick leave shall be granted by the Registrar in case of employees of Class III
and IV and by the Vice-chancellor in cases of Teachers and Officers.
Special leave
18.
(a)
Leave without pay may be granted when neither earned leave nor sick leave
is admissible to a person and subject to the circumstances over which the
employee has no control.
(b)
It shall be granted by the Registrar to the employees of Classes III and IV,
and by the Vice-Chancellor to the Officers and Teachers.
(c)
It shall not exceed two months at a time except on the grounds of illness duly
supported by a requisite medical certificate.
(a)
Study leave means leave granted to an employee (i) to enable him to pursue
a special course of study or (ii) for the purpose of higher research work. Study
leave under (i) will ordinarily be granted to an employee to enable him to
pursue a special line of study or research in a subject related to his work in
the University and under (ii) it will be granted to members of the University
staff to enable them to carry on higher research.
(b)
Study leave will be granted on average pay excluding allowances and may be
combined with vacations, earned and special leaves, at the discretion of the
Syndicate. Salary will be paid only on receipt of a satisfactory progress report
in study or research. It shall be the duty of incumbent to furnish such report
quarterly to the University from the Head of the Institution or Research guide.
(d)
An applicant for study leave shall execute a legal bond that he shall, on his /
her return from study leave, remain in the service of the University for the
following period, as the case may be:
(i)
For at least three years, if the period of study leave is one year, or
(ii)
For at least five years, if the period of study leave is two years, or
more
He shall further undertake to serve on the same post on which he / she was
working at the time of going on leave, or on his / her substantive post. The
Syndicate may, however, vary either of the above two conditions to the extent
it decides.
(e)
(f)
Subject to the provisions of paragraphs (b), Study leave shall count as service
for purposes of increments in the time- scale of the employees pay and for
his contribution to the Provident Fund, provided regular progress reports of
satisfactory work or research are received in his favour but he shall not earn
any other kind of leave during this period. The incumbent would be entitled to
increments during the Study leave, as per following:Order: In pursuance of the Syndicates Resolution No. 08 dated 09.09.2000,
it is for the information of all concerned that grant of Annual Increments
occurring during the period of study leave to the Sindh University Teachers
with effect from September, 1994 as per Government Notification, be
approved.
(g)
Part-III
OTHER STATUTES
An employee who avails of special leave for purposes of study shall execute a
legal bond that he shall on his return from such leave, remain in the service of
the University for the period equivalent to the period of his leave, or to pay to
the University a sum equivalent to 12 months pay of the employee if he fails
to return to the University on the expiry of leave, or if he gives up the service
of the University after joining within the required period of service as
stipulated in the legal bond executed by him.
(i)
Subject to the provisions of paragraph (b), Special leave for purposes of study
shall count as service for purposes of increments in the time-scale of the
employees pay provided the period of such leave is less than three years. If
the period of such leave is more than three years, the employee shall earn
three increments only in the time-scale of his pay.
(j)
No study leave, with or without pay, shall be granted unless the applicant is
qualified for the course of study or to conduct the higher research work for
which the leave is sought and will be in a position to join the institution before
the commencement of the session for which the leave is being availed of.
Sabbatical leave
20.
(a)
No employee who has already availed of study leave once shall be eligible for
grant of study leave a second time. Only sabbatical leave shall be granted to
such an employee, provided he has completed five years after his return from
the first study leave and has also completed the period of service stipulated
under the bond executed by him on the grant of the first study leave.
(b)
Sabbatical leave shall be granted only for post-doctoral research and shall be
either on full average pays for a maximum period of five months, or on half
average pay for a period not exceeding 9 months.
(c)
Maternity leave
21.
The University may grant to a female employee, maternity leave on full pay for a period
not exceeding three months from the date of its commencement or to the end of six
weeks from the date of confinement, whichever is earlier.
217
Leave of any other kind may be granted in continuation of maternity leave if the
request for its grant be supported by a medical certificate. It shall be granted by the
Vice-Chancellor to the employees getting Rs.400.00 p.m. or less as basic pay, and by
the Syndicate to persons other than those mentioned above.
Duty leave
22.
Hajj Leave
23.
The University employees, who are confirmed and who have at least put in 5 years of
service in the University be granted Hajj and or Ummra leave for a period not
exceeding 3 months once in the entire tenure of service and that this leave shall not be
deducted from the earned leave.
Applications for leave shall be submitted according to the following time limits:
(i)
For leave of not more than one week ...... 24 hours in advance.
(ii)
For leave of not more than one month ...... 10 days in advance.
(iii)
Consideration of leave application may be refused if the above timings are not
observed.
Maintenance of Lien
The Sub-Committee appointed by the Syndicate vide Resolution No. 2 (2) dated
31.10.1981, regarding policy of maintaining lien in the University service framed
following regulations governing maintenance of lien.
a) In case of employees of the Sindh University whose services have been
requisitioned by the Government or seek employment with the Government in or
outside the country shall hold their lien as long as they are not confirmed in that
organization in their substantive post.
b) (i) Employees who take appointment within or outside the country and are confirmed
in the Sindh University service shall be granted lien for a period of three years.
This period may under certain conditions be extended to a maximum of five
years by the Syndicate.
218
Part-III
OTHER STATUTES
(ii) If an employee does not join the Sindh University after the expiry of the lien
period, his services will be deemed to have been terminated and he will be
responsible for the payment of all liabilities, if any.
(c) In case lien of an employee of Sindh University is maintained, the person himself or
the institution where he serves shall be responsible for the payment of leave,
pension and provident fund contributions and other benefits to the University of
Sindh.
The above recommendations of the Committee were approved by the Syndicate vide its
Resolution No. 16 (15) dated 28.2.1982, as under:
Resolved that the recommendations of the Committee appointed by the Syndicate at its
meeting held on 31.10.1981 in connection with grant of liens, be approved.
Resolved further that five years lien period will be the total period in the entire service of an
employee.
It was further resolved in the meeting of the Syndicate held on 16.5.1987 under the Resolution
No.37, that Government rules be strictly followed and hereafter the Sindh University employees
who may proceed abroad for service by maintaining their lien in Sindh University service, be
required to make payment towards pension contribution in foreign currency.
(ii) agitation against the authorities of the University or of its constituent or affiliated
Colleges through canvassing, speeches, posting or distributing bills, writing or
publishing articles, statements and resolutions;
(iii) active participation in political agitation, or membership of a political organization; and
(iv) any other gross misconduct.
219
The Vice-Chancellor, if he is satisfied that a student exerts an unwholesome influence upon the
life of the University or a constituent or affiliated college, may remove the name of the student
from the rolls of the University teaching department or of a constituent or affiliated college:
provided that in the case of an affiliated college he may consult the Principal of that college.
6. Students Unions, Societies and Associations shall be purely literary and cultural bodies and
they shall not indulge in agitation against the authorities of the University or a constituent
college or an affiliated college or of Government, and shall not participate directly or
indirectly in any kind of agitation.
7. A student against whom serious disciplinary action has been taken shall not be eligible for a
free-ship, a stipend, a scholarship or any other concession for the remaining period of the
academic year.
8. A student who shows indifference to his studies by continued absence from lecturers,
practicals, tutorials, tests or assignments, may be liable to have his name struck off from
the rolls of the University or the College concerned.
9. No student shall remain on the rolls of a University, a constituent or an affiliated college in
the same class for more than two academic years.
10. No student organization or any student on behalf of the organization shall receive
donations, gifts, or pecuniary assistance from any individual or organization without prior
permission of the Vice-Chancellor in the case of the University teaching department, a
constituent college, or of the Principal in the case of an affiliated college.
11. The period of punishment shall be counted from the date of issue of such a notice, unless
otherwise mentioned in the order.
12. Cases of those students or candidates who have been expelled, rusticated, debarred, etc.,
shall be registered in the University and notified to all the colleges and Universities.
13. All such orders regarding expulsion, rustication or for debarring a student shall state
definitely the period for which the student is expelled, rusticated or debarred.
14. Name of the expelled, rusticated or debarred student shall immediately be removed from
the rolls, but he may be re-admitted into the same college or into another college or
University teaching department, as the case may be, after the expiry of the period of
rustication, expulsion or debarring.
15. No fees shall be demanded from an expelled or rusticated student for the period during
which his name remains struck off the rolls.
16. An expelled, rusticated or debarred student, if re-admitted under (14) above, may take up
the college or University examination if he is otherwise eligible and is permitted to do so.
The student shall himself be responsible for the shortage of attendance, if any.
220
Part-III
OTHER STATUTES
The English and Sindhi versions of these Regulations are hereby published for general
information.
Sd/(M.B.K. Lashary)
Registrar
University of Sindh
Dated: 01.07.1986
Definitions
4. For the purpose of these Regulations unless there is anything repugnant in the subject or
context:
(a) Hostel shall mean such buildings and structures as are made available and specifically
assigned for accommodation of students pursuing regular academic studies in the
University of Sindh.
(b) Hostel Administration Committee shall mean the Committee consisting of the Provostcum-Director Students Affairs (who shall act as Chairman of the Committee) the Deputy
Provost, the Warden, the Administrative Officer and such other members who may be
so nominated by the Vice-Chancellor.
(c) Hostel Allotment Committee shall mean the Provost-cum-Director Students Affairs, the
Deputy Provost, the Warden, the Students Welfare Officer, a Nominee of the
Commissioner, Hyderabad, any Professors, Associate Professors or other University
teachers or persons nominated by the Vice-Chancellor.
(d) Provost, Deputy Provost, Warden and Administrative Officer shall respectively mean
officers holding such posts by order of competent authority.
(e) Any other term or phrase used in these Regulations shall have the same meaning and
concept in which the same has been used in the University of Sindh Act, 1972 and the
Statutes, the Regulations and the Rules made there under.
221
Allotment in the Hostel shall not be claimed as a matter of right even when a person is a
bona-fide student of University of Sindh.
2.
Allotment of accommodation in the Hostel will be considered only after the Allotment
Committee has scrutinized the application and satisfied itself of the merit and eligibility of
the student and that his stay in Hostel shall in no way be prejudicial to the interest of other
residents, Hostel in particular, and the University, in general.
3.
Allotment of accommodation in the Hostel will be for one academic year only (i.e. two
Semesters) where after this allotment shall stand cancelled.
4.
Maximum period of stay: Maximum period of stay in the hostel shall under no
circumstances provided that fresh allotment is made in each academic year by the
competent authority in accordance with the allotment policy.
B. Conditions of ineligibility
The following shall be ineligible for allotment of accommodation in the Hostel.
1.
2.
A student enrolled in the University for a Diploma/ Certificate/ part time post-graduate
course/ M.Phil. / Ph.D.
3.
A student rusticated/ expelled or debarred from the University of Sindh or any other
educational institution in the country or outside the country.
4.
A student wanted by the police or any other law enforcing agency in criminal case(s) or
against whom case(s) is/ are pending in any competent court of law of the country on
account of anti-state or anti-social activities or for criminal offence(s) involving moral
turpitude or has been or has remained under detention under any preventive law. Provided
that mere pendency of a criminal case against a student in a competent court of law shall
not render him ineligible for admission in Hostel but the Discipline Committee of the
University may, on appraisal of the transaction leading to institution of the case, record a
finding that the conduct of the student therein was of a nature as to bring disgrace to the
University rendering the student unfit for allotment of accommodation in the Hostel.
Provided further that on honourable acquittal by the competent court, the student so
declared ineligible, be reconsidered for admission in the Hostel and may be so
admitted if otherwise found eligible.
5.
A student convicted by a court of law in the country on a moral/ social/ criminal offence.
6.
A student who has been found and held guilty of misconduct or indiscipline by the
competent University authority.
222
Part-III
OTHER STATUTES
7.
8.
9.
A student engaged in part time or full time job excepting the teachers nominated by the
government for pursuing the B.Ed./ M.Ed. courses.
C. Allotment Procedure
1.
Application for allotment of accommodation in the Hostel shall be made by the bona-fide
student of the University of Sindh on prescribed form SUH-I accompanied by undertaking
from parent/ guardian in the prescribed form SUH-2 attested and verified by the S.D.M. of
the area of the residence of the applicant alongwith their National Identity Cards and an
undertaking on the prescribed form duly filled in and signed by the parent/ guardian and
two sureties, identifying the guardian/ parent and also certifying good conduct of the
applicant.
2.
3.
4.
Old residents may also apply afresh each academic year on the prescribed form SUH-1
duly recommended and forwarded by the Chairperson/ Director of the concerned
Department/ Institute.
5.
After the names of the successful candidates are announced, they shall comply with the
allotment requirements to the Hostels within the prescribed time limit or their names shall
be taken off the allotment list.
6.
7.
8.
The allotment of accommodation will be made after the candidate has produced the
payment receipt of the fees/ dues against him.
9.
The applicant shall have to furnish a written undertaking in the prescribed form, from his /
her parent / guardian holding him/ her responsible for payment of Hostel dues in case his /
her ward fails to make the payment.
10. Residents shall sign a receipt of Hostel property/ assets in their rooms and shall be
responsible for any loss or damage thereto.
11. Residents shall strictly abide by all the Rules of Discipline, Conduct and Regulations that
may be enforced in the Hostels from time to time.
223
Keeping fire arms and other lethal weapons or any other material not necessary for
academic pursuits in the Hostel even if licensed.
2.
3.
Shifting to a seat/ room other then the one allotted to the resident without prior permission
of the Allotment Committee.
4.
Subletting the room/ seat allotted to the resident or any other room lying vacant for any
reason.
5.
Not handing over vacant possession of the room/seat at the end of the period for which
allotment was made.
6.
Non-payment of Hostel dues during the quarter of the year for which allotment was given
in the Hostel.
7.
Keeping and making use of drugs or other intoxicants except drugs prescribed by
authorized medical expert on account of illness suffered by the hosteller.
8.
Keeping electric appliances such as refrigerator, air conditioner, television, oven, burner,
heater etc. in the room.
9.
Parking Cars or other vehicles in places other then the designated parking lot.
10.
11.
Inviting or entertaining female visitors in the living quarters of the male Hostel or male
visitors in the female Hostel.
12.
13.
Barricading stairs, corridors, gates and other areas in the Hostel/ Campus of general use.
14.
224
Part-III
OTHER STATUTES
15.
Use of abusive language towards other residents or/ and University Authorities and
employees.
16.
Use of Hostel rooms, premises for group politics, political assemblies and for purposes
other than those for which they are meant.
17.
Inviting outsiders to address Hostel residents without the permission of the authorities.
18.
19.
20.
Staying away from the Hostel premises (in case of male Hostels) after 11.00 p.m. and
before call for Fajr Prayers or for longer periods without prior permission from Hostel
authorities. (In case of female hostel after 9.00 p.m. and before 6.00 a.m.).
21.
Late comers or early departees would be required to sign the register at the Hostel gate
(reception), stating reasons for late coming or early departure.
22.
The Hostel Authorities reserve the right to search the personal belongings and baggage
of the resident at the time of entering the Hostel or while residing in the allotted
accommodation.
23.
24.
No visitor shall be allowed to meet the residents of Hostels before 7:00 a.m. and after
8:00 p.m. He shall have to record his name and address and signature and time of arrival
and departure in the register kept at reception.
25.
26.
Student will be him/her self responsible for keeping personal precious belongings (Mobile
phone set, camera, gold, money and electronic devices etc.) in lockers in their rooms.
27.
Students will have to take over and hand over in writing the items (cots, tables, chairs,
ceiling fans, tube lights etc.) available in their room while taking possession of room or
vacating the hostel.
28.
29.
If any resident is found involved in any illegal activities, his hotel seat shall be cancelled.
He can also lose his admission in the University and legal action can also be initiated
against him depending on the act of misconduct on his part.
225
1.
The Warden shall use his authority to impose fine to the extent of Rs.100/- for each single
act of indiscipline.
2.
The Deputy Provost shall be authorized to impose fine upto Rs.200/- for each single act
of indiscipline.
The Provost shall be authorized to impose fine upto Rs.500/- for each single act of
indiscipline.
3.
4.
5.
In case of loss due to act (s) of vandalism, the matter relating to assessment of damages/
loss will be referred to the Hostel Allotment Committee who while assessing the loss will
also fix the responsibility and extent of loss and the person or persons liable for the
purpose of recovery of loss. In absence of evidence leading to fixation of individual
responsibility, the Hostel Allotment Committee may decide to order recovery from all the
residents or such of the residents as may be held liable and the extent of which each one
is held liable for the act of vandalism.
G. Student Messes
1.
Any group of student not less than 20 and not more than 60 or the number as may be fixed
by the Provost depending on particular situation in the Hostel, who may wish to run their
mess, shall obtain such prior permission on prescribed form from the Provost on the
recommendation of the Warden of the Hostel and intimate the name of the Manager who
shall be one of the resident students of the Hostel.
2.
The Manager shall produce the list of the residents, who will be catered in his/ her mess
and the list of cooks and other staff engaged in the mess alongwith their full identification
which will be subject to official scrutiny through appropriate agencies. The Provost/
Warden may refuse to allow any person to work on the staff of any particular mess without
assigning any reason.
The Manager shall on his personal responsibility certify that the cooks and other staff
engaged in the mess are of good character, are not criminals, previous convicts, assigned
to him or acquired or engaged by him on account of any political associations or
affiliations.
If at any time the certificate given by the Manager is found incorrect, the Manager shall be
liable to disciplinary action as Hostel resident as well as student of the University.
3.
Students who may not join the mess can only take their meals in the canteen. Any student
found taking meals in the room shall be liable for disciplinary action.
H. Hostel Canteen
No student- resident shall be allowed to manage/ operate any canteen/ tea stall in the Hostel.
In case of need, more than one canteen may be established in the Hostel premises which shall
be supervised by the Hostel Administration Committee.
226
Part-III
OTHER STATUTES
I. Visitors
No visitor shall be allowed to meet the residents of Hostel before 7.00 a.m. and shall not
remain in the Hostel after 8.00 p.m. He shall have to record his name and address and
signature and time of arrival and departure in the register kept for this purpose at reception.
The University of Sindh Hostel Regulations must be carefully read before filling the
Application Form.
2.
3.
Six recent passport size photographs of the Applicant. (Photograph at the must be
three months old).
UNIVERSITY OF SINDH
Semester ........................
Part-III
OTHER STATUTES
Signature ................................
Sub-division ...........................
Official Seal ............................
Dated ................................
FOR PROVOSTS OFFICE ONLY
Part A.
Mr./ Miss. .......................................... S/O/ D/O ........................ Surname ............... bearing
enrolment No. ................ of the Faculty .............................. Department/ Institute
........................ is admitted in ............................ Hostel Room No. .............. Seat No.
..................... subject to payment of hostel fees/ dues and submission of DECLARATION from
the Parent/ Guardian/ Embassy/ Consulate/ Nominating Agency.
Dated .....................
Provost
UNIVERSITY OF SINDH
Speceimen of Wardans Diary
...................................................... Hostel
Session ...................
Name ............................................................................................
Fathers Name ..............................................................................
Faculty ..........................................................................................
Department/ Institute ....................................................................
Class .............................................................................................
Enrolment No. ...............................................................................
Identification Marks .......................................................................
Permanent Address ......................................................................
Nationality .....................................................................................
Passport No.. (if any) ....................................................................
National Identity Card No. ............................................................
Room No. ..................................... Seat No. ................................
Emergency contact:
a) Address ....................................................................................
....................................................................................
b) Phone ........................... (c) Relationship .................................
Comments on the conduct per semester
First Semester
Second Semester
As regard quantum of funding of these project the Deans Committee recommended that,
keeping in view the price spiral, the projects cost be extended upto Rs.500,000 to
Rs.1.0 million. It may not involve cost of any major equipment.
It was further resolved that Reviewer Experts be offered Rs.5000/- for expeditions
response, as per HEC practice in this regard.
It was also resolved that Research Project proposal on the approved proforma be
submitted by the Principal investigator to the Dean, Research who will after initial scrutiny
refer it for Expert Report. On receipt of positive comments the Project along with expert
option will be referred to the Faculty Research Committee for final decision. It was
decided that projects will be processed on first come first serve basis. All the process is to
be completed within maximum period of three months.
The Faculty Research Committees recommendation for funding in case of approval of project,
are to be forwarded to the Director Finance for release of funds.
This Committee further requests the Vice Chancellor to grant funds for basic infrastructure
requirements for research to the departments particularly under Natural Science Faculty, that
has been a stumbling block in encouraging faculty to pursue research who come up with
excuses that facilities are not available. The funds available under Self Finance allocation for
concerned departments development, may be utilized for this purpose.
230
Part-III
OTHER STATUTES
The meetings shall be held in the University building unless the Vice-Chancellor
otherwise directs.
Explanation
In these rules, meeting means meeting of the Syndicate.
2.
The Vice-Chancellor shall preside at the meetings of the Syndicate. In his absence, he
may authorize any member of the Syndicate to preside at the meeting.
3.
Ordinary and
Special
(2)
(3)
The Vice-Chancellor may also convene a special meeting of the Syndicate at any
time to dispose of urgent matters or on the written request of not less than
two-thirds of the total number of members which shall clearly show the nature and
urgency of the matter to be placed before the Syndicate.
Agenda
4. The Registrar, duly authorized by the Vice-Chancellor in this behalf, shall issue to each
member notice of the date, time, place and agenda of the meeting. The agenda will be
issued not less than five days before the date of the meeting.
5. In case of special meetings, the Registrar, duly authorized by the Vice-Chancellor in this
behalf, shall be given at least five clear days notice of the date, time, place and agenda for
the meeting. A notice shall be given as the circumstances permit.
6. At an ordinary meeting, only the matters included in the agenda shall be considered
provided that the Chairman of the meeting may lay before the meeting any other matter of
an urgent or non- controversial nature.
7. The Chairman of the meeting shall in addition to his ordinary vote have a casting vote in
case of equality of votes.
231
8. In case a meeting is to be postponed for lack of quorum, the Registrar authorized by the
Chairman in this behalf, must give such notice to all the members for the next meeting as
may be directed by the Chairman.
9. A member shall have the right to demand the ruling of the Chair on any point of order or get
his dissent on any matter recorded.
10. A member shall have the right to ask for division by ballot before the motion has been put to vote.
Order of Business
11. Each member before he takes his seat shall register his name in the register maintained for
the meetings of the Syndicate.
12. The Chairman shall wait for fifteen minutes if a sufficient number of members to form a
quorum is not present. After fifteen minutes or longer period if the members present so
desire, the meeting shall be postponed and such postponement shall be recorded by the
Registrar under the signature of the Chairman.
Rules of Debate
13. A member of the Syndicate may send proposals to be placed before the Syndicate for
consideration. Such proposals shall reach the Registrar at least three days before the date
of the meeting.
14. The Chairman shall have the right to place before the house a supplementary agenda
before the meeting starts. Supplementary agenda may be postponed to the next day if the
members so desire.
15. No motion shall be moved at a special meeting which is not on the agenda paper. At an
ordinary meeting a motion which is not on the agenda paper may be moved provided the
members present agree to its being taken up.
16. All questions shall be decided by bare majority of votes of the members present.
17. No item which has been disposed of by the Syndicate, shall be included in the agenda
within three months unless two-thirds of the members of the Syndicate propose that the
item be reconsidered:
Provided that the previous resolution shall not be rescinded unless a decision to this effect
is arrived at by majority of two-thirds of the members present:
Provided further that if once a matter has been considered on a requisition and has been
rejected, it shall not be re-considered within three months of such decision.
18. Every motion shall be seconded, otherwise it shall drop.
19. When a motion has been seconded, it shall be stated from the Chair, unless it is ruled out
of order by the Chair.
20. A motion once disposed of shall not be brought forward with the omission of any part
thereof.
232
Part-III
OTHER STATUTES
21. A motion to pass over to the next business may be moved at any time, but not so as to
interrupt a speech. If the motion is carried, the motion under discussion with any
amendment to it shall drop, but may be brought at the next meeting.
Rules of Amendment
22. No amendment shall be proposed which will negate the original proposal.
23. Any amendment to a motion on the agenda paper can be moved by any member provided
it is declared to be in order by the Chair.
24. No amendment shall be proposed which is in-consistent with or adverse to any resolution
already passed by the same (or adjourned) meeting.
25. An amendment, substance of which has already been disposed of in part, may be modified
by its proposer so as to retain only the part not so disposed of.
26. The order in which amendments to a motion are to be brought shall be determined by the
Chairman.
27. An amendment must be seconded in the same way as a resolution, otherwise it shall drop.
28. When an amendment is moved and seconded it shall, unless ruled out of order, be stated
from the Chair and the debate may then proceed on the motion and amendment together.
29. If any amendment is negative, the original motion shall be stated from the Chair, and
subject to the fore-going rules, any other amendment, which is in order, may then be
proposed there-to.
30. If any amendment is carried the motion as amended shall be stated from the Chair. It may
then be debated as substantive proposal to which further amendments to the original
motion which are in order may be proposed in so far as they are applicable. Such further
amendments shall be disposed of in the same manner as the other amendments.
31. An amendment may be proposed by addition to words or deletion of words or substitution
of words in the original motion.
Withdrawal of Questions
32. No motion or amendment shall be with-drawn without the consent of the House.
33. A motion standing in the name of a member who is absent from the meeting can be
proposed by another member whether authorized by the original mover or not. In case it is
not moved by any other member, it shall drop.
36. The proposer of the original motion has the right to reply before the votes are taken.
37. No member, except with the permission of the Chair, shall speak for more than ten
minutes when proposing a motion or amendment, nor shall he speak for more than five
minutes when seconding or speaking on motion or amendment.
38. In so far as the question raised by an amendment is one on which a member has not
spoken previously, he may speak on that question, though he has spoken on the original
motion or previous amendment.
39. The Chairman has got same right of moving, seconding or speaking on a motion or
amendment as any other member.
Point of Order
40. Any member can call the attention of the Chairman to a point of order while another
member is speaking but no speech shall be made on such point of order.
41. The Chairman shall be the sole judge of any point of order. He may call any member to
order and may if necessary in this connection dissolve the meeting.
42. A member has the right to get decision of the Chairman on a point of order or his dissent
recorded in the minutes of proceedings.
Minutes
43. Proceedings of each meeting shall be entered in the minute book and shall be confirmed
at the next meeting.
44. The minutes of the meeting shall be re-communicated to the members within fifteen days
from the date when the minutes were recorded.
45. Any discrepancy in the minutes so recorded, shall be communicated by members to the
Registrar at any time before the confirmation of the minutes.
234
Part-III
OTHER STATUTES
(i)
(ii)
The Ordinary meetings shall be held twice a year. In the second of these
meetings the annual report, statement of accounts and annual and revised
budget estimates shall be presented for consideration and approval.
The Registrar shall, under the directions of the Vice-Chancellor, give not less than
twenty one clear days notice of the date of a meeting. The Registrar shall, with the
notice of the meeting, also send to each member:(a)
copies of the annual report, statement of annual accounts and annual and
revised budget estimates as recommended by the Syndicate; and
(b)
an agenda paper specifying the day and hour of the meeting and the business
to be brought up before the meeting, but non receipt of the agenda paper by
any member shall not invalidate the proceedings of the meeting.
No business except that specified in the agenda paper shall be transacted at the
meeting; but the Chairman may place any other business before the meeting which in
his opinion is of an urgent nature.
Notice of amendments
4. (i)
(ii)
The amendment so received shall be sent to the members of the Senate five days
before the meeting.
Any member who wishes to move a resolution at any meeting shall forward a copy of
the resolution to the Registrar, so as to reach the latter not less than fifteen days
before the date of the meeting.
235
Identical Resolutions
6.
A motion substantially identical with one already moved and disposed of at a meeting,
shall not be moved at a subsequent meeting save after the lapse of six months from
the date of such meeting.
The Vice-Chancellor shall, in the absence of the Chancellor and the Pro-Chancellor,
preside at all meetings of the Senate, but if the Vice-Chancellor be not present then he
may authorize any member of the Senate to act as Chairman.
Want of Quorum
8.
If a quorum is not present within fifteen minutes after the time appointed for a meeting,
the meeting shall not be held, and the Registrar shall make record of the fact in the
minute book.
Adjournment
9.
(i)
(ii)
When a meeting is adjourned for fifteen days or more, not less than ten day
notice of the adjourned meeting and of the business to be transacted there at
shall be given. Save as aforesaid it shall not be necessary to give any notice
of adjournment of the business to be transacted at an adjourned meeting.
Order of Business
10.
At every meeting, order of business shall be as stated in the agenda paper, unless
otherwise desired by the House.
Motion for a change in the order of business as stated in the agenda paper.
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
236
Part-III
OTHER STATUTES
(v)
(vi)
(vii)
A motion referring any matter before the Senate at the time to the Syndicate
or to the Academic Council or to a Faculty or to Board of Studies or to an Ado
Committee for its views or recommendations and report.
At any meeting the following amendments may be moved without previous notice:(i)
(ii)
Every motion shall be in affirmative in form and shall begin with the word that.
15.
16.
When a motion has been seconded, it shall be stated from the Chair, unless it is ruled
out of order.
17.
When a motion has been thus stated, it may be discussed as question to be resolved
either in the affirmative or in the negative, or as proposed to be varied by way of
amendment.
18.
Not more than one motion and one amendment there-to shall be placed before the
meeting at the same time.
19.
A motion once disposed of shall not be again brought forward at the same meeting or
at any adjournment thereof.
Every amendment must be relevant to the resolution to which it refers and intelligible.
237
Amendments order
22.
Withdrawal of motion
23.
(i)
(ii)
Point of order
24.
Any member may call the Chairmans attention to a point of order even whilst another
member is speaking, but he shall confine himself to a statement of point of order and
shall not make speech on such point of order.
The Chairman shall be sole judge of any point of order, and may call any member to
order and shall have power to take such action as may be necessary to enforce his
decision.
Decision of questions
26.
Representatives of the News Media and visitors may be admitted to a meeting with the
permission of the Chair.
The term of the office of a member elected, appointed or nominated on any of the
Authorities of Sindh University shall commence from the date of the first meeting of
such Authority. Consequently, the members already elected, appointed or nominated
on any of the Authority of the University of Sindh, shall hold office for three / two years,
as the case may be from the date of first meeting of the Authority concerned on which
they are elected, appointed or nominated.
29.
The members to be elected, appointed or nominated after the first meeting of such
Authority shall hold office for the residue of the term of such Authority.
30.
As provided under Section 43 of Sindh University Act, 1972, the member elected,
appointed or nominated in casual vacancy on any Authority, shall hold office of such
Authority for the residue of the term for which the person whose place he fills would
have been a member.
[Passed by the Syndicate vide Resolution No. 2 dated 11.7.1977 and Resolution No.
32 (i) dated 27.6.1988]
238
Part-III
OTHER STATUTES
2. Explanation
1.
2.
The Vice-Chancellor or, in his absence, any member of the Academic Council authorized
by him, shall preside at the meeting.
3.
The Ordinary meeting shall ordinarily be held every second month at such time as
may be fixed by the Vice-Chancellor.
(3)
Agenda
4.
The Registrar, duly authorized by the Vice-Chancellor in this behalf, shall issue to each
member notice of the date, time, place and agenda of the meeting. The agenda will be
issued 10 days before the date of the meeting.
5.
In case of special meetings, the Registrar duly authorized by the Vice-Chancellor in this
behalf, shall give at least three clear days notice of the date, time, place and agenda of
the meeting.
6.
The Chairman of the meeting shall in addition to his ordinary vote have a casting vote in
case of equality of votes.
7.
In case a meeting is to be postponed for lack of quorum, the Registrar authorized by the
Vice-Chancellor in this behalf must give five clear days notice to all the members for the
next meeting.
8.
A member shall have the right to demand ruling of the Chair on a point of order or get his
dissent on any matter recorded.
239
Order of Business
9.
Each member before he takes his seat shall register his name in the register maintained
for the meetings of the Academic Council.
10. The Chairman shall wait for fifteen minutes if a sufficient number of members to form a
quorum is not present. After fifteen minutes or longer period if the members present so
desire, the meeting shall be postponed and such postponement shall be recorded by the
Registrar under the signature of the Chairman.
Rules of Debate
11. A member of the Academic Council may send proposals to be placed before the Academic
Council for consideration. Such proposals shall reach the Registrar at least a week before
the date of the meeting.
12. The Chairman shall have the right to place before the house a supplementary agenda
before the meeting starts.
13. The supplementary agenda may be postponed to the next day if the members so desire.
14. No motion shall be moved at a special meeting which is not on the agenda paper. At an
ordinary meeting a motion which is not on the agenda paper may be moved, provided the
majority of the members present agree to its being taken up.
15. All Questions shall be decided by bare majority of votes of the members present.
16. No item which has been disposed of by the Academic Council shall be included in the
agenda within three months unless two-thirds of the members of the Academic Council
propose that the item be reconsidered:
Provided that the previous resolution shall not be rescinded unless a decision to this effect
is arrived at by majority of two-thirds of the members present:
Provided further that if once the matter has been considered on a requisition and has been
rejected, the matter shall not be reconsidered within three months of such decision.
17. Every motion shall be seconded, otherwise it shall drop.
18. When a motion has been seconded, it shall be stated from the Chair unless it is ruled out
of order by the Chair.
19. A motion once disposed of shall not be brought forward with the omission of any part
thereof.
20. A motion to pass over to the next business may be moved at any time, but not so as to
interrupt a speech. If the motion is carried, the motion under discussion with any
amendment to it, shall drop, but may be brought at the next meeting.
Rules of Amendment
21. No amendment shall be proposed which will negate the original proposal.
240
Part-III
OTHER STATUTES
22. Any amendment to the motion on the agenda paper can be moved by any member
provided it is declared to be in order by the Chair.
23. No amendment shall be proposed which is in-consistent with or adverse to any resolution
already passed by the same (or adjourned) meeting.
24. An amendment, substance of which has already been disposed of in part, may be modified
by its proposer so as to retain only the part not so disposed of.
25. The order in which the amendments to a motion are to be brought shall be determined by
the Chairman.
26. An amendment must be seconded in the same way as a resolution, otherwise it shall drop.
27. When an amendment is moved and seconded it shall, unless ruled-out of order, be stated
from the Chair and the debate may then proceed on the motion and amendment together.
28. If an amendment is negative, the original motion shall be stated from the Chair, and
subject to the fore-going rules, any other amendment which is in order may then be
proposed there-to.
29. If any amendment is carried the motion as amended shall be stated from the Chair. It may
then be debated as substantive proposal to which further amendments to the original
motion which are in order may be proposed in so far as they are applicable. Such further
amendments shall be disposed of in the same manner as other amendments.
30. An amendment may be proposed by addition of words or deletion of words or substitution
of words in the original motion.
38. The Chairman has the same right of moving, seconding or speaking on a motion or
amendment as any other member.
Point of Order
39. Any member can call the attention of the Chairman to a point of order while another
member is speaking but no speech shall be made on such point of order.
40. The Chairman shall be the sole judge of any point of order. He may call any member to
order and may if necessary in this connection dissolve the meeting.
41. A member has the right to get decision of the Chairman on point of order or his dissent
recorded in the minutes of proceedings.
Minutes
42. Proceedings of each meeting of the Academic Council shall be entered in the minute book
and shall be confirmed at the next meeting.
43. The minutes of the meeting shall be re-communicated to the members within fifteen days
from the date when the minutes were recorded.
44. Any discrepancies in the minutes so recorded, shall be communicated by members to the
Registrar at any time before the confirmation of the minutes.
the term of the office of a member elected, appointed or nominated on any of the
Authorities of Sindh University shall commence from the date of the first meeting of
such Authority. Consequently, the members already elected, appointed or
nominated on any of the Authority of the University of Sindh, shall hold office for
three/ two years, as the case may be, from the date of first meeting of the Authority
concerned on which they are elected, appointed or nominated.
(b)
the members to be elected, appointed or nominated after the first meeting shall hold
office for the residence of the term of such Authority.
(c)
as provided under section 43 of Sindh University Act 1972 the member elected,
appointed or nominated in casual vacancy on any Authority, shall hold office of such
Authority for the residue of the term for which the person whose place he fills would
have been a member.
________________________________________________________
TRANSFER OF CENTRES TO UNIVERSITIES
Notification: No.F.7-1/2001-NI-II(.) In exercise of the powers conferred under the Centres
Laws (Amendments) Ordinance (Ordinance No. LVIII of 2002), the competent authority has
been pleased to transfer the following Centres to their respective Universities with immediate
effect on the terms and conditions to be settled by the Ministry of Education with the concerned
Universities: 242
Part-III
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
OTHER STATUTES
Area Study
Centre for Africa, North and South America, Quaid-I-Azam University, Islamabad.
Area Study Centre for Central Asia, University of Peshawar, Peshawar.
Area Study Centre for East and South East Asia, University of Sindh, Jamshoro.
Area Study Centre for Europe, University of Karachi, Karachi.
Area Study Centre for Middle East and Arab Countries, University of Balochistan, Quetta.
National Institute of Pakistan Studies, Quaid-I-Azam University, Islamabad.
Pakistan Study Centre, University of Peshawar, Peshawar.
Pakistan Study Centre, University of the Punjab, Lahore
Pakistan Study Centre, University of Sindh, Jamshoro
Pakistan Study Centre, University of Karachi, Karachi.
Pakistan Study Centre, University of Balochistan, Quetta.
Area Study Centre for Far East & South East Asia, University of Sindh.
Pakistan Study Centre, University of Sindh, Jamshoro.
Sd/Registrar
University of Sindh
Notification: No.F.7-1/2001-NI-II(.) In continuation of this Ministrys notification of even number
dated November 21, 2002, the Federal Government, in exercise of its powers conferred under
the Centres Laws (Amendment) Ordinance No.I,VIII of 2002, in consultation with the Higher
Education Commission, have been pleased to notify following terms and conditions of transfer
of six Area Study Centres, five Pakistan Study Centres and one National Institute of Pakistan
Studies to their respective Universities:1. Each Centre would continue to carry out its functions as laid down in the relevant Act.
2. Existing Board of Governors of each Centre, with its laid down powers and functions would
remain intact and functional.
3. Each Centre would continue to receive separate funds from the Federal Government till the
plan of financial devolution is finalized with Provinces and the local Government.
4. Each Centre would be subject to financial audit by the Auditor General of Pakistan.
5. The Director of each Centre would be appointed by the Federal Minister of Education from
among the panel recommended by the respective Board of Governors, on such terms and
conditions as may be deemed fit.
6. The Director of the Center will be the member / secretary of the Board of Governors and
shall carry out such functions and exercise such powers as assigned / delegated to him by
the Board of Governors of the Centre.
7. Employees of each Centre would be subject to the Service, Medical, Leave, Efficiency &
Discipline, Conduct Rules/Statutes, etc., of the concerned University, however, with special
provision that final Competent Authority for such matters would be the respective Board of
Governors.
8. Teachers of the Centre would be selected by the Selection Board of the respective
University. Director of the Centre concerned would be the member / Secretary of the
Selection Board for the specific meeting(s) of the Selection Broad during which the teachers
for the concerned Centre would be selected.
243
9. Ministry of Education, in consultation with Higher Education Commission, will carry out
academic evaluation of each Centre from time to time.
10. The assets of the Centre would remain under the custody of respective Board of
Governors.
11. The teachers / researchers and staff of the Centre would maintain their separate seniority
etc., in the respective Centre.
12. Directors of the Centres would be members of the Faculty Board of Studies, Academic
Council and Syndicate of the respective Universities.
Sd/(Muhammad Hanif)
Senior Research Officer
Notification: On reorganization of Federal Secretariat in pursuance of Constitution of
requirement Amendment) Act, 2010 (Act No.X of 2010) the following Centres under the
Ministry of Education are transferred to the respective Universities alongwith their employees
list of employees are annexed:
1. Centre of Excellence in Marine Biology, University of Karachi, Karachi.
2. Centre of Excellence in Analytical Chemistry, University of Sindh, Jamshoro.
3. Centre of Excellence in Arts and Design, Mehran University, Jamshoro.
4. Area Study Centre for Europe, University of Karachi, Karachi.
5. Area Study Centre Far East and South East Asia, University of Sindh, Jamshoro.
6. Pakistan Study Centre, University of Karachi, Karachi.
7. Pakistan Study Centre, University of Sindh, Jamshoro.
8. Sheikh Zayed Islamic Centre, University of Karachi, Karachi.
(Asif Mahmood)
Deputy Secretary (A&C)
Notification: In pursuance Notification No.F.7-14/A&C/2011 (1) dated 01.04.2011, issued by
the Ministry of Education, Government of Pakistan, the Vice Chancellor, University of Sindh is
pleased to merge the following Centres in University of Sindh alongwith employees, working
under the Board of Governors in University of Sindh.
1. National Centre of Excellence in Analytical Chemistry, University of Sindh.
2. Area Study Centre for Far East & South East Asia, University of Sindh.
3. Pakistan Study Centre, University of Sindh, Jamshoro.
Sd/Registrar
University of Sindh
The Syndicate at its 186th meeting held on 31.08.2013 and 01.09.2013 resolved vide
Resolution No. 41 that the transfer/merger of Area Study Center Far East and South East Asia
and Pakistan Study Center with the University of Sindh be approved following the devolution of
powers under the 18th amendment in the constitution of Islamic Republic of Pakistan.
Resolution No.41(a) it was unanimously resolved that transfer /merger of National Center of
Excellence in Analytical Chemistry, University of Sindh be approved following the devolution of
powers under the 18th amendment in Islamic Republic of Pakistan.
244
Part-III
OTHER STATUTES
Commencement
The rules shall come into force on such date as may be approved the University Syndicate.
Extent of Applications
1.
These rules shall be applicable to all University employees who are employed on regular
basis in BPS-2 to BPS-16.
2.
Maximum two employees, who qualify the eligibility requirements shall be selected /
sponsored for performance of Hajj every year.
3.
Employees, who are selected for performance of Hajj will be given Hajj Leave for a period
not exceeding 03 months once in the entire tenure of service and that this leave shall not be
deducted from the earned leave.
4.
The Hajj expenses shall be borne by the University as per rate prescribed by the
Government of Pakistan from time to time.
Note: Policy discontinued with effect from 2013 as per decision of Supreme Court of
Pakistan
BASIC SCALE
01 to 04
05 to 10
11 to 15
16 to 17
18 to 19
20 & above
AMOUNT
Rs.200,000/Rs.300,000/Rs.400,000/Rs.500,000/Rs.800,000/Rs.1,000,000/-
This will be in addition to other benefits admissible to the family of deceased civil
servant under rules.
Administrative Department / Appointing Authorities will issue sanction in individual
cases. All the cases initiated by or under process in the administrative Department
are to be disposed accordingly.
Expenditures involved will be met out of the existing budget grants of the
Administrative Department / Districts Governments however; in case additional
funds are required the case will be referred to Finance Department for provision of
funds with justifications.
[Authority Additional Finance Secretary for the Secretary to Government of Sindh]
In case of loss of books, borrower is charged to compensate the cost of lost book as
per following in No 5.
5. In view of hike in the books prices in last 10 years The University Authority has revised the
recovery policy to reduce the book losses as per following table.
S.No
Books pertaining
to Period, for Example
Actual
Price
Proposed
Recovery
01.
01.01.2010 to onwards
Rs.100.00
1x2
Rs.200/-
02.
01.01.2000 to 31.12.2009
Rs.100.00
1x3
Rs.300/-
03.
01.01.1990 to 31.12.1999
Rs.100.00
1x4
Rs.400/-
04.
01.01.1980 to 31.12.1989
Rs.100.00
1x5
Rs.500/-
246
Part-III
OTHER STATUTES
This proposal is / was submitted to protect the losses of books and to discourage the
Library users from doing so. The cost of books as per schedule is / was charged from
borrowers and deposited in University Account CD-I since the introduction of the policy in
1992 and onwards.
(b) The books prior to 1992 the Incharge Librarian is allowed to decide the payment
depending on the size pages and importance of the lost book.
6. The book should not be marked or mutilated.
7. The borrowers card is not transferable.
8. Two books each from Main Circulation & Oriental Section are issued for a fix period of 15
days other then Book Bank Section.
9. The card holder should report to the Librarian in the event of loss of his card
10. A duplicate card will be issued by depositing Rs.10/- if the first card is lost
11. A fine of Rs.1/- per day is charged for any act of retaining book or books, beyond the
specified time from each main circulation and Oriental Section & Book Bank.
12. No book shall be allowed to a borrower as long as he / she does not return book or books
outstanding against his / her name.
13. Reference Works, early printed books, old publications, Volumes of sets, serial publication
etc. shall not be lent for home reading, however photocopy of such material can be
arranged on payment.
1. Write-off Policy
Allama I.I. Kazi Central Library has adopted the write-off policy of the National Academy
of Higher Education, University Grants Commission H-9 Islamabad where books losses
are concerned. (Now Higher Education Commission)
It has also been approved by the Library Committee at its 18th meeting held on 5th
March 1992 the following HEC rules and regulations for books losses are adopted:
a.
b.
Losses to the extent of 3% per annum of the available stock in an open access
Library should be written off by the competent authority on the recommendation
of library committee
c.
Losses at 2% per annum should be written off of the available collection of close
access or partially open access library by the competent authority on the
recommendations of the Library Committee.
d.
Loss of manuscripts, rare books and materials for repetitive use will not,
however, be governed by above recommendations at a, b and c above. Such
losses should be suitability investigated before the write off.
247
2.
e.
The losses written off by the competent authority should be struck of from the
stock (Accession Register) and the records of the library, including public
catalogues and transferred to the withdrawal register indicating the authority
under which the losses were written off.
f.
Faculty members are allowed Membership of the Library, for this purpose they
have to apply through their departmental Heads, after allowing membership they
are allowed 3 books for a period of one month extendable periodically, but not
more than a period of one academic semester.
2.
Administrative Staff of BPS 16 and above are allowed 2 books for a period of
one month, not extendable. Their membership is allowed on the
recommendation of concerned departmental Head.
Part-III
D Type Quarter
C Type Quarter
B Type Quarter
A Type Quarter
Grade 17
D Type Bungalow
Grade 18
C Type Bungalow
Grade 19
B Type Bungalow
A Type Bungalow
In case a house of higher grade falls vacant and there is no applicant of the same
Grade the house may be allotted to the employee of immediate lower Grade.
The merit for allotment will be determined according to following formula:(i)
(ii)
(iii)
249
Witnesses:1.
2.
250
Part-III
Type of Quarter/Bungalow
Entitlement
A-Type Bungalow
B- Type Bungalow
Grade 19-20
C-Type Bungalow
Grade 18-19
D-Type Bungalow
Grade 17-18
A-Type Quarter
Grade 16-17
B- Type Quarter
Grade 11-16
C- Type Quarter
Grade 05-10
D- Type Quarter
Grade 02-05
.
2. In case a house of higher grade falls vacant and there is no applicant of same grade - the
house may be allotted to the employee of immediate lower grade.
3. The merit of allotment will be determined according to the following:
a.
One point will be counted towards the grade, for example, if the employee is in grade
O5 the points will be counted 05.
b.
c.
One point will be counted for each year of residence in the colony.
d.
One point will be counted for each year from the date of submission of
application dully countersigned with inward number of the Sindh University Colony
Office.
In case the Sindh University employee to whom a residence has been allotted and is occupied
by him/her, dies or is dismissed/removed, or resigns, or retires from service, or proceeds on
study leave abroad or is transferred to another Sindh University Campus, he or his legal heirs,
as the case may be, may retain the residence for the period mentioned against each:
4. In case of death, the widow may retain residence:
(i)
(ii)
In case widow herself is S.U. servant and her husband was an authorized occupant,
she shall be allotted the same residence provided that the widow is serving the basic
scale equivalent to or higher than that required for allotment of that house.
251
(iii)
If any employee /resident dies during his service, the house so allotted to him shall be
re-allotted to his/her relative (son, daughter, brother, sister, wife) without applying the
condition of seniority /merit on the following grounds:
(a) That, the relative has been residing with the deceased.
(b) That the relative is also an employee of the University having at least two years
service.
(iv) In case here is no widow, the family i.e. son or daughter (whose maximum age shall
not be more than twenty years), if any, may be allowed to retain official
accommodation for a period of five years or till the date on which the S.U. servant
would have retired on superannuation whichever is earlier.
5. In case of dismissal/removal: For a maximum period of three months normal rent.
6. In case of retirement/resignation: For a maximum period of six months on normal rent.
7. If further retention of the residence is required, in the event of retirement of an
allottee:
Permission may be granted to retain the accommodation on payment of normal rent up to
Six Months at the discretion of the University authority provided that the retired allottee
submits a Surety Bond on Stamp Paper worth Rs.100/= undertaking that he/she shall
vacate the official residence after expiry of the permissible extension. This surety Bond will
be signed by two other allottees of the University residence as "Guarantors". In case of
violation the allotment of the official residence during the period would stand cancelled.
252
Part-III
253
Part-III
2.
In the event of the tender being submitted by a firm, it must be signed separately
by each partner thereof, or in the event of the absence of any partner it shall be
signed on his behalf by a person holding a power-of-attorney authorizing him to
do so.
3.
Receipt for payments made on account of any work, when executed by a firm,
shall also be signed by all the partners, except where the contractors are
described in their tender as a firm, in which case the receipt shall be signed in
the name of the firm by one of the partners, or by some other person having
authority to give effectual receipts for the firm.
4.
Any person who submits a tender shall fill up the usual printed form, stating at
what percentage above or below the rates specified in Schedule B
(memorandum showing items of work to be carried out) he is willing to undertake
the work. Only one rate of such percentage on all the estimated rates/ Scheduled
rates shall be named. Tenders, that propose any alteration in the works specified
in the said form of invitation to tender, or in the time allowed for carrying out the
work, or which contain any other conditions will be liable to rejection. No printed
form of tender shall include a tender for more than one work, but if contractors
wish to tender for two or more works they shall submit a separate tender for
each. Tenders shall have the name and number of the work to which they refer
written outside the envelope.
5.
The Executive Engineer or his duly authorized Assistant shall open tenders in the
presence of contractors who have submitted tenders or their representatives who
may be present at the time, and he will enter the amounts of the several tenders in
a comparative statement in a suitable form. In the event of a tender being accepted
the contractor shall for the purpose of identification, sign copies of the
specifications and other documents mentioned in Rule 1. In the event of a tender
being rejected the Executive Engineer shall authorize the University Accounts
Department to refund the amount of the earnest money deposited to the contractor
making the tender, on his giving a receipt for the return of the money.
255
6.
The Officer competent to dispose of the tenders shall have the right of rejecting
all or any of the tenders.
7.
No receipt for any payment alleged to have been made by a contractor in regard
to any matter relating to this tender or the contract shall be valid and binding on
the University unless it is signed by the Executive Engineer.
8.
9.
All work shall be measured net by standard measures and according to the rules
and custom of the Public Works Department without reference to any local
custom.
10.
CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT
Security Deposit
Clause 1
The person/ persons whose tender may be accepted (hereinafter called the
contractors) shall (A) (within one day for a contract of Rs.1,000 or less, or two
days for a contract of more than Rs.1,000 upto Rs.2,000 and so on, upto a limit
of ten days, for a contract of Rs.10,000 or more of the receipt by him of the
notification of the acceptance of his tender) deposit with the Executive Engineer
in cash a sum sufficient with the amount of the earnest money deposited by him
with his tender to make up the full security deposit specified in the tender), or (B)
(permit the University at the time of making any payment to him for work done
under the contract to deduct such sum as will (With the earnest money deposited
by him amount to* per cent of all moneys so payable; such deductions to be held
by the University by way of security deposit): Provided always that in the event of
the contractor depositing a lump sum by way of security deposit as contemplated
at (A) above, then and in such case, if the sum so deposited shall not amount to
percent of the total estimated cost of the work; it shall be lawful for the University
at the time of making any payment to the contractor for work done under the
contract to make up the full amount of per cent by deducting a sufficient sum
from every such payment as last aforesaid. All compensation or other sums of
money payable by the contractor to the University under the terms of his contract
may be deducted from or paid by the sale of a sufficient part of his security
deposit, or from the interest arising there from or from any sums which may be
due or may become due by the University to the contractor on any account
whatsoever, and in the event of his security deposit being reduced by reason of
any such deduction or sale as aforesaid, the contractor shall, within ten days
there-after, make good in cash or the University securities endorsed as aforesaid
any sum or sums which have been deducted from, or raised by sale of his
security deposit or any part thereof. The Security deposit referred to, when paid
in cash may, at the cost of the depositor, be converted into interest bearing
securities provided that the depositor has expressly desired this in writing.
256
Part-III
If the amount of the security deposit to be paid in a lump sum within the period
specified at (A) above is not paid the tender/ contract already accepted shall be
considered as cancelled and legal steps taken against the contractor for
recovery of the amounts.
The security deposit lodged by a contractor shall be refunded after the expiry of three months
from the date on which the final bill is prepared.
The security deposit lodged by a contractor (in cash recovered in installments from his bills)
shall be refunded to him after the expiry of three months from the date on which
the work is completed. The Executive Engineer shall exercise his discretion to
refund security deposit to the contractor either after three months from the date
of completion of work or later along with the final bill if it is prepared after that
period on account of some unavoidable circumstances.
Note:- A work should be considered as complete for the purpose of refund of security deposit
to a contractor from the last date on which its final measurements are checked by a competent
authority, if such check is necessary otherwise from the last date of recording the final
measurements.
The time allowed for carrying out the work as entered in the tender shall be
strictly observed by the contractor and shall be reckoned from the date on which
the order to commence work is given to the contractor. The work shall
throughout the stipulated period of the contract be proceeded with, with all due
diligence (time being deemed to be of the essence of the contract on the part of
the contractor) and the contractor shall pay as compensation an amount equal to
one per cent or such smaller amount as the Vice-chancellor (whose decision in
writing shall be final) may decide, of the amount of the estimated cost of the
whole work as shown by the tender for every day that the work remains uncommenced, or unfinished, after the proper date. And further to ensure good
progress during the execution of the work, after the proper dates. And further to
ensure good progress during the execution of the work, the contractor shall be
bound, in all cases in which the time allowed for any work exceeds one month, to
complete,
** of the work in
do.
do.
** of the time
do.
do.
** Note: The quantity of the work to be done within a particular time to be specified above shall
be fixed and inserted in the blank space kept for the purpose by the Officer competent to
accept the contracts after taking into consideration the circumstances of each case, and abide
by the program of detailed progress laid down by the Executive Engineer.
The following proportions will usually be found suitable:In 1/4 1/2 3/4 of the time
Reasonable progress of earth work 1/6 1/2 3/4 of the total value of work to be done.
Reasonable progress of masonry work 1/10 4/10 8/10 of the total value of work to be done.
In the event of the contractor failing to comply with this condition he shall be
liable to pay as compensation an amount equal to one per cent or such smaller
257
In any case in which under any clause or clauses of this contract the contractor
shall have rendered himself liable to pay compensation amounting to the whole
of his security deposit (whether paid in one sum or deducted by installments) or
in the case of abandonment of the work owing to the serious illness or death of
the contractor or any other cause, the Executive Engineer, on behalf of the
University of Sindh shall have power to adopt any of the following courses, as he
may deem best suited to the interests of the University:-
to rescind the contract (of which rescission notice in writing to the contractor
under the hand of the Executive Engineer shall be conclusive evidence) and in
that case the security deposit of the contractor shall stand forfeited and be
absolutely at the disposal of the University.
(b)
To employ labour paid by the University and to supply materials to carry out the
work, or any part of the work, debiting the contractor with the costs of the labour
and the price of the materials (as to the correctness of which cost and price the
certificate of the Executive Engineer shall be final and conclusive against the
contractor) and crediting him with the value of the work done, in all respects in
the same manner and at the same rates as if it had been carried out by the
contract or under the terms of his contract; and in that case the certificate of the
Executive Engineer as to the value of the work done shall be final and conclusive
against the contractor.
(c)
To measure up the work of the contractor and to take such part thereof as shall
be unexecuted out of his hands, and to give it to another contract or to complete
it, in which case any expenses which may be incurred in excess of the sum
which would have been paid to the original contractor, if the whole work had
been executed by him (as to the amount of which excess expenses the
certificate in writing of the Executive Engineer shall be final and conclusive) shall
be borne and paid by the original contractor and shall be deducted from any
money due to him by the University under the contractor otherwise or from his
security deposit or the proceeds of sale thereof, or a sufficient part thereof.
In the event of any of the above courses being adopted by the Executive
Engineer, the contractor shall have no claim to compensation for any loss
sustained by him by reason of his having purchased or procured any materials,
or entered into any engagements, or made any advances on account of, or with
a view to the execution of the work or the performance of the contract. And in
case the contract shall be rescinded under the provision aforesaid, the contractor
shall not be entitled to recover or be paid any sum for any work thereof actually
performed by him under this contract unless and until the Executive Engineer
shall have certified in writing the performance of such work and the amount
payable in respect thereof, and he shall only be entitled to be paid the amount so
certified.
258
Part-III
Action when the progress of any particular portion of the work is unsatisfactory
Clause 4
Contractor remain liable to any compensation if action not taken under clause
3, 4 and 5
In any case in which any of the powers conferred upon the Executive Engineer
by clauses 3 and 4 thereof shall have become exercisable and the same shall
not have been exercised, the non-exercise thereof shall not constitute a waiver
of any of the condition hereof and such powers shall notwithstanding be
exercisable in the event of any future case of default by the contractor for which
under any clause or clause hereof he is declared liable to pay compensation
amounting to the whole of his security deposit and the liability of the contractor
for past and future compensation shall remain unaffected.
Extension of Time
Clause 6
If the contractor shall desire an extension of the time for completion of the work
on the ground of his having been unavoidably hindered in its execution or on any
other ground, he shall apply in writing to the Executive Engineer within 30 days
from the date on which he was hindered as aforesaid or on which the ground for
asking for extension arose and in any case before the date of completion of the
work, and the Executive Engineer may, if in his opinion there are reasonable
grounds for granting an extension grant such extension as he thinks necessary
or proper. The decision of the Executive Engineer in this matter shall be final.
259
Provided that where the contractor is hindered in the execution of the work on
account of any act or omission on the part of the University or any of its
authorized officers, the Executive Engineer may at any time before the date of
completion and on his own initiative extend the time for completion of the work
for such period as he may think necessary or proper.
Where time has been extended under this or any other clause of this agreement,
the date for completion of the work shall be the date fixed by order giving the
extension or by the aggregate of all such orders made under this agreement.
When time has been extended as aforesaid, it shall continue to be the essence
of the contract and all clauses of the contract shall continue to be operative
during the extended period.
Final Certificate
Clause 7
Removal of Bundhis
Clause 7-A
In the case of silt clearance and other excavation works of channels after the
measurements are finally recorded and checked by a competent authority the
Contractor shall, on a notice in writing being given by the Engineer- Inchagre or
his subordinate and within the time specified in the notice, remove Bundhis and
profile ridges within the designed channel section. if the contractor makes default
such work may be carried out departmentally in which case the amount spent on
removing such Bundhis and profile ridges shall be deduced from any money
due to the contractor or from his Security Deposit. The time taken by the
contractor in removing Bundhis and profile ridges shall not be counted towards
the period stipulated for the completion of the contract work.
260
Part-III
No payment shall be made for any work, estimated to cost less than rupees five
hundred till after the whole of the work shall have been completed and a
certificate of completion given. But in the case of works estimated to cost more
than rupees five hundred, the contractor shall, on submitting bill thereof, as
provided in Clause 10 be entitled to receive payment proportionate to the part of
the work then approved and passed by the Engineer- Incharge, whose certificate
to such approval and passing of the sum so payable shall be final conclusive
against the contractor. All such intermediate payments shall be regarded as
payments by way of advance against the final payments only and not as
payments for work actually done and completed, and shall not preclude the
Engineer- Incharge from requiring any bad, unsound, imperfect or unskillful work
to be removed or taken away and reconstructed, or erected, nor shall any such
payment be considered as an admission of the due performance of the contract
or any part thereof in any respect or the accruing of any claim; nor shall it
conclude, determine, or affect in any other way the powers of the EngineerIncharge as to the final settlement and adjustment of the accounts or otherwise,
or in any way vary or affect the contract. The final bill shall be submitted by the
contractor within one month of the date fixed for the completion of the work,
otherwise Engineer-Incharges certificate of the measurements and of the total
amount payable for the works shall be final and binding on all parties.
The rates for several items of works estimated to cost more than Rs.1000/agreed to within, shall be valid only when the item concerned is accepted as
having been completed fully in accordance with the sanction specification. In
cases where the items of work are not accepted as so completed the EngineerIncharge may make payment on account of such items at such reduced rates as
he may consider reasonable in the preparation of final or on account bills.
The contractor shall submit all bills on the printed forms to be had on application
at the office of the Engineer-Incharge. The charges to be made in the bills shall
always be entered at the rates specified in the tender or in the case of any extra
work ordered in pursuance of these conditions, and not mentioned or provided
for in the tender at the rates hereinafter provided for such works.
261
If the specification or estimate of the work provides for the use of any special
description of materials to be supplied from the store of the University or if it is
required that the contractor shall use certain stores to be provided by the
Engineer-Incharge (such material and stores, and the prices to be charged
thereof as hereinafter mentioned being so far as practicable for the convenience
of the contractor but not so in any way to control the meaning or effect on this
contract specified in the schedule or memorandum hereto annexed) the
contractor shall be supplied with such materials and stores as may be required
from time to time to be used by him for the purposes of the contract only, and the
value of the full quantity of the materials and stores so supplied shall be set off or
deducted from any sums then due, or thereafter to become due to the contractor
under the contract, or otherwise or from the security deposit, or the proceeds of
sale thereof if the security deposit is held in the University securities, the same or
a sufficient portion thereof shall in that case be sold for the purpose. All materials
supplied to the contractor shall remain the absolute property of the University
and shall on no account be removed from the site of the work, and shall at all
times be open to inspection by the Engineer-Incharge. Any such materials
unused and in perfectly good condition at the time of completion or determination
of the contractor shall be returned to the University store, if the EngineerIncharge so requires by a notice in writing under his hand, but the contractor
shall not be entitled to return any such materials except with the consent of the
Engineer-Incharge and he shall have no claim for compensation on account of
any such materials supplied to him as aforesaid but remaining unused by him or
for any wastage in or damage to any such materials.
The contractor shall execute the whole and every part of the work in the most
substantial and workman-like manner, and both as regards materials and all
other matters in strict accordance with the specifications lodged in the office of
the Executive Engineer and initiated by the parties, the said specifications being
a part of the contract. The contractor shall also conform exactly, fully and
faithfully to the designs, drawings, and instructions in writing relating to the work
signed by the Engineer-Incharge and lodged in his office and to which the
contractor shall be entitled to have access to such office, or on the site of the
work for the purpose of inspection during office hours and the contractor shall, if
he so requires, be entitled at his own expense to make or cause to be made
copies of the specifications, and of all such designs, drawings, and instructions
as aforesaid.
The Engineer-Incharge shall have powers to make any alteration in, or additions
to, the original specifications, drawings, designs, and instructions that may
appear to bound to carry out the work, in accordance with any instructions in this
connection which may be given to him in writing signed by the Engineer-Incharge
262
Part-III
and such alterations shall not invalidate the contract and any altered or additional
work which the contractor may be directed to do in the manner above specified
subject to the limit laid down in clause 38 below as part of the work shall be
carried out by the contractor on the same conditions in all respects on which he
agreed to do the main work and the same rates are specified in the tender for the
main work. The time for the completion of the work shall be extended in the
proportion that the additional work bears to the original contract work, and the
certificate of the Engineering-Incharge as to such proportion shall be conclusive.
And if the altered or additional work includes any class of work for which no rate
is specified in this contract, then such class of work shall be paid for at* ( )per
cent, below/ above the rate shown for such work in the schedule of rates of the
Division and if such last-mentioned class of work is not entered in the schedule
of rates of the Division, then the contractor shall, within seven days of the date of
receipt by him of the order to carry out the work inform the Engineer-Incharge of
the rate which it is his intention to charge for such class of work, and if the
Engineer-Incharge is satisfied that the rate quoted i.e. within the rate worked out
by him on detailed rate analysis, then he shall allow him that rate, but if the
Engineer-Incharge does not agree to this rate he shall by notice in writing be at
liberty to cancel his order to carry out such class of work, and arrange to carry it
out in such manner as he may consider advisable provided always that if the
contractor shall commence work or incur any expenditure in regard thereto
before the rates shall have been determined as lastly therein before mentioned
then in such case he shall only be entitled to be paid in respect of the work
carried out or expenditure incurred by him prior to the date of determination of
the rate as aforesaid according to such rate or rates as shall be fixed by the
Engineer-Incharge. In the event of a dispute the decision of the Vice-chancellor
will be final.
If at any time after the execution of the contract documents the EngineerIncharge shall for any reason whatsoever not require the whole or any part of the
work as specified in the tender to be carried out at all or carried out by the
contractor, he shall give notice in writing of the fact to the contractor, who shall
thereupon have no claim to any payment or compensation whatsoever on
account of any profit or advantage which he might have derived from the
execution of the work a full but which he did not so derive in consequence of the
full amount of the work not having been carried out, neither shall he have any
claim for compensation by reason of any alteration having been made in the
original specifications, drawings, designs and instructions, which may involve
any curtailment of the work as originally contemplated. Where materials have
already been collected at site of the work before the receipt of the said notice to
stop or curtail the work, the contractor shall be paid for such material at the rates
determined by the Engineer-Incharge provided they are not in excess of
requirements and are of approved quality.
If at any time before the security deposit is refunded to the contractor, it shall
appear to the Engineer-Incharge or his subordinate in charge of the work, that
any work has been executed with unsound, imperfect or unskillful workmanship
or with materials of inferior quality, or that any materials or articles provided by
him for the execution of the work are unsound, or of a quality inferior to that
contracted for, or are otherwise not in accordance with the contract, it shall be
lawful for the Engineer-Incharge to intimate this fact in writing to the contractor
and then notwithstanding the fact that the work, materials or articles complained
of may have been inadvertently passed, certified and paid for, the contractor
shall be bound forth-with to rectify or remove and reconstruct the work so
specified in whole or in part, as the case may require, or if so required, shall
remove the materials or articles so specified and provide other proper and
suitable materials or articles at his own personal charge and cost; and in the
event of his failing to do so within a period to be specified by the EngineerIncharge in the writing intimation aforesaid, the contractor shall be liable to pay
compensation at the rate of one per cent, on the amount of the estimate for
every day not exceeding ten days, during which the failure so continues, and in
the case of any such failure the Engineer-Incharge may rectify or remove, and
re-execute the work or remove and replace the material or articles complained of
as the case may be at the risk and expense in all respects of the contractor.
Should the Engineer-Incharge consider that any such inferior work or materials
as described above may be accepted or made use of, it shall be within his
discretion to accept the same at such reduced rates as he may fix thereof.
The contractors shall give not less than five days notice in writing to the
Engineer-Incharge or his subordinate in charge of the work before covering up or
otherwise placing beyond the reach of measurement, any work in order that the
same may be measured, and correct dimensions thereof taken before the same
is so covered up or placed beyond the reach of measurement, and shall not
cover up or place beyond the reach of measurement any work without the
consent in writing of the Engineer-Incharge or his subordinate-Incharge of the
work; and if any work shall be covered up or placed beyond the reach of
measurement without such notice having or consent obtained, the same shall be
uncovered at the contractors expense, and in default thereof no payment or
allowance shall be made for such work, or for the materials with which the same
was executed.
264
Part-III
Contractor liable for damage done, and for imperfections for three months after
Certificate
Clause 20
The contractor shall supply at his own cost all materials (except such special
materials, if any, as may, in accordance with the contract, be supplied from the
University Stores), plant tools, appliances, implements, ladders, cordage, tackle,
scaffolding, and temporary works requisite for proper execution of the work,
whether in the original altered or substituted form, and whether included in the
specifications, or other documents, forming part of the contract or referred to in
these conditions or not, and which may be necessary for the purpose of satisfying
or complying with the requirements of the Engineer-Incharge as to any matter as to
which under these conditions he is entitled to be satisfied, or which he is entitled to
require together with carriage therefore, to and from work. The contractor shall also
supply without charge the requisite number of persons with the means and
materials necessary for the purpose of setting out works, and counting, weighing,
assisting in the measurement or examination at any time and from time to time of
the work or the materials. Failing this the same may be provided by the EngineerIncharge at the expense of the contractor and the expenses may be deducted from
any money due to the contractor under the contract or from his security deposit or
the proceeds of sale thereof, or of a sufficient portion thereof. The contractor shall
provide all necessary fencing and lights required to protect the public from
accident, and shall also be bound to bear the expenses of defence of every suit,
action or other legal proceedings, that may be brought by any person for injury
sustained owing to neglect of the above precautions, and to pay any damages and
costs which may be awarded in any such suit, action or proceedings to any such
person, or which may with the consent of the contractor be paid for compromising
any claim by any such person.
The contractor shall not set on fire any standing jungle, trees, brushwood or
grass without a written permit from the Executive Engineer.
265
When such permit is given and also in all cases when destroying cut of dug, up
trees, brushwood, grass, etc., by fire, the contractor shall take necessary
measures to prevent such fire from spreading to or otherwise damaging
surrounding property.
The contractor shall make his own arrangements for drinking water for the labour
employed by him.
Liability of contractor for any damage done for outside work area
Clause 23
Clause 24
The contractor shall bear the expenses of defending any action or other legal
proceedings that may be brought by any person for injury sustained by him
owing to neglect of precautions to prevent the spread of fire and he shall pay any
damages and cost that may be awarded by the court in consequence.
Contract may be rescinded and security deposit forfeited for subletting without
approval or for bribing a public officer or if contractor becomes insolent
Clause 26
The contract shall not be assigned or subject without the written approval of the
Engineer-Incharge. And if the contractor shall assign or subject his contract, or
attempt so to do, or become insolvent or commence any proceedings to be
adjudicated an insolvent or make any composition with his creditors, or attempt
so to do, the Engineer-Incharge may by notice in writing rescind the contract.
The contractor shall keep full and true accounts in respect of the contract works
in the regular course of business and shall whenever called upon by the
Engineer-Incharge by notice in writing, produce them for inspection by him or by
any officer appointed by him in that behalf. Also if any bribe, gratuity, gift, loan,
prerequisite reward, or advantage pecuniary or otherwise, shall either directly be
given, promised or offered by the contractor or any of his servants or agents to
any public officer or person in the employ of the University in any way relating to
his officer or employment or if any such officer or personnel shall become in any
way directly or indirectly interested in the contractor or if the contractor does not
keep accounts or fails to produce them as aforesaid, the Engineer-Incharge may
by notice in writing rescind the contract. In the event of a contract being
rescinded the security deposit of the contractor shall thereupon stand forfeited
and be absolutely at the disposal of the University and the same consequences
shall ensue as if the contract had been rescinded under clause 3 hereof and in
addition the contractor shall not be entitled to recover or be paid for any work
thereof actually performed under the contract.
266
Part-III
In the case of a tender by partners any change in the constitution of a firm shall
be forthwith notified by the contractor to the Engineer-Incharge for his
information direction and subject to the approval in all respects of the
Vice-Chancellor for the time being who shall be entitled to direct at what point or
points and in what manner they are to be commenced, and from time to time
carried on.
All works to be executed under the contract shall be executed under the direction
and subject to the approval in all respects of the Vice-Chancellor for the time
being who shall be entitled to direct at what point or points and in what manner
they are to be commenced, and from time to time carried on.
Except where otherwise specified in the contract and subject to the powers
delegated to him by the Government under the Code rules then in force, the
decision of the Vice-Chancellor for the time being shall be final, conclusive, and
binding on all parties of the contract upon all questions relating to the meaning of
the specifications, designs, drawings and instructions here-in before mentioned
and as to the quality of workmanship, or materials used on the work, or as to any
other question, claim, right, matter, or thing whatsoever, in any way arising out
of, or relating to the contract, designs, drawings, specifications, estimates,
instructions, orders or these conditions, or otherwise concerning the works, or
the execution, or failure to execute the same, whether arising during the
progress of the work or after the completion or abandonment thereof.
The contractor shall obtain from the University stores all stores and articles of
European or American manufacture which may be required for the work, or any
part thereof or in making up any articles required thereof or in connection
therewith, unless he has obtained permission in writing from the EngineerIncharge to obtain such stores and articles elsewhere. The value of such stores
and articles as may be supplied to the contractor by the Engineer-Incharge will
be debited to the contractor in his account at the rates shown in the schedule in
Form A attached to the contract and if they are not entered in the said schedule,
they shall be debited to him at cost price which for the purposes of this contract
shall include the cost of carriage and all other expenses whatsoever, which shall
have been incurred in obtaining delivery of the same at the stores aforesaid.
267
When the estimates on which a tender is made includes lump sums in respect of
parts of the work, the contractor shall be entitled to payment in respect of the
items of work involved or the part of the work in question is not in the opinion of
the Engineer-Incharge capable of measurement, the Engineer-Incharge may at
his discretion pay the lump sum amount entered in the estimate, and the
certificate in writing of the Engineer-Incharge shall be final and conclusive
against the contractor with regard to any sum payable to him under the
provisions of this clause.
In the case of any class of work for which there is no such specification as is
mentioned in Rule 1 such work shall be carried out in accordance with the
Divisional Specification, and in the event of there being no Division Specification,
then in such case the work shall be carried out in all respects in accordance with
the instructions and requirements of the Engineer-Incharge.
Definition of work
Clause 34
The expression works or work where used in these conditions shall unless
there be something in the subject or context repugnant to such construction, be
construed to mean the work or works contracted to be executed under or by
virtue of the contract, whether temporary or permanent and whether original,
altered, substituted or additional.
The percentage referred to in the tender shall be deducted from/ added to the
gross amount of the bill before deducting the value of any stock issued.
All quarry fees, royalties, octroi dues and ground rent for stocking materials, if
any, should be paid by the contractor, who will, however, be entitled to a refund
of such of the charges as are permissible under the rules on obtaining a
certificate from the Engineer-Incharge that the materials were required for use on
the University work.
The contractor shall be responsible for and shall pay any compensation to his
workmen payable under the Workmens Compensation Act, 1923 (VIII of 1923),
(hereinafter called the said Act) for injuries caused to the workmen. If such
compensation is paid to the University as principal under sub-section (1) of
section 12 of the said Act on behalf of the contractor, it shall be recoverable by
the University from the contractor under sub-section (2) of the said section. Such
compensation shall be recovered in the manner laid down in Clause 1 above.
268
Part-III
The contractor shall employ any feminine, convict or other labour of a particular
kind or class if ordered in writing to do so by the Engineer-Incharge.
No compensation shall be allowed for any delay caused in the starting of the
work on account of acquisition of land or in the case of clearance works, on
account of any delay in according sanction to estimates.
No compensation shall be allowed for any delay in the execution of the work on
account of water standing in barrow pits or compartments. The rates are
inclusive for hard or cracked soil, excavation in mud, sub-soil water or water
standing in barrow pits and no claim for an extra shall be entertained, unless
otherwise expressly specified.
The contractor shall not enter upon or commence any portion of work except with
the written authority and instructions of the Engineer-Incharge or of his
subordinate incharge of the work, failing which authority the contractor shall have
no claim to ask for measurements of or payments for work.
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
As far as possible Pakistan Timbers shall be used and where for any reason this
is not practicable preference shall be given first to Burma and then to other
British Timbers.
If any materials, such as stones, metal, bajri, sand etc., are required to be
conveyed by rail, the contractors will be granted certificates by the EngineerIncharge of the work to the effect that the materials are required for the
University works thereby enabling them to have the benefit of concessionary
freight charges from the railway. In case, however, such a concession is
withdrawn by the railway at any time during the currency of the contract no claim
shall be preferable against the University on the account.
When tendered rates are the same, preference will be given at the discretion of
the accepting authority to those who tender for the carting of materials by
vehicles having pneumatic tyres.
Any sum due to the University by the contractor shall be liable for recovery as
arrears of Land Revenue.
Additional Clause:
The contractor will not be allowed to withdraw his Tender or ask for
return of his Earnest Money before the expiry of the period commencing
from the date of opening of Tender and that if it is withdrawn in violation
of this condition, the Earnest Money will be forfeited when the
sanctioning Authority of the Tender is:
(1) Executive Engineer
(2) Project Director
(3) Vice-Chancellor
(4) Syndicate
270
One Month
Two Months
Three Months
Six Months
Part-III
SCHEDULE
Schedule showing (approximately) the materials to be supplied from the University Stores for
work contracted to be executed and the rates at which they are to be charged for Particular
Rate at which the material Place of delivery will be charged to the contractor
Note: The person or firm submitting the tender should see that the rates in the above are filled
in by the Engineer-Incharge on the issue of the form prior to the submission of the tender.
SCHEDULE
(Signature of Contractor)
Th Syndicate in its meeting held on 04.09.2004, resolved the present ABC committee be
re-named as Sindh University Works Committee with the following members for a period
of two years from the date of first meeting with the terms of reference shown below it:
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.
k.
l.
271
(b)(i) It was further resolved that the constitution of Tender opening and evolution committee
consisting of the following members be approved for a period of 2 years with the terms of
reference shown blow it:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
Chairman
Member
Member Technical
Member Technical
Member Finance
Member Technical
Member/Secretary
Member
Member
(b)(ii) It was also further resolved that in the case of non-functioning of Syndicate the Chairman/
Convener will be nominated form the Professors in BPS-20/21 by the Vice-Chancellor.
It was informed by the Project Director that presently Engineering Wing is applying and
following rules of SPPRA 2010.
272
PART- VI
ACADEMIC PROGRAMS
Part-IV
ACADEMIC PROGRAMS
Faculty of Education
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Faculty of Law
1.
2.
Institute of Law
Department of Criminology
* Faculty of Pharmacy
01. Department of Pharmaceutics
02. Department of Pharmaceutical Chemistry
03. Department of Pharmacology
04. Department of Pharmacognosy
Part-IV
ACADEMIC PROGRAMS
Sindhi
Arabic
Persian
Philosophy
Urdu
Philosophy
Persian
Arabic
English (Regular & Evening)
Fine Arts
FACULTY OF EDUCATION
Bachelor Degree
B.Ed. (Hons.)
B.Ed.
B.Ed.
Comparative Religion
Islamic Culture
275
Muslim History
Sindhi
Urdu
Comparative Religion
Islamic Culture
Muslim History
FACULTY OF LAW
LL.B (D Juris)
LL.M
M.Sc
Information Technology
Computer Science
BS
Anthropology &
Archeology
Freshwater Biology
& Fisheries
Geography
Nutrition & Food
Technology
Psychology
Zoology
Biochemistry
Botany
Chemistry
Forestry
Electronics
Genetics
Geology
Physical Education
Mathematics
Physics
Microbiology
Physiology
Software Engineering
Statistics
Telecommunication
Masters Degree (Two/Four Semester after 6 sem. Hons / 2 yrs Pass degree respectively)
MCS
MIT
M.P.E.H.S.S
M.Sc.
Physiology
Zoology
Psychology
Chemistry
FreshWater Biol. & Fisheries
Multimedia Tech.
(2-semester, Evening)
Statistics
FACULTY OF PHARMACY
Pharm-D.
Anthropology
Gender Studies
Public Administration
Economics
Media & Communication
Studies (Mass Comm.)
Rural Development
276
History
Political Science
International Relations
Psychology
Social Work
Sociology
Part-IV
ACADEMIC PROGRAMS
Economics
M.Sc.
M.Sc. (off campus)
M.P.A.
M. L.I.S.
General History
International Relations
Pakistan Study
Political Science
Psychology
Sociology
Gender Studies
Development
Home Economics Criminology
Studies
(Food & Nutrition)
(Evening)
Rural Development
Public Administration (Morning & Evening)
Library & Information Science & Archieve Studies
b)
Community Work
Computer Science
Public Administration
Medicinal Plants
Diploma Courses
Business Administration
c)
Chinese
Sindhi
German
Turkish
d)
e)
Food Analysis
NOTE:
Persian
Urdu
If number of students enrolled in any diploma/ certificate course is less than 20, then the course shall
not be conducted / started.
English
Arabic
Sindhi
Urdu
Commerce
Business Administration
FACULTY OF EDUCATION
M.Phil / Ph.D
Education
277
Bioinformatics
Microbiology
Information Technology
Biochemistry
Petroleum Geo
Sciences
Biotechnology
Freshwater Biology &
Fisheries
Mathematics
Chemistry
Computer Science
Physics
Statistics
Environmental Science
Physiology
Botany
Geology
Physical Education,
Health & Sports Sci.
Zoology
FACULTY OF PHARMACY
M.Phil / Ph.D
Pharmaceutics
Pharmaceutical
Chemistry
Pharmacology
Area Study
Development Studies
Library & Information
Science
Psychology
History
Economics
Media and Communication
Studies (Mass Communication)
Public Administration
Pakistan Studies
International Relations
Political Science
Sociology
Note:
ii. Ph.D Program is restricted to disciplines where at least three regular faculty
members have Ph.D degrees.
iii. If number of students enrolled in MS / M.Phil. program in any discipline is less than
5, the program shall not be started.
BBA (Hons)
B.S English
PGD(CS)
BS.Com (Hons.)
BS(CS)
B.ED
M.ED
BBA (Hons)
BS(CS)
BS Com (Hons)
BS(IT)
BBA (Hons)
BS(CS)
BS(Geology)
278
Part-IV
ACADEMIC PROGRAMS
4-yr Program
Sufism
Role of Sufism in Religious Harmony
BS (English)
BS (CS)
BBA (Hons)
MBA (Evening)
BBA(Hons.)
BS English
BS(CS)
Begum Nusrat Bhutto University for Women Sindh University Campus @ Sukkur
Sindh University Campus @ Malir
Note:
279
b)
The Vice-Chancellor may refuse admission to the University classes to any candidate
without assigning any reason.
c)
A candidate who desires to seek admission in any course of study in the University must
be a National of Pakistan. Foreign nationals may be considered for admission when
nominated/ recommended by the Ministry of Education/ Ministry of Finance & Economic
Affairs Division, Government of Pakistan.
d)
The marks certificates of pre-requisite examination of all the candidates/ students shall be
got verified from the concerned Boards/Universities. The documents verification fees, shall
be charged from the students at the time of admission.
e)
A candidate who has passed an examination from a University or a Board other then the
University of Sindh or Board of Intermediate & Secondary Education, Hyderabad, shall
have to obtain Certificate of Eligibility from the University of Sindh prior to his/ her
admission to any class. However, the Registrar may issue a provisional admission
certificate if he is satisfied that the applicant is prima facie eligible for admission to this
University, AT HIS/HER OWN RISK AND COST and on the condition that he/ she obtains
a final certificate of eligibility within 30 days from date of admission.
f)
No student shall at one time join or continue on roll of the two Teaching Institutes/
Departments/ Centres/ Affiliated Colleges of the University or any other University or
affiliated college for two courses of study in the same or different Faculties. However, a
Post-graduate student on roll of the University Teaching Institute/ Department/ Centre may
join or continue a Post-graduate Diploma course of the University and the LL.B. course in
a college affiliated to the University subject to eligibility. A student of Bachelor (Pass/
Hons.) course may join an undergraduate Diploma/ Certificate course of the University.
Violation of the rule may lead to cancelation of admissions in all courses of study in which
he is found enrolled.
g)
A student admitted to any University degree program as a regular student shall NOT be
eligible to appear at any University Examination as an EXTERNAL CANDIDATE
simultaneously during his/her University studentship.
h)
No student shall be re-admitted without the recommendation of the Dean of the Faculty
concerned and prior permission of the Vice-Chancellor in case his/her admission is
cancelled due to any reason.
280
Part-IV
ACADEMIC PROGRAMS
The merit for admissions shall be determined on the basis of Pre-entry Test score and the
total marks obtained in the first attempt as well as previous academic record. However,
candidates not qualifying the Pre-Entry-Test will not be considered for admission in any
discipline.
The weightage assigned to the Pre-entry test and previous academic record will be as
under:-
For Admission to
i
ii
iii
iv
v
b.
S.S.C.
H.S.C. (adjusted marks)
Bachelor Degree (-do-)
Pre-Entry Test / Aptitude test
Interview
Bachelor
10%
50%
40%
Master
10%
15%
35%
40%
MS./M.Phil
05%
10%
25%
40%
20%
In case of improvers/ repeaters, marks shall be deducted as per rules from the total marks
of the candidates in order to prepare the adjusted merit list. This deduction shall not alter
the division/ grade of the candidates.
(i) 05 marks to be deducted if the candidate has appeared second time in H.S.C.
Examination in order to improve his/ her Division/ Grade.
(ii) In case H.S.C. Examination has not been cleared within the minimum period required
for passing the same after passing Matriculation Examination, every additional year or
part of a year beyond this period shall be treated as candidates attempt for the
purpose of deducting marks irrespective of his/ her having not appeared in the
examination in each year.
(iii) 05 marks shall be deducted from the total marks for the loss of each extra year or part
thereof.
However, a maximum of 25 marks may be deducted.
(iv) Same rules shall apply if a candidate fails to clear Bachelor degree Examination within
the minimum period required for passing such examination after Matriculation
Examination.
(v) 05 marks per year shall be deducted from the total marks if the candidate has not
passed the pre-requisite examination in the preceding year.
281
b)
A student of B.A.(Hons.)/ B.S/ BS Com. (Hons.)/ BBA (Hons.) Part-I Class shall be allowed
transfer from the University to an affiliated college within three months from the last date of
admission, but no transfer from college to University is allowed.
c)
d)
The admissions to various 4-yr Bachelor and Master (Prev.) professional/ quota-oriented
courses of study shall be made in accordance with the Regulations prescribed for the
purpose.
e)
The fairness, transparency and correctness in admissions will be monitored and enforced
by a committee of Senior Professors of the University appointed by the Vice-chancellor
with Director Admissions as its Secretary. Pre-Entry Test will also be conducted
under the supervision of this Committee.
f)
A candidate who has passed H.S.C. Science, Commerce or H.S.C. Home Economics
Examination is also eligible for admission to 4-yr. Bachelor/ B.A. (Hons) program.
g)
Candidates who are interested in seeking admission in the Institute of Art & Design shall
also have to take up Aptitude Test to be conducted by the Institute, as per schedule to be
announced by the Director.
Aptitude Test is also mandatory for admission to the B.P.E.H.S. Part-I course of study.
h)
A candidate who has already completed his/her course of study in a University Teaching
Institute/ Department/ Centre leading to Bachelor degree shall NOT be eligible for
admission to another or second Bachelor course (except B.Ed./ B.P.E.H.S., and Post
Graduate Diploma) in the University Teaching Institute/ Department/ Centre.
i)
A candidate who has already passed Bachelors Pass degree course examination from the
University of Sindh or any other university, shall NOT be eligible for admission to another
Bachelors (Pass/ Honours) course excepting B.Ed. or B.P.E.H.S., and Post Graduate
Diploma programs.
j)
282
Part-IV
ACADEMIC PROGRAMS
b)
Allocation of seats available for fresh admission for various Bachelor degree programs of
general category is shown under each Faculty.
c)
In general disciplines where seats are vacant and there is no candidate having the
domicile & P.R.C. from the areas within the jurisdiction of the University of Sindh, then the
same vacant seats be given to the candidates having the domicile & P.R.C. of Sindh
Province outside the jurisdiction of Sindh University on Self Finance Basis, if the number
exceeds over and above the reserved seats provided.
d)
Every student must inform in writing his choice of the two minor/ supporting subjects to the
Director/ Chairperson of the Institute/ Department in which admitted (Major subject) within
one week from the commencement of teaching. The Director/ Chairperson will
communicate the Minor subjects offered to the Admission Cell and the Controller of
Examinations. No change of minor subjects will be allowed thereafter.
The Director/ Chairperson will also specify minor subjects in appropriate column on form
sent to him/ her by the Director Admissions, for countersignature.
283
Part-IV
ACADEMIC PROGRAMS
The District-wise allocation of seats for the Rural and Urban areas for admission to the
above courses of study at Jamsoro Campus, is shown hereunder;
District of Domicile
Urban Rural Total
1. Hyderabad
2. Tando Allahyar
3. Tando Mohd Khan
4. Matiari
5. Badin
6. Thatta
7. Thar
8. Mirpurkhas
9. Umerkot
10. Sanghar
11. Dadu
12. Jamshoro
13. Sh. Benazir Bhutto Abad/Nawabshah
TOTAL
03
01
01
01
01
01
00
02
00
01
02
01
01
15
01
01
02
02
01
02
03
03
02
01
03
03
02
26
04
02
03
03
02
03
03
05
02
02
05
04
03
41
For distribution of U/R Quota seats at other Campuses see Catalogue of the University.
285
(b)
Allocation of seats on U/R quota in the districts shown here-under for admission
to Business Administration (both for BBA & MBA), Computer Science (all groups
BS.CS) Information Technology, Telecommunication, Electronics, Geology,
Genetics and Public Administration, Pharm-D., also for 5-yr Law Degree.
District of Domicile
1. Sukkur
2. Ghotki
3. Shikarpur
4. Jacobabd
5. Larkana
6. Kambar/ Shahdadkot
7. Kashmore/ Kandhkot
8. Khairpur
09. Naushahroferoz
TOTAL
Urban Rural
02
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
10
02
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
10
Total
04
02
02
02
02
02
02
02
02
20
Note:
i.
Candidates from all Districts of Sindh Province in excess of the number of seats shown in the
Table above, may be accommodated under Self finance Scheme in Quota- Oriented
disciplines on merit basis.
ii.
The allocation of seats for LL.B. 5-Yr. program is shown in the University Catologue.
i. Selection for the rural and urban seats of the districts shall be made on merit basis from
amongst the eligible applicants of the same district only.
ii. In addition to this quota allocation, the seats as specified under RESERVED SEATS are
also reserved for various categories of the candidates, provided such candidates possess
the minimum prescribed qualification.
iii. The allocation of seats has been DOUBLED for the purpose of admission to B.B.A. (Hons.)
Part-I, M.B.A. (Prev.), M.P.A.(Prev), 5-yr, Law Degree and Geology Part-I. For admission to
BS Geology seats have also been increased by 50%.
In case of admission to Geology combined merit list will be drawn for Pre-Engineering and
Pre-Medical and General Science groups.
iv.
Ten seats [five for male (3 Rural + 2 Urban) five for female (3 Rural + 2 Urban] are
reserved for admission to B.B.A. (Hons.) Part-I for the candidates who have passed H.S.C
in Commerce Group.
v.
Ten seats, five for male (3 Rural + 2 Urban) five for female (3 Rural + 2 Urban) are
reserved for admission to M.B.A. (Prev:) for the candidates who have passed B.Com.
(Pass/ Hons.) examination.
vi.
In addition to the district- wise reserved seats for B.H.P.E. and M.H.P.E. on quota basis,
twenty (20) seats in all for each of the two courses of studies are also reserved for
Pakistan nationals on open merit basis. The session commences in January.
vii. The Urban Areas in each district of Sindh are specified on next page:-
286
Part-IV
ACADEMIC PROGRAMS
4. Matairi
(b) Hala Municipality
5. Badin District
(a) Badin Municipality
(b) Matli Municipality
6. Thatta District
(a) Thatta Municipality
7. Mirpurkhas District
(a) Mirpurkhas Municipality
(b) Shahdadpur Municipality
(c) Tando Adam Municipality
(d) Sinjhoro Municipality
9. Dadu District
(a) Dadu Municipality
(b) Mehar Municipality
(c) Khairpur Nathan Shah
287
The seat/ seats left over in any category (Rural/Urban) shall be filled-in from the waiting
merit list of the same category of the same district. However, in case there is no candidate
on the merit list of the concerned category, viz. rural or urban as the case may be, then the
left over seat/seats will be filled-in from the merit list of the urban or rural category as the
case may be, of the same district. There shall be no reallocation of the vacant seats
from one district to another.
(ii) The left-over seat/seats from the categories of reserved seats shall be filled-in by selecting
the immediate next candidate (s) from the waiting list.
(iii) As regards (i) above, the left over seat/ seats because of non-payment of fees/ difference
of fees, if any, within prescribed time limit, the seat/seats shall be filled-in as per procedure
prescribed therein and the selected candidate (s) whose seat (s) has/ have fallen vacant
due to non-payment of fees/ difference of fees, if any, for whatever reasons, shall NOT
claim the admission and shall NOT challenge the admission of any other candidate,
selected in his/ her place in the particular or any other quota- oriented course or general
course of study mentioned by him/her in the Admission Form.
(iv) The candidate/candidates selected against left over seat/seats as in (iii) above, shall
deposit the fees/ difference of fees, if any within 05 (Five) days from the date of
announcement of the Selection list. In case, he/she too fails to make the payment of fees/
difference of fees, if any, within time limit allowed to him/her, he/she shall lose his/her
admission.
(v) Candidates seeking admission to Quota-oriented courses of studies must submit
Domicile Certificate of self, or parent if under 18 years of age and Permanent Residence
Certificate.
Availability of general seats for fresh admissions, to various bachelors & masters
programs offered by university teaching Faculties, is specified in the Admission
catalogue.
Candidates for admission against sports seat are to (___) tick mark the sports box on
the form. They have to qualify Pre-Entry Test + Trial.
b)
Candidates applying against sports seats must fill Evaluation Proforma alongwith
prescribed Admission Form.
c)
d)
Candidates qualifying Pre-Entry Test will be evaluated on the basis of their merit/
participation in competitions at various levels.
2. Seats for candidates from Larkana, Sukkur Divisions on Open Merit for
Bachelor and Master Programs:288
Part-IV
ACADEMIC PROGRAMS
Number of seats reserved for candidates domiciled in Larkana & Sukkur divisions are shown in
table below. The applicants will have to appear and qualify Pre-Entry Test.
Arabic
Sindhi
Art & Design
Comparative Religion
Muslim History
Economics
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
English
Urdu
Philosophy
Islamic Culture
General History
Media & Communication
Studies
Political Science
Sociology
Anthropology & Arch.
in each
Nutrition & Food Tech.
International Relations
Psychology (Arts & Sc.)
Social Work
05
10+10
10
Biochemistry
Biotechnology M.Sc.
Chemistry BS/ M.Sc.
Geography
Microbiology
Physiology
Zoology
05
05+05
10
05
10
25
Botany
FW Biology & Fisheries
Mathematics
Physics
Statistics
Commerce
05
10
05
10
05
08
10
10
10
10
05
Business Administration
Information Technology
English
2.
4.
Computer Science
Pharmacy
One seat in each degree program in other General Disciplines is reserved for female
candidates, domiciled in Sukkur and Larkana Divisions.
The applicant shall be in the first instance, considered alongwith other candidates on general/
district-wise merit and thereafter girls seats shall be filled in according to merit and first
preference.
289
5. Seats For Real Sons & Daughters of the Employees of the University of Sindh
Ten seats are reserved in each course of study for the real sons & daughters of the employees
of the University of Sindh including employees at the Pakistan Study Centre and Area Study
Centre Far East & South East Asia. If any seat of sons/ daughters remained unutilized then
Real brother/ sister can also be considered against them.
Two seats are reserved for Real sons & daughters of employees of the University Laar
College, Badin. In case of BSIT, Information Technology, the seats have been allocated for
each H.S.C. group as under:Pre-Engineering
Pre-Medical
Commerce
04 Seats
04 Seats
02 seats
For the purpose of this facility, an employee means a regular employee with minimum of two
years service, retired, deceased or confirmed employee maintaining lien/ deputation/leave with
the University. Employees who have resigned, or were terminated or dismissed, shall not be
considered.
The applicants under this category should mark on the top of Admission Form Seats for S.U
employees box.
NOTE:
All applicants under this category must fulfill the minimum requirement of
Pre-entry test, qualification and percentage of marks, to be selected from amongst
themselves on merit.
The applicant should attach service certificate from the employer in respect of his/ her
father/mother, showing the name, cast/surname of the employee as well as the period of
service, issued by the Additional Registrar.
6. Seats for Real Sons & Daughters of the Employees of Colleges Affiliated to
Sindh University
Two seats in each course of study are reserved on reciprocal basis for real Sons & Daughters
of the Employees of the Government Degree Colleges and Law Colleges affiliated with the
University of Sindh.
The applicant under this category should write on top of the Admission Form Seats for
employees of Colleges
NOTE: Admission to any class under the category of seats for the employees of the affiliated
College to the University of Sindh will be considered on production of the service certificate as
per following proforma.
Certified that Mr./ Miss ________________________________ S/O, D/O, W/O ________________________________
presently working as ________________ is a regular employee of this college. His/ Her date of entry in the College
service is __________________________. The candidate Mr./ Miss ________________ S/O, D/O
____________________ is his/her real son/ daughter. His/Her service in the College is more than 2 years.
_____________________
Signature of the Principal
Official Stamp
Countersigned by
Director of College Education/ Dean, Faculty of Law
Official stamp
290
Part-IV
ACADEMIC PROGRAMS
9. Reserve Seats for Nominees from Backward Areas & Other Provinces of the
Country
a) Nominees of other Provinces of Pakistan
i)
One seat in any discipline of the Bachelor Degree Program for one nominee each of
Punjab and N.W.F.P. is reserved in any of the course of study, for candidate
domiciled in that province, whereas two seats are reserved for the candidates of
Balochistan Province.
ii) One seat each for the Masters Degree Program for nominees of Punjab and
N.W.F.P. is reserved in any of the course of study including programs of Faculty of
Education, for candidate domiciled in that province, whereas two seats are reserved
for the candidates of Balochistan Province.
Applications must be channeled through the Department of Education, Government
of the concerned Province.
b)
291
c)
(ii)
(iii) One seat each in B.P.E.H.S, M.P.H.E.S., B.Ed. M.Ed. and M.A. (Prev.) Education
programs, is reserved for the nominees of A.J.K. Government. Applications for
admission alongwith academic documents must be channeled through the Director
of Education/ Chairman Nomination Board, Muzaffarabad, A.J.K.
10. Seats reserved for Army Personnel (only for Masters Degree Program)
Two seats are reserved for Army Personnel in the following disciplines for Master degree
programs:
Chemistry, Geography, Mathematics, Statistics, Economics, English, International
Relations, Mass Communication, Political Science, Psychology and Criminology.
292
Part-IV
ACADEMIC PROGRAMS
13.Seats reserved for real sons and daughters of the employees of National
Centre for Excellence in Analytical Chemistry
Two seats are reserved only for the real sons & daughters of the employees of National
Centre of Excellence in Analytical Chemistry (excluding quota-oriented courses of studies)
of the University of Sindh on merit basis. Service Certificate of the employee issued by the
Director of National Centre of Excellence in Analytical Chemistry on the following proforma
shall have be attached with the admission form. The wordings SEATS FOR CENTRE be
written on the top of the admission form:Certified that Mr./ Miss __________________________________ S/O, D/O, W/O ___________________________
presently working as ________________ is a regular employee of this Centre. His/ Her date of entry in the presently
working is _____________________________________.The candidate Mr./Miss ___________________________
S/O, D/O ___________________________ is his/her real son/ daughter. His/Her service in the Centre is more than 2
years.
_____________________
Signature of the Director of the Centre
Official Stamp
Students are required to maintain 75% attendance in each and every course of the
program, failing which they shall not be allowed to appear at the final semester tests.
The distribution of marks for each course will be as under:
i)
Attendance
ii)
iii)
iv)
Assignment/ Presentation
Mid Term Test (after 8 wks.of teaching)
Final Semester Test
10 Marks
(as per breakdown)
10 Marks
30 Marks
50 Marks
c)
If a student fails to attend any lecture during the first four weeks of the commencement
of the semester as per announced schedule, his/ her admission shall stand cancelled
automatically without any notice.
(i)
Promotion of students to the next higher academic session in any program, i.e., 4-yr Bachelor /
Honours or Master, shall be governed by rules framed for this purpose.
293
SEMESTER REGULATIONS
GENERAL INFORMATION FOR STUDENTS GUIDANCE
Duration of Semester
The academic session will be divided into two semesters each of 18 weeks duration out of this
period sixteen weeks shall be the actual teaching period. The semester commencing in August
is identified as Fall Semester and the semester beginning January is called Spring semester.
Beginning the session 2011, the university will also conduct short (6-8 weeks)
Summer Semester courses for those students who intend to repeat or improve or those who
have dropped courses during the regular semester and wish to make-up can improve their
grade.
Part-IV
ACADEMIC PROGRAMS
Bachelor (Hons) degree in Arts (except Art & Design, English & Sindhi)
and Islamic Studies
96 CH
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
b)
c)
4-Yr. Bachelor degree in English, Sindh and Art & Design (BFA)
133, 136 C.H.
4-yr B.Ed (Hons) Elementary Program
135 CH
4-yr.Bachelor programs in all disciplines under Natural Sciences
& Social Science BS Com. Honours
136 C.H
(v)
B.B.A. Honours
135 C.H.
(vi)
5-yr. (10 Semester) Pharm- D (Doctor of Pharmacy), Program
198 C.H.
(vii)
5-yr. (10 Semester) Bachelor of Law (D.Juris) program
168 C.H.
(i)
Masters degree program after 3-yr Honours
32-40 C.H.
(other than those specified below).
ii)
Masters degree program after 2-yr. Bachelor (Pass)
66 C.H.
(other than those specified below)
iii)
Masters in Computer & Information Technology, (after old Hons.)
M. Electronics, M.Telecom, MS (IT) and M.Sofrware Engineering
32-40 C.H.
iv)
MBA 4/6 Semester Morning/Evening
72-69 C.H.
v)
M.Sc. in I.T., Computer Sci., Electronics, Telecom. and Software Engg. 72 C.H.
vi)
MCS in Computer Science
60 C.H.
vii)
B.P.E.H.S.S/M.P.E.H.S.S; B.Ed./M.Ed. Program
40 C.H .
viii)
M.A. Education
80 C.H.
Postgraduate (Post Bachelor) Diploma in Information Technology,
Computer Science, Electronics, Telecommunications, Software
Engineering, Archives, Community Work, Lib. and Information Science,
Local Government and Public Administration
38-40 C.H.
The credit hours for Bachelor programs are generally assigned as under:
Numbering of Courses
The courses listed under various programs have been numbered as under. The notation
prefixed with the numbers would indicate the discipline e.g., IR for International Relations:
300-309 General education/ compulsory courses offered during first & second semester.
310-319 Major discipline courses to be offered during first & second semester.
320-330 &
350-399 Supporting Minor courses to be offered during first & second semester.
400-409 Courses offered under General education/ compulsory during third & fourth semester.
295
410-419 Major discipline courses to be offered during third & fourth semester.
420-430 &
450-499 Supporting Minor courses to be offered during third & fourth semester.
500-599 Major discipline courses to be offered during fifth & sixth semester of
B.A./B.Com./B.B.A. Hons. programs and BS Part-III courses.
500-599 Courses to be offered during first & second semester of Masters (Pass) degree
program after Bachelor Pass Degree and 1st & 2nd semester of B.Ed./ B.H.P.Ed./
P.G.Dip. programs.
600-699 Courses to be offered for 7th & 8th Semester of the 4-year Bachelor program
where offered and or 4th-yr of Pharm-D.
600-699 Courses to be offered for first & second semester of Masters programs after
Honours degree as pre-requisite and Third & Fourth semester with Bachelor (Pass)
background as well as BS Final (7 & 8th) Semester.
700-799 Courses to be offered for first & second semester (5th-yr.) of Pharm-D, also Arts &
Design programs after 8-semester Bachelor degree.
800-890 Courses to be offered for MS/ M.Phil./ M.Pharm. and Ph.D. programs.
895- 899 M.Phil./ Ph.D. Thesis.
Value
4
3
2
1
0
0
0
0
Marks
80- 100%
60-79%
50-59%
40-49%
Below 40%
.....
.....
.....
Remarks
Excellent
Good
Satisfactory/ Average
Pass
Fail
Incomplete
Withdrawn from course
Research in Progress
Numerical Value
4
3
1
0
Marks
80 % Above
60 to 79 %
50 to 59 %
below 50 %
Performance
Excellent
Good
Average
Fail
Numerical Value
4
3
2
0
Marks
87% Above
72 to 86 %
60 to 71 %
below 60 %
296
Performance
Excellent
Good
Satisfactory / Average
Fail
Part-IV
ACADEMIC PROGRAMS
Evaluation
i.
The course teacher will conduct mid-term test and final semester test. He may however,
conduct any other test or give assignments on any topic of the course to the students. The
course teacher will also inform the students' at the beginning of semester, the weightage to
be assigned to such assignments/ tests.
ii.
There will be no Mid./ Final Semester test for Lab. courses. The evaluation of Lab course
will be based on performance in Lab and completion of Lab. assignments.
iii.
The marks of the mid-term test (s) as well as the semester tests will be announced in the
class and will be posted outside the office of the course teacher. The result will also be put
on the department's notice board immediately after evaluation which should be completed
within seven days from the conduct of the test. Copies of the score of the mid-term test/
semester test or any other test/ assignment will be deposited by the concerned faculty in
the department's office. A copy will also be sent to the Controller of Examinations, for
record.
297
iv.
The students will use their enrolment number as seat number on their test scripts/ answer
books. The mark list to be prepared by the teachers should also be based on enrolment
number, avoiding names of students.
v.
The cumulative result of both the semesters of the academic session as well as final result
of the program will be announced by the Controller of Examinations. The final Transcript
will also be issued by the Controller of Examinations office.
vi.
The course teacher will return the scripts of class-, mid-term- and semester tests to
students after evaluation. The Faculty will initial and/ or cross out unutilized space/ gap on
page(s) of the scripts/ answer books.
Grade Appeal
If any student is not satisfied with the evaluation of his/ her grade, he/ she may convey this in
writing to the course teacher with a copy to the chairperson/ director of the concerned
department/ institute within 7 days of the result thus posted/ announced by the course teacher.
If the course teacher is not able to resolve the issue then the student concerned will prefer an
appeal to the Departmental Committee through the Chairperson/ Director of the Department/
Institute. The Committee shall hold a hearing within seven (7) days following the student's
appeal. The Committee may invite the course teacher and the student involved to hear the
grievance. The Committee's decision shall be final.
The student, if not satisfied with decision of the committee, may however, make review petition
to the Dean of the Faculty concerned, who may invite comments from the Director/
Chairperson of the Institute/ Department concerned and will submit his/ her recommendation
on the petition to the Vice-Chancellor for his perusal; the decision of the Vice-Chancellor shall
be final.
Departmental Committees There shall be a Departmental Committee in every institute/
department, mainly to oversee the evaluation of tests and hear Grade appeals.
The Committee shall comprise:a.
Three senior most Professors including the chairperson/ director of the department/institute,
who will also be the chairperson of the Committee. In departments where there are no
professors or less than three professors, then in addition to professors the number will be
made up by including the senior most Associate Professor(s) and the chairperson/ director
incharge of the Institute/ department shall be the chairperson of the Committee.
b.
c.
d.
e.
One student representative from amongst the BS Final year / Master's students in the
department / institute.
In addition to hearing appeals in connection with the Grades evaluation by course supervisors,
this Committee would ensure strict observance of published semester schedule, particularly
with respect to tests and examinations and declaration of results.
298
Part-IV
ACADEMIC PROGRAMS
The promotion from the first semester to the second, or from the third to the fourth or from
the fifth to the sixth semester will be automatic; however, the student must meet the
minimum requirement of attendance in that semester.
ii.
For the promotion from the second semester to the third semester, a student must have (a)
minimum attendance and (b) a G.P.A. of 1.75 or above, in the preceding two semesters.
iii.
If a student fails to meet attendance requirements, he is liable to lose 10% of his grades
which should be announced at the beginning of semester by each instructor/ faculty.
iv.
Students who secure less than 1.75 C.G.P.A. in the preceding two semesters, (i.e. first
and second, third and fourth) will be promoted to the next semester (3rd/ 5th)
conditionally, i.e., they will be treated as on probation and if they fail to qualify courses
in which failing by the end of that semester their admission shall be cancelled.
v.
Those students who's admission is cancelled due to above reason will not be allowed to
enroll in any class for at least one semester.
vi.
For the award of degree the student must have a minimum G.P.A. of 2.0.
Amended procedure for determining GPA / CGPA
The Academic Council in its meeting held on 12.12.2007 approved the proposal that in
calculating GPA / CGPA percent marks scored within the grade range be used instead of
abosolute numerical value of the grade as it will substentionally improve the GPA / CGPA,
effecting the overall results.
It implies that, e.g., two students with the score of 50 and 55 marks both in C Grade, in a
course of 4 CH, both will earn 8 QPs as per grade value but if calculated on point to
point basis i.e., on percentage marks obtained by each of them, while the student with
50 marks will earn 8 QPs, the one with 55 marks will earn 10 QPs.
It implies that candidate scoring more marks will earn more quality points which in turn,
will improve his / her overall GPA / CGPA. It would be helpful in ranking top student and
would particularly impact the final result in marginal cases.
Cancellation of Admission
If a student fails to attend any lecture during the first four weeks of the commencement of the
semester as per announced schedule, his/ her admission shall stand cancelled automatically
without any notice.
If a student promoted conditionally to the next semester, fails to qualify courses in which failing,
by the end of the semester, his admission shall be cancelled.
Make-up Test
Students who are unable to take up the final test of a course for any exigency may, subject to
the concurrence of the course teacher, be allowed to take Make-up test as soon as possible
during semester break or summer vacation.
299
Repeating Courses
i.
Whenever a student fails or gets a 'C' or 'D' grade, he/ she can reappear or improve his/
her G.P.A. at the immediate next session when the examination for that course is
conducted. However, for students who fail in any course of the terminal semester of the
program, e.g., eighth semester of the BS program his/her examination may be arranged by
the chairperson/ director during the summer vacation.
ii.
A student is allowed only one chance to improve his/ her grades in a course(s) of a
previous semester. While a student who has passed B.A./ BS./ B.Com./ BS.P.A./ B.B.A.
(Hons.) Part-IV and D. Pharmacy examination is not allowed to improve any course of a
lower class, a student who has passed the final degree (B.A./ BS./ B.Com./ BS.P.A./
B.B.A. (Hons.) and D. Pharmacy examination and is placed in D grade may be allowed
one more chance to improve courses of the final year only.
iii.
A student who has passed the final Master's degree (M.A./ M.Sc./ M.B.A. M.Com.)
Examination and is placed in D grade may be allowed one more chance to improve his/
her G.P.A. of the final year only.
iv.
If a student absents himself/ herself in a test for any reasons, no separate test will be held
for him/ her, during semester.
Summer Semester
The University offers short-Summer semester of 6 to 8 weeks essentially for freshman & II year
students, during summer break, to provide opportunity to students who have failed or have
withdrawn from a course and to those who wish to improve their G.P.A to qualify for promotion to
the next semester. Six to eight CH courses will be offered with double contact hours.
Please Note:
If a student fails in any course of the Final Semester Examination, he/she can with the
permission of the Chairman and the Dean of the Faculty, enroll for Summer Semester as
hence-forth there will no special or supplementary examination.
If disallowed to take final Semester test in any course due to shortage of attendance,
Summer Semester offers a chance to make up the deficiency.
If students have to improve their grades, they should enroll for the Summer Semester.
Students should contact the Coordinator/faculty advisor immediately on declaration of
final Semester test result, for registration for the Summer Semester Classes.
Please note that incase of absence throughout the Semester the student will have to repeat the
semester in the next session. They will not be allowed to appear at the Exam as ex-student.
300
Part-IV
ACADEMIC PROGRAMS
The course teacher will introduce himself about his/her academic achievement & research,
professional expertise & publications during the first lecture following the commencement of
semester. He/ She will give handout elaborating the course and outline, informs students of
text/ reference books/ bibliography pertaining to the course. The copy of the handout should
also be deposited with the chairperson/ director of the department/ institute.
The teacher will inform the students of his/ her plan of course treatment during the first
lecturer and will also inform the students that at the end of semester, the examination will
be conducted from the entire course.
The course teacher will inform the students of Grades and Evaluation procedure and
tentative schedule of Tests/ Examinations specifically the mid-term test, and assignments.
The faculty must emphasize attendance policy and announce how much of the grade will
be affected. For example: any student who remain absent for six or more days during a
semester is liable to lose 10% of the total grade, i.e., instead of A-grade he may be placed
in B.
The faculty will ensure that scripts/ answer books of all tests/ examinations are evaluated
within 7 days of the conduct of test and are available to students. As a rule all test answer
books and assignments are to be returned to students after evaluation.
The course teacher will announce the result of the test(s) in the class and will also put the
list of marks secured outside his/ her office in addition to filing the copy in department's
office and the Controller of Examinations, for record.
Mid-term test (after eight weeks of instructions) is compulsory for all students. Each faculty
will receive a copy of roster listing all enrolled students for assigning grade for each student.
Faculty is to be available to his/ her students for consultation and guidance for 10 (ten)
hours a week. Notice to this effect should be posted outside the office of the course
teacher, specifying the timings.
SCHEDULE OF FEE
Schedule of fees subject to change is given in the University Catalogue every year. The
University reserves the rights to revise schedule of fee at any time.
301
CURRICULA ORGANISATION
The University of Sindh provides degree programming through the teaching Institutes/ Departments/
Centres functioning under the Faculties of Arts, Commerce & Business Administration, Education,
Islamic Studies, Law, Natural Sciences, Pharmacy and Social Sciences.
The Programs, their pre-requisites and requirements for the degree are specified as under:
32 C.H.
i)
English (12)
ii)
iii)
iv)
v)
vi)
vii)
Civilization (2)
viii)
B: (i)
(ii)
70 C.H.
24 C.H.
136C.H.
Table: Major subjects and disciplines offered as supporting Minor Courses for
degree programs in Natural Sciences Faculty.
Major
Minor-I
Botany
Zoology
Chemistry/
Physiology
Chemistry
Physics
Zoology
Genetics
Chemistry
Geology
Applied Mathematics
Statistics
Chemistry/ Statistics
Botany/ Chemistry/ Zoology
Chemistry/ Physics/ Geography
Chemistry/ Botany/ Physics/ Zoology/ Microbiology
Mathematics
Applied Mathematics
Microbiology
Physiology
Physics
Chemistry/ Geology
Physiology
Applied
Mathematics/Statistics
Bio-Chemistry/ Microbiology
Physiology
Statistics
Statistics
Computer Application
Zoology
Botany
302
Bio-Chemistry/
Freshwater
Biology/
Part-IV
ACADEMIC PROGRAMS
The students must give in writing their choice of minor subjects, within one
week of commencement of classes, to the head of the concerned institute/
department to which admitted.
Group A
Home Economics
Economics
Political Science
International Relations
Media & Communication General History
Studies
English
Urdu
Persian
Rural Devevelopment
Studies
(2)
Sindhi
Arabic
Statistics
Gender Studies
Sociology
Library &
Information
Science
Philosophy
Religion
Fine Arts
Gender Studies
Group B
Psychology
Social Work
Public Administration
Muslim History
Islamic Culture
Funcational Mathematics
For the 5-yr (10-Semester) Pharm-D degree under the Faculty of Pharmacy,
effective session 2014 session, with curricula organized as under:
a. General Requirements
b. Professional Requirements
Total CH required
(3)
The 5-yr (10-Semester) Law degree (D.Juris) under the Faculty of Law, requirement
is 168 CH
(4)
The Faculty of Commerce & Business Administration offers 4- Yr. (8- semester) BS Com.
(Hons.) & B.B.A. (Hons.) programs followed by 2-yr. MS Com. (Hons) & M.B.A. (Hons.)
programs, equivalent to MS/ M.Phil. in these disciplines.
i) BS Com. (Hons.) 8- Semester program: curricula comprise:
a.
General Requirements
b.
c.
The requirement for the 6- semester Bachelor (Hons.) degree under the Faculties of
Arts (except Art & Design, English & Sindhi), and Islamic Studies are 96 credit hours
with curricula organized as under:
The 6- Semester Bachelor (Honours) Curricula comprise
A.
English (8)
Pakistan Studies (1)
Islamic Studies or Ethics for Non-Muslim (1)
Urdu/ Sindhi/ Additional English in lieu of mother tongue (4)
303
14
B:
56
C:
24
COURSE DESCRIPTION
The curricula organization for all the Bachelor & Master degree programs under various
Faculties are listed the University Catalogue published annually, under respective Faculties.
Details of the courses are available with the concerned department/ course teachers.
Details of Lab. courses (Practicals/ Fieldwork in Natural & Social Sciences) are also available
with the course teacher concerned.
(ii)
2- NATURE OF DEGREE
(i)
The degree shall be by coursework of 24 CH for two semesters and partial thesis
of 16 CH from 2nd to 4th Semester.
(ii)
The thesis should be a piece of work embodying either a discovery of new facts
or a fresh interpretation of facts or theories; in either case the work should show
the candidates capacity for critical examination and judgment.
(iii)
The standard of the research work which indicates the standard of thesis
submitted for the M.Phil/ MS. degree may be lower than the standard for the
Ph.D. degree of this University and higher than that of Masters degree.
304
Part-IV
ACADEMIC PROGRAMS
(ii)
(iii)
ii-
Candidates fulfilling the pre-requisite for admission to M.Phil/ MS. program shall
submit application on prescribed form to the Director/ Chairperson of the Institute/
department/ centre concerned. The application for enrollment shall be
accompanied by the following documents:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
Note: In-service candidates will have to obtain minimum one-year leave from parent
departments to complete 2 semesters coursework.
iii- All students seeking enrolment to M.Phil./ MS. in any discipline will have to qualify
pre-admission test to be conducted by the University Testing Service. The test will
be GRE (subject) type and based on MCQs, covering English (25%), Simple
Maths (15%) and subject (60%) questions. Applicants who may have qualified
NTS/ GRE General Test, in case of enrolment in Humanities and Social Science
disciplines, [GRE (subject) in case of enrolment in Natural Science disciplines]
earlier, will be exempted from writing the Test, but they will have to appear for the
interview.
305
05 Marks
10 Marks
20 Marks
30 Marks
Qualifying marks in Pre-Admission Test are 50% (20 marks out of 40)
v- The interview will be given by the Evaluation Committee of the Centre/ Institute/
Department comprising:a. The Dean
b. The Director / Chairperson
c. Three Professors (and /or Associate Professors/ Assistant Professors to
make up the number) of the concerned Centre/Institute / Department.
vi
vii- Every student shall pursue his / her research at Centres/Institutes / Departments
and other Institutions within the jurisdiction of the University of Sindh and duly
recognized for this purpose by the Advanced Studies and Research Board.
(b)(i)
M.Phil/ MS. candidates failing in 1st semester coursework with GPA less
than 2, will not be allowed to continue. However, candidates scoring GPA 2
or above but less than 3.0, will be allowed to re-appear and improve the CGPA
to 3 or above, alongwith 2nd semester coursework/ before the submission of
thesis on payment of prescribed fee.
Candidates qualifying 1st semester coursework but not continuing for the 2 nd
semester for remaining courses, for any reason, may resume study and thesis
research work within two years of completion of 1st semester coursework
otherwise their enrollment will be cancelled and they will have to repeat all
courses, if seeking re-enrolment.
306
Part-IV
ACADEMIC PROGRAMS
(ii)
The registration for research study shall be effective from the date of
commencement of second semester/ date of approval of the topic; the topic of
M.Phil/ MS. thesis, is to be approved by the Advanced Studies & Research
Board (ASRB) on the recommendation of the Supervisor countersigned by the
Director/ Chairperson, the Dean and the Faculty Scrutiny Committee as
constituted for this purpose by the Board for a subject or a group of subjects.
The Scrutiny Committee may consist of:
i.
ii.
iii.
iv.
v.
vi.
The Committee shall examine the viability of topic of research, its scope and the
facilities available. It shall also scrutinize application for appointment/change of guide
and co-guide, revision of topic as well as transfer of registration to Ph.D. etc.
6- GENERAL REGULATIONS
(i)
M.Phil/ MS. students in various Faculties, i.e., Natural Sciences, Pharmacy, Arts,
Commerce and Business Administration, Social Sciences and Islamic Studies will
have to be full time research students for the minimum period of not less than one
calendar year in the Centre/Institute/Department concerned. In-service candidates
will have to obtain study leave at the directive of the Supervisor/Guide.
The Supervisor/ Guide concerned shall issue such certificate of attendance
alongwith the thesis, when submitted for evaluation.
(ii)
No student shall without the prior permission of the Advanced Studies and
Research Board, join any other course of study OR appear at any other
examination conducted by any University, during the period he / she is continuing
registration for research work for the M.Phil./ MS. Degree.
Sindh University teachers are exempted from payment of supervision / tuition fee
alongwith other fees. However, as per decision of the concerned authority, after a
maximum period of 2 years, the exemption will be withdrawn and full supervision /
tuition fee will be charged for the additional period.
(ii)
(iii)
Teachers of degree colleges affiliated with the University of Sindh, are allowed
50% concession in tuition fee. However, after maximum period of 2 years the
concession will be withdrawn and full supervision / Tuition and other fees will be
charged.
8- GUIDANCE OF RESEARCH
The Advanced Studies and Research Board shall appoint a Supervisor (and Cosupervisor wherever deemed necessary) for research scholars.
The Supervisor for guiding the research scholar and Co-guide (if from teaching
department/ college) for the degree of M.Phil/ MS. must possess the following minimum
qualification:
(i)
All teachers recognized as guide for Ph.D. research can also guide M.Phil.
research students.
In other cases:
(ii)
(iv)
Not more than 4 MS./M.Phil. research scholars shall be registered under the
guidance of one Supervisor in one academic year, provided that the total number
of scholars pursuing research under his/ her guidance, does not exceed 10, at
any time.
A candidate may within one Calendar year of the registration modify / change the topic
of his / her research with the approval of the Advanced Studies and Research Board
on submitting an application duly supported by the Supervisor, the Chairperson /
Director, the concerned Dean and recommended by the Scrutiny Committee.
(b)
The final title of the thesis shall be approved by the Advanced Studies and
Research Board not less than six months before the submission of thesis.
308
Part-IV
ACADEMIC PROGRAMS
(ii)
If the Supervisor is not satisfied with the progress of the candidate, he may at any
time recommend through Director/ Chairperson and the Dean to the Board for
cancellation of registration. The decision of the Board shall be final and binding.
The candidate shall give at least two seminars on the topic of his / her research to
be chaired by the Dean of the Faculty during the course of his / her study. The
report of seminar will be submitted by the Dean.
(ii)
(iii)
The Supervisor shall submit progress report of research scholar after every 6
months which may be placed before the Board.
The candidate shall be eligible to submit his/her thesis after completing three
semester full time research from the date of registration with the Board. The
period may be extended in case of genuine hardship. However, no extension shall
be granted after the expiry of the 3 rd year and the registration shall be cancelled
without any notice / intimation.
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
The thesis, which is submitted in a language other than English, e.g., Islamic Culture
and Religion etc., must have a summary of the thesis written in English as well.
(v)
The thesis will be initially submitted for evaluation with loose / spring binding. It
should be of A-4 size, computer typed, printed in TIMES NEW ROMAN 12 Font
for the running text and the page with 1.5" margin on the left and 1" margin on the
other three sides and line spacing 1.5. Its title cover of light cream colour should of
standard format.
The thesis in any discipline should not be of more than 200 pages.
Four copies of the thesis shall be submitted for evaluation alongwith copy on CD
to the Controller of Examinations, through the Director Graduate Studies Office
alongwith receipt copy of Bank Challan of the Examination fees and other due
paid.
The thesis must bear certificate from the Supervisor(s) to the effect that the thesis
embodies original research and is worthy of presentation to the University for the
award of MS Com (Hons) MBA (Hons)MS./ M.Phil. degree.
Following acceptance for the award of degree, four copies of thesis having hard
binding cover of light Cream colour, shall be submitted by the candidate in the
format prescribed by the University authorities, before issuance of any certificate.
(ii)
(iii)
For approval of award of MS/M.Phil. degree both evaluation reports of the thesis
must be positive.
Part-IV
ACADEMIC PROGRAMS
The degree of Doctor of Philosophy may be awarded in any subject taught in the
University of Sindh and its affiliated Colleges/Institutions.
2.
3.
A candidate who has obtained a pre-requisite degree from the country other than
Pakistan may first obtain the Equivalence of his/her degree from the University of
Sindh / HEC, Islamabad.
2. NATURE OF DEGREE:
The Ph.D. degree is earned through 42 CH coursework (24 CH of MS/M.Phil + 18 CH of
Ph.D) and thesis / dissertation on topic duly approved by the Advanced Studies and
Research Boards.
1.
It shall be a research degree mainly by research work on the topic duly approved by
the Advanced Studies & Research Board. The candidates who have qualified 24 CH
MS/M.Phil coursework (or 18-yr of schooling) will have to study and qualify 18CH
coursework of Ph.D. with CGPS 3 or above and qualify the comprehensive written
and oral Examination. The candidate may then apply for admission to candidacy to
Ph.D and approval of topic of research and appointment of Supervisor, to the
Advanced Studies and Research Board, through the Supervisor, the departments
head ,the Dean and the Scrutiny Committee. On completion of research, the findings
will be presented for defense of thesis Seminar open to general public.
2.
The thesis should be a piece of work embodying either a discovery of new facts or
a fresh interpretation of facts or theories; in either case the work should show the
candidates capacity for synthesis of data, its critical examination and judgment.
3.
The standard of the research embodied in the thesis must be higher than that of
M.Phil. thesis.
311
3.
REGISTRATION REQUIREMENT
1.
2.
Every Ph.D. candidate shall submit the prescribed application form, duly filled,
recommended and signed by the supervisor and countersigned by the
Director/Chairperson and the Dean concerned.
3.
The application form for registration shall be accompanied by research synopsis of not
more than 1000 words specifying outline of the topic, justification and scope of research,
research plan and bibliography (in English). Following documents are to be attached:
4.
The registration shall be effective from the date of approval by the Advanced Studies
& Research Board on the recommendation of the supervisor, the Director/Chairperson
and the Scrutiny Committee as constituted for this purpose by the Board for a subject
or a group of subjects.
5.
Note:
The Scrutiny Committee may also call the candidate, if deemed necessary, to
elaborate the research topic.
6.
Ph.D. students in the Faculties of Natural Sciences, Arts, Commerce & Business
Administration, Islamic Studies and Social Sciences, shall have to be fulltime research
student for the minimum period of not less than two calendar year in the
institute/department concerned.
7.
The supervisor of the candidate shall issue a certificate of attendance alongwith the
thesis, when submitted for evaluation.
8.
No student shall without the prior permission of the Advanced Studies & Research
Board, join any other course of study or take any examination conducted by any
University, during the period he/she is continuing registration for research work for the
Ph.D. degree.
312
Part-IV
ACADEMIC PROGRAMS
4. FEES
All research students will have to pay the fees as prescribed by the authorities from time to
time.
5.
i.
Sindh University teachers are exempted from payment of tuition fees but will have to
pay thesis Evolution and Viva Examination fee. Further, as per decision of Advanced
Studies & Research Board after a maximum period of 3 years, the exemption
mentioned above will be withdrawn and full tuition/supervision fee will be charged.
ii.
iii.
50% concession in tuition fee only is allowed to teachers of affiliated degree colleges.
However, after maximum period of 4 years the concession will be withdrawn and full
tuition fee will be charged for addition period.
GUIDANCE OF RESEARCH
1.
The Advanced Studies & Research Board shall appoint a supervisor/guide (and cosupervisor/ co-guide wherever deemed necessary) for research scholars.
2.
ii.
iii.
iv.
v.
vi.
313
vii. Not more than four research scholars shall be registered under the guidance of one
supervisor in an academic year, provided that the total number of research scholars
working under him/her does not exceed 05 (08th in exceptional cases), at a time.
6.
7.
8.
A candidate may within one calendar year of registration, modify/change the topic of
his/her research with the approval of the Advanced Studies & Research Board on
submitting of an application alongwith revised synopsis duly recommended by the
Supervisor, countersigned by the Director/Chairperson and the Dean and endorsed by
the Scrutiny Committee. In cases of change of topic the Board shall determine the
minimum time after which the thesis may be submitted.
2.
The final title of the thesis shall be approved by the Advanced Studies & Research
Board not less than six months before the submission of thesis.
CHANGE OF SUPERVISOR
1.
In case the candidate desires to change his/her supervisor/guide, he/she shall have to
apply through his/her Director/Chairperson and the Dean concerned. The No Objection
Certificate from the present and the proposed supervisor/guide is necessary. The
ground for such a request shall be clearly specified. If the original guide is not accessible
or does not respond, then the Board may decide the case on its own.
2.
If the supervisor is not satisfied with the progress of the candidate, he may at any time
recommend to the Board for cancellation of registration or, relegation to M.Phil. The
decision of the Board shall be final and binding.
Candidate enrolled for the Ph.D. program after completing 18 year education will have
to deliver three (03) seminars / lectures. The first and second seminar to be chaired
by the Dean of the Faculty may be held as proposed by the Supervisor and head of
the department or departmental Reseach Committee, for monitoring his / her reseach
progress.
2.
The candidate shall conduct the final presentation on the topic of his/her Ph.D.
research on completion of study in defense of his/her thesis. This will be open to
general public. The final seminar will be presided over by the Vice-Chancellor. The
Dean shall issue evaluation report of the final seminar presentation.
Candidates transferred to Ph.D. program after completing MS / M.Phil. coursework
with GPA 3 or above will conduct two seminar, the final seminar, as above, is to be
presided over by the Vice Chancellor.
2.
The supervisor shall submit progress report of the research scholar through the
Director/ Chairperson after every six months which shall be placed before the Board.
Part-IV
ACADEMIC PROGRAMS
The candidate shall be eligible to submit his/her thesis after two calendar years
fulltime research from the date of registration, following completion of one year Ph.D.
coursework with GPA 3 or above. This is subject to extension, if recommended by the
supervisor, for another two years. No extension shall be granted after the expiry of the
5th year and the registration shall be cancelled.
2.
3.
The language of the thesis in case of disciplines under the Faculties of Natural
Sciences, Arts, Education, Commerce & Business Administration, Social Sciences
and Law shall be English language only. In case of Islamic Studies and Languages,
the thesis may however be written in a language approved by the Advanced Studies &
Research Board.
4.
The thesis should not be more than 250 pages (including Appendix) in case of Natural
Sciences discipline and not more than 300 pages in case of Social Sciences and
Humanities. The thesis which is submitted in a language other then English, e.g., in
Islamic Culture and Religion etc., must have a summary of the thesis written in
English as well.
5.
The thesis will be initially submitted for evaluation with loose binding. It should be on
A-4 size computer typed, printed in TIME NEW ROMAN 12 sized font for the running
text and the page with 1.5" margin on the left and 1" margin on the other three sides
and line spacing 1.5. Hard bound copies of the thesis will have to be submitted on
declaration of result without which no certificate will be issued.
The thesis title page should be in conformity with the standard format.
The Contents list of the thesis should also be in conformity with the standard format.
References should be listed as per APA (American Psychologists Association)
system, at the end of thesis text.
The worlds Ph.D thesis (year) should also be printed on the spine of thesis in
vertical lettering on the hard-bound copies of the thesis. The title cover/wrapper
should be of light blue colour.
6.
The thesis must bear certificate from the supervisor(s) to the effect that the thesis
embodies original research and is worthy of presentation to the University for the
award of Ph.D. degree. It should include an abstract of the study of not more than 500
words.
7.
8.
The candidate should also submit Certificate from the Supervisor, countersigned by
the head of department and Dean, attesting to publication/acceptance of at least one
mandatory research paper from his Ph.D thesis in an HEC approved Research
Journal.
315
9.
Copies of the thesis are to be submitted to the Director Graduate Studies Office, with
duly filled prescribed form and receipted copy of the Bank Challan covering payment
of all fees, who will after scrutiny send it for initiating evaluation process to the
Controller of Examinations.
The Board of Studies of the relevant discipline shall recommend the panel of at least
12 (twelve) names (6 from academically advanced foreign countries and 6 from within
Pakistan). Out of which the Advanced Studies & Research Board shall appoint two
external examiners from outside of Pakistan and two from within the country, except
in-service/retired teachers of the University of Sindh or College/Institutes within the
jurisdiction of the University of Sindh, to examine and evaluate the thesis.
2.
3.
The external examiners from outside Pakistan shall be paid token honorarium to cover
postage, to be revised from time to time.
4.
The Controller of Examinations shall submit the thesis evaluation, Public Defense of
thesis, and viva-voce examination reports before the Advanced Studies & Research
Board, which may take any of the following appropriate decision.
i. To reject the thesis, if the two examiners from outside Pakistan have agreed that
the thesis is not adequate.
ii.
iii.
iv.
v.
Part-IV
ACADEMIC PROGRAMS
Rs. 5000.00
Rs. 12000.00
Rs. 15000.00
Rs. 4000.00
Rs. 4000.00
Rs. 40000.00
Note: i.e Rs. 10,000 per semester for 2 years; 4 installments permissible
B.
C.
i)
ii)
iii)
iv)
Rs. 10000.00
Rs. 02000.00 Per appearance
Rs. 02000.00
Rs. 01000.00
a)
b)
c)
d)
e)
Registration Fee
Tuition 06 (Six) semester
Supervision
Library / Identity Card / Lab /
Thesis evaluation
(by 2 Pakistani + 2 foreign experts)
B.
g)
h)
Examination fee
Rs. 20000.00
(to be paid at the time of submission of the thesis)
(Two Pakistani examiners to conduct viva voce)
Re-registration fee
Rs. 1000.00
fee for improvement of GPA
Rs. 2000.00
317
Short Title
These Regulations shall be called The University of Sindh Admission of Students to Various
classes of the Affiliated Colleges Regulations, 1988.
Commencement
These Regulations shall come into force with immediate effect.
Application
These Regulations shall apply to all the candidates/ students seeking admission/ admitted to
B.A., B.Sc., B.Com, B.S.W., B.Sc. (Home Economics) classes of the Colleges affiliated to the
University of Sindh.
1.
The admission to affiliated colleges shall be made within 15 days from the date of
commencement of the Academic Year,
2.
3.
The following shall be the order of merit for the selection of candidates for admission to
B.A/ B.Sc/ B.Com./ B.S.W./ B.Sc. (Home Economics) Pass Part-I classes.
(a)
The candidates who have passed H.S.C. Part-II examination from the Board of
Intermediate and Secondary Education, Hyderabad, Sukkur and Larkana.
(b)
(i) The candidates who have passed H.S.C. Part-II examination from an institution
affiliated to Federal Board of Intermediate and Secondary Education, Islamabad
and located within revenue jurisdiction of Hyderabad, Sukkur and Larkana
Divisions.
(ii) The candidates who have passed an examination which is recognized as
equivalent to H.S.C. Part-II examination from an institution affiliated to Sindh
Boards of Technical Education, Karachi and located within revenue jurisdiction of
Hyderabad, Sukkur and Larkana Divisions.
(c)
The candidates who have passed H.S.C. Part-II examination from the Board of
Intermediate and Secondary Education Karachi, provided he/ she has secured not
less than 45% marks.
318
Part-IV
(d)
4.
ACADEMIC PROGRAMS
The candidates who have passed H.S.C. Part-II examination in at least second
division (45% marks) from other Boards of Intermediate and Secondary Education
in Pakistan.
No person who has passed an examination from a University or a Board other then the
University of Sindh or Board of Intermediate & Secondary Education, Hyderabad shall be
admitted in any class unless he/ she obtains a certificate of Eligibility from the University of
Sindh. However, the Principal may grant him/ her provisional admission in due date and
immediately refer the case to the University for issue of Eligibility Certificate.
Provided however, that the Registrar may issue a Provisional Admission Certificate if he is
satisfied that the applicant is prima facie eligible for admission to this University. Such
provisional admission certificate entitles a student to admission to this University on his/
her own risk and cost and on the condition that he/ she obtains a final certificate of
eligibility before such date as may be fixed by the Registrar.
5.
The Principal of the College concerned may refuse admission to a candidate to a class of
the affiliated college only after assigning the reasons. Such candidate may prefer an
appeal to the Vice-chancellor whose decision in this respect shall be final.
6.
A student who shows indifference to his studies by continued absence from lectures,
practicals, tutorials, tests or assignments, shall be liable to have his/ her name struck off
the rolls of the college concerned.
7.
No student shall at one time join or continue on rolls of the two affiliated Colleges or in the
teaching Institutes/ Departments/ Centres and any other University or any other Institutions
for two courses of study simultaneously.
8.
A student of the College admitted to any class as a regular student shall not be eligible to
appear at any University examination as an external candidate simultaneously during his/
her studentship in the college.
9.
A student shall be allowed a transfer from one college to another within 4 months from the
last date of admission. However, the Vice-chancellor may allow transfer from one college
to another at any stage on the recommendation of the Principal of the college concerned.
15. The Principals of affiliated colleges, in case of admission to the college classes may admit
students provisionally on the date fixed by the University, but all such admissions shall be
liable to cancellation by the University if the students so admitted are not in possession of
necessary certificate or documents, qualifying them for admission. The names of such
students shall be reported to the University by the Principal of the College after the
admissions are finalized.
16. A Migration Certificate shall not be issued to a student who has been debarred from
appearing at an examination or expelled from College/ Institution till such time as the
period of punishment lasts.
17. If a student after taking a Migration Certificate does not join any other University and
wishes to re-join the college, he shall surrender the Migration Certificate issued to him,
which will be cancelled and his name may be restored in the register of students, if he
joins in the same academic year.
18. Minimum qualification for admission to B.A., B.Sc., B.Com., B.S.W. and B.Sc. (Home
Economics) Pass Part-I classes are prescribed as under:a.
(ii)
b.
c.
d.
e.
Part-IV
ACADEMIC PROGRAMS
19. The students who have failed in one or two papers at the Intermediate/ H.S.C. Part-II
examination of the Board of Intermediate & Secondary Education, Hyderabad are eligible
to take provisional admission to the next higher classes in B.A./ B.Sc./ B.Com./ B.S.W./
B.Sc. (Home Economics) Pass Part-I classes in the affiliated degree colleges within due
date, at their own risk and cost, subject to the condition that if they fail to pass the
examination at the time of Supplementary Examination, their provisional admission so
made shall automatically be cancelled.
20. Those regular students of the college concerned who have appeared at the B.A./ B.Sc./
B.Com./ B.S.W./ B.Sc. (Home Economics) Pass Part-I Annual Examination of the
University of Sindh, may be granted provisional admission to the next higher class, i.e.,
B.A./ B.Sc./ B.Com./ B.S.W./ B.Sc. (Home Economics) Pass Part-II classes in the college
concerned within due date at their own risk and cost, subject to the condition that if they
fail to pass the Part-I examination their provisional admission so made to the next higher
class shall automatically be cancelled.
Note: Compartmental examination means that they have passed in 50% or more than
50% heads of the papers of Part-I examination.
21. A student admitted to a college must obtain the Enrolment card from the University of
Sindh immediately after the grant of admission failing which he/ she will not be allowed to
appear at the University examination. Such enrolment is to be obtained within one month
from the last date of his/ her admission.
22. The Principals of the affiliated Colleges shall send a completed list of the students
admitted to various classes on the form as given in Appendix-A after completion of
admission to various classes of their colleges.
23. A follow-up list after allowing the change of subject shall also be sent within thirty days of
the expiry of last date of change of subject.
APPENDIX- A
NAME OF THE AFFILIATED COLLEGE .......................
Academic Year ..............................
Name of the Class .........................
Sr.
Name
Name
Student
Fathers
Surname Last
Board/
Exam.
University No.
Passed
Seat
of
Year
Remarks
No.
of the
Passing
321
Short Title
The Regulations shall be called The University of Sindh (Admission of Students to M.A.,
M.Sc., M.Com. and Diploma in Public Administration Classes of the affiliated Post-graduate
Colleges) Regulations, 1993.
Commencement
These Regulations shall come into force with immediate effect.
Application
These Regulations shall apply to all the candidates/ students seeking admission / admitted to
M.A., M.Sc., M.Com. and Diploma in Public Administration Classes of the Post-graduate
Colleges affiliated to the University of Sindh.
(1) The admission to affiliated colleges shall be made within 21 days on the dates as fixed by
the University.
(2) The schedule of admissions to various classes of the affiliated Post-graduate Colleges
shall be announced by the Registrar.
(3) No admission shall be granted after expiry of the last date. However, the Registrar may
grant permission for late admission in exceptional cases.
(4) The following shall be the order of merit for selection of candidates for admission to M.A.,
M.Sc., M.Com. and Diploma in Public Administration Classes.
(a)
The candidates who have passed B.A./ B.Sc./ B.Com. examination from the
University of Sindh through a College affiliated to the University.
(b)
The candidates who have passed B.A./ B.Sc./ B.Com. examinations from other
Universities of the Province of Sindh provided they have secured at least 45%
marks and are domiciled in Sindh.
(c)
The Candidates who have passed B.A./ BSc. or any other examination
recognized as equivalent examination in at least Second Division (45% marks)
from other Universities of Pakistan or examining bodies. However in case of
admission to M.Com. class, only the candidates possessing B.Com. in Second
class shall be considered.
Inter-Se-merit of Candidates
(5)
(a)
The merit for admission shall be determined on the basis of total marks obtained
at the B.A./ B.Sc./ B.Com. examination of the immediately preceding academic
year. Thereafter the merit shall be determined on the basis of the immediately
preceding years examination.
(b)
In case of the candidates who have passed B.A./ B.Sc./ B.Com. examination in a
year other then the preceding one, five marks per preceding year shall be
deducted for determining the merit, provided that not more than 25 marks shall be
deducted.
322
Part-IV
ACADEMIC PROGRAMS
(6)
All Admission shall be granted on merit. In case of two or more candidates having
secured equal number of marks at B.A./ B.Sc./ B.Com. examinations, the marks of S.S.C.
Part-II (Matriculation), H.S.C. Part-II (Intermediate) shall be taken to determine the merit.
Even if the scores at that stage stand equal, then the candidates who is older in age will
be granted admission.
(7)
A candidate who desires to take admission in a course of study in the College must be a
National of Pakistan. The foreign nationals may be considered for admission only when
nominated/ recommended by the Ministry of Education/ Ministry of Finance and Economic
Affairs (Economic Affairs Division), Government of Pakistan.
(8)
A candidate who has already passed M.A./ M.Sc./ M.Com./ M.B.A./ M.P.A./ M.L.S./
M.Ed./ M.A. in Education/ M. Pharm/BS 4-yr/ LL.B. or any other Post-graduate
examination from the University of Sindh or from any other University shall NOT BE
ELIGIBLE for admission to second or subsequent Post-graduate degree course in any of
the affiliated Post-graduate Colleges.
(9)
No person who has passed an examination from a University or an examining body other
then the University of Sindh shall be admitted in any class unless he/ she obtains a
Certificate of Eligibility from the University of Sindh. However, the Principal may grant him/
her provisional admission in due date and immediately refer the case to the University for
issue of Eligibility certificate. However, the Registrar may issue a Provisional Admission
Certificate if he is satisfied that the applicant is prima facie eligible for admission to this
University. Such provisional admission certificate entitles a student to admission to an
affiliated College on his/ her own risk and cost and on the condition that he/ she obtains a
final certificate of eligibility before such date as may be fixed by the Registrar.
(10) The Principal of the College concerned may refuse admission to a candidate in his/ her
college only after assigning the reasons. Such candidate may prefer an appeal to the
Vice-chancellor whose decision in this respect shall be final.
(11) A student who shows indifference to his studies by continued absence from lectures,
practicals, tutorials, tests or assignments, shall be liable to have his/ her name struck off
the rolls of the College concerned.
(12) No student shall at one time join or continue on rolls of the two affiliated colleges or in the
teaching Institutes/ Departments/ Centres of the University of Sindh and of any other
University or any other Institutions for two courses of study simultaneously.
(13) A student of the College admitted to any class as a regular student shall not be eligible to
appear at any University examination as an external candidate simultaneously during his/
her studentship in the College.
Note: In case a student is found to have been enrolled in more than one courses of study
as a regular student or registered for appearing at an examination simultaneously
either from the University of Sindh or any other University, the Discipline
Committee may recommend to the Vice-chancellor for cancellation of one of his
dual admissions/ registrations or for award of any other punishment which the
Discipline Committee deems fit.
(14) A student shall be allowed transfer from one affiliated College to another affiliated College
within 4 months from the last date of admission with the consent of the Principals of such
Colleges. However, the Vice-chancellor may allow transfer at any stage.
(15) A student of M.A./ M.Sc./ M.Com. (Previous) of the University Teaching Department shall
be allowed transfer from the University to any affiliated Post-graduate college within four
months from the last date of admission with the consent of the University and Principal of
the college concerned but not vice-versa.
323
324
Part-IV
ACADEMIC PROGRAMS
APPENDIX-A
I.
Pre-requisite qualifications for admission to M.A. (English), M.A. (Economics), M.A. (Muslim
History), M.A. (Urdu), M.A. (International Relations) and M.A. (Political Science).
B.A./ B.Sc./ B.Com. or any Bachelor Degree or any other examination recognized as
equivalent to Bachelor degree after having studied the relevant subject or allied subject.
Course/ Degree Pre-requisite
II. (a) M.Sc. (Mathematics)
B.Sc. (Pass) with Mathematics as one of the optional subjects (Graduate with Functional
Mathematics shall not be eligible).
(b) M.Sc. (Chemistry)
B.Sc. (Pass) with Chemistry and Mathematics/ Functional Mathematics/ Physics/ Statistics.
(c) M.Sc. (Statistics)
Bachelor degree with Mathematics or Statistics (Graduate with Functional Mathematics shall
not be eligible).
(d) M.Sc. (Physics)
B.Sc. (Pass) with Physics, Mathematics, Chemistry or Statistics.
(e)
M.Sc. (Botany)
M.Com.
B.Com. (Pass)
IV.
APPENDIX-B
ALLOCATION OF SEATS (SUBJECT AND COLLEGE-WISE)
Course
Govt.
College
Hyderabad
Govt.
College
Latifabad
Govt. Girls
College
Hyderabad
M.A.English
M.A. Economics
M.A. Muslim Hist.
M.A. Urdu
M.A. Int. Relations
M.A. Political Sc
M.Sc. Physics
M.Sc. Chemistry
M.Sc. Botany
M.Sc. Zoology
M.Sc. Mathematics
M.Sc. Statistics
M.Com
Diploma in Public
Administration
20
20
25
20
25
50
50
20
20
30
25
-
20
20
25
20
25
30
25
-
20
40
10
10
10
30
30
-
Note:
Govt. Sindh
College of
Commerce
Hyderabad
83
50
Total
60
40
50
50
50
60
50
50
50
50
60
50
83
50
The Vice-Chancellor may allow the transfer of seats from one college to another and
shall have the powers to increase the seats.
325
APPENDIX-C
RESERVED ADDITIONAL SEATS
In addition to allocation of seats as shown at Appendix-B, the seats as per category shown
below shall be reserved:
1. Disabled Persons
1 (one) in each Post-graduate course of study shall be reserved for DISABLED PERSONS.
2. Sports Persons
1 (one) seat in each Post-graduate course of study shall be reserved for outstanding
sportsmen.
The nominees should possess the required qualifications prescribed for admission
APPENDIX- D
NAME OF THE POST-GRADUATE AFFILIATED COLLEGE .......................
Academic Year ..............................
Name of the Class with subject .........................
Sr.
No.
Last
University Seat
Exam.
No.
Passed
326
Year
Total
Date of
of
Marks Admission
Passing Obtained
Part-IV
ACADEMIC PROGRAMS
These Law Colleges presently function under the Board of Governors constituted for this
purpose, as per Government of Sindh notification reproduced as under:No.S.GENL:19-2/95:- In pursuance of the powers conferred by sub-section (2) of Section 1
read with Sub-section (1) of Section 3, Sub-section (1) and (2) of Section 4 and sub-section (1)
of Section 6, of the Sindh Government Educational and Training Institutions Ordinance, 1960,
and in continuation of Law Departments Notification No.S.GENL: 19-1/76 dated 7th August,
1978, the Government of Sindh are pleased to bifurcate the Board of Governor for Law
Colleges in Sindh excluding Karachi in two separate Board of Governors with the Chairman
and Secretary of each Board as follows:Board of Governors for Law Colleges Affiliated with the University of Sindh, Jamshoro
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Chairman
Member
Member
Member
Member
Member
Member
Member
Legal Education in Pakistan is governed by the Rules framed for this purpose by the Pakistan
Bar Council reproduced hereunder.
327
Chapter-I Preliminary
1. (i)
These rules may be called the Pakistan Bar Council Legal Education Rules, 1978.
(ii) They shall come into force with effect from 21st October, 1979.
Provided that the admissions held before *1st September, 1992 shall be governed by the
practice and Rules as before.
2.
Act means the Legal Practitioners and Bar Councils Act, 1973 (XXXV of 1973).
b.
c.
University means *(a) University established by law in Pakistan and having a Faculty
of Law.
Graduates with Law as optional subject *[shall] be preferred for admission to *(LL.B)
Part-I;
*(Provided that the Universities should introduce Law as optional subject in B.A.
Course.
(b)
(c)
Subject to provisions of Sub-rules (a) and (b) above, 10 percent seats in a college
shall be reserved for the sons/ daughters of Advocates who shall compete for
admission in the order of merit inter se.
(d)
A candidate is not eligible for admission to a Law course if:(i) He/She had been convicted of an offence involving moral turpitude.
(ii) He has been dismissed or removed from service of Government, any local
Authority or institution incorporated by the Government under any statute for
corruption or misconduct.
4. Number of Students
A section of a class in Law College and/ or a Faculty of Law shall comprise not more than
100 students.
5. Duration of Course
The duration for the course of LL.B. shall be not less than 3 years.
6. Eligibility
Students who have passed the B.A./ B.Sc./ B.Com./ B.S.W./ B.Sc. (Home Economics) Pass
Part-II of this University are allowed to take admission to the LL.B. Part-I Class in the
affiliated Law Colleges.
328
Part-IV
ACADEMIC PROGRAMS
Admissions to LL.B. Part-I class are to be made in accordance with PAKISTAN BAR COUNCIL
LEGAL EDUCATION RULES, 1978 (with up-to-date amendment. However, preference be
given to the candidates who have done their graduation from this University and 10 percent
seats be reserved for Sons/ Daughter of the Advocates.
A candidate is not eligible for admission to LL.B. course if:(i)
(ii) He has been dismissed or removed from service of Government, any Local Authority or
institution incorporated by the Government under any statute for corruption or
misconduct.
7. Pass Percentage
The Pass percentage shall be 40 percent in individual papers and 50 percent in aggregate.
There shall be only two divisions 1st and 2nd. Those who obtain 60 percent or more marks shall
be placed in 1st Division.
8. Examination
a. Examination will be held once a year, on Annual basis. Only failed candidates and those
placed in compartment shall be allowed to avail of the Supplementary examination.
However, a student placed in compartment shall not be permitted in the next University
higher examination without having passed all papers in which he had failed.
b. One who fails thrice in an Examination shall be debarred from appearing in further
examination.
Provided that if a student fails to appear at an examination within 3 years after
completing his terms, he shall not be allowed to appear in the examination.
9. Curricula
LL.B. (Part-I)
Paper-I Jurisprudence
Paper-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
Law of Contract:
General Principles of Law of Contract
The Contract Act, 1872
The Sale of Goods Act, 1930
Selected cases
Paper-II Equity
1.
2.
3.
Principles of Equity
The Trusts Act 1882.
The specific Relief Act, 1877
Muslim Personal Law, including all relevant enactments and Quranic verses.
Pre-emption Laws
The Guardian and Wards Act, 1890
Paper-VII Special and Local Laws (Land laws and other such laws as decided by the Universities)
LL.B. (Part-III)
Paper-I Civil Procedure
1.
2.
3.
Qanoon-e-Shahadat, 1984
Leading cases
330
Part-IV
ACADEMIC PROGRAMS
Law of Writes
Leading cases
NOTE:
The Academic Council of the University of Sindh at its 19 th meeting held on 28the November
1992 has approved the revised LL.B. degree program spread over a three years program, visa-vis Part-I, II and Final LL.B. vide, Resolution No. 3 (4)
Liaquat Medical College Jamshoro, earlier affiliated with the University of Sindh has been
elevated to degree awarding status as Liaquat University of Medical and Health Science in
2001. The affiliation of Chandka Medical College Larkana and Peoples Girls Medical Collage
Benazirabad (Nawabshah) was also transferred to LUMHS. The last two medical colleges have
also been elevated to independent University status during 2009.
The two medical colleges affiliated with University of Sindh, conduct studies for the degrees of
Bachelor of Medicine and Bachelor of Surgery (M.B.B.S).
Medical Education in Pakistan is governed and regulated by the Pakistan Medical and Dental
Council, established under the Act of Parliament; it is responsible for organizing curricula and
course contents and for framing regulation covering all aspects of study, e.g. eligibility,
theoretical and clinical training and examination for the degrees of M.B.B.S. and B.D.S. The
University is the examining and degree awarding body within this framework.
Some of the pertinent regulations are reproduced hereunder.
331
The First Professional must be cleared before a student is promoted to 3 rd year, i.e., for
clinical posting.
2.
3rd & 4th years clinical work may continue but a candidate must clear all subject of 2 nd
Professional M.B.B.S. Examination before he is allowed to sit in 3 rd Professional
Examination.
3.
The failed student of 3rd Professional Examination may be provisionally promoted to 5the
year but shall not be allowed to take final M.B.B.S. Examination unless he/ she has
passed all subjects of 3rd Professional Examination and completed one year in 5th year.
Regulations for M.B.B.S. degree (Expulsion of students who fail to clear first
Professional M.B.B.S. examination in four chances)
It was decided that any student who fails to clear the First Professional M.B.B.S. Examination
in four chances offered by the University availed or un-availed shall cease to be eligible for
further Medical/ Dental Education in Pakistan. It was decided that this decision is to be effective
from the First Year admission of 1986-87.
The students admitted before 1986-87 will have to clear First Professional M.B.B.S
Examination within four years from the date of their admission irrespective of the number of
chances they can avail whether four or more. This supersedes all previous correspondence on
the subject.
332
Part-IV
ACADEMIC PROGRAMS
333
PART- V
EXAMINATION REGULATIONS
REGULATIONS
REGARDING CONDUCT OF EXAMINATIONS,
[FRAMED UNDER CLAUSE 29 (e) OF
THE UNIVERSITY OF SINDH ACT 1972]
1.
No person other than the candidates, University Officer and/ or University representatives,
Head Invigilators, Factotums, Invigilators and other workers appointed for the
Examinations work will be allowed to enter the premises of any centre for an examination.
2.
The Head Invigilators must see, from day to day, that each candidate is required to
produce the Admit Card issued to him by the University, that each Invigilator affixes his
signature on the space provided on the cover of all the answer-books and supplements of
all the candidates under his supervision for each and every sitting immediately before
handing over the answer books to the Factotum or Head Invigilator and that they obtain
signature of all the candidates at every sitting without fail on the form supplied to them for
this purpose.
3.
4.
No additional time should be allowed to any candidate for answering a paper, on the
ground of illness, accident or other cause, save when any loss of time is caused to the
candidate by any act of omission on the part of the University or its agents.
5.
The distribution of answer books should be done by the Invigilators after the candidates
have occupied seats and not before. Additional answer books (Supplements) shall be
given only when the books previously given are written in. Candidates must be told to write
on both sides of the pages in the answer books.
6.
The Head Invigilator at the local centre shall phone to the Controller of Examinations as
soon as the first paper starts that the examination has commenced all right. Head
Invigilators at other centres should send similar intimation by wire.
7.
Head Invigilator shall instruct the Invigilators that they should take particular care to collect
from candidates all answer books supplied to them, whether used or unused.
8.
Head Invigilators should see that Invigilators:(a) do not engage in conversation with the candidates during the examination and do not
read what the candidates write;
(b) do not give any kind of explanation connected with any question set;
(c) do not do any private or office work during the hours of supervision, nor on any
account admit outsiders to the place of Examination;
(d) do not give copies of the question papers set to anyone, who is not a candidate sitting
for the examination; and
(e) must give the required answer books and supplements to the candidates.
334
Part-V
9.
EXAMINATION REGULATIONS
The Head Invigilator shall see that no candidate leaves his seat within the first half an hour
and after the final bell is rung at the classroom of the examination until the Invigilators
have collected all the answer books of the candidates.
10. If and when supplied with Code- letters the Head Invigilators should see that all the
answer-books and supplements supplied to the candidates for a particular day are
stamped with the code-letter fixed for that day.
11. In case of external candidates, in addition to obtaining signature of the candidates, the
Invigilators should compare the photographs received from the University.
Ringing of Bell
12. The bell should go at various intervals for each sitting as shown below:
(i)
many strokes.
One stroke
Four strokes
Two strokes
Four strokes
Full bell
335
The answer-books of the local centres should be delivered personally in the office of
Controller of Examinations and of the other centres should be sent to the Controller of
Examinations through Special Messenger or by post under insured parcel.
23. The Head Invigilators will be responsible for safe delivery of all answer books in the office
of the Controller of Examinations.
336
Part-V
EXAMINATION REGULATIONS
Bills
24. Within a week of the conclusion of the whole examination, the Head Invigilator may
forward to the Controller of Examinations statement showing the expenses incurred at the
Centre, with the following bills, the respective vouchers, and a report on the conduct of the
examination:(a)
(b)
(c)
2.
Immediately after appointment, the Head Invigilators should inform the Controller about
their acceptance or otherwise of the offer as per declaration form given in the
Appendix A.
They should not accept the offer if any of their relatives (mentioned in the Appendix B) is
appearing at the Examination.
3.
The Head Invigilators should read Instructions to Invigilators (Appendix C), Instructions
to candidates (Appendix D) and should see that all the invigilators and the candidates
follow these instructions carefully.
337
Form No: 51
APPENDIX A
From
.................................................
.................................................
.................................................
To
The Controller of Examinations,
University of Sindh, Jamshoro.
Ref: .................... Annual/ Supplementary Examination of 19 ..............
Subject: ................................................................................................
Sir,
I have the honour to intimate you my acceptance of my appointment communicated in your
letter No. ................... dated ........................... 19 ...........
2) I have no relative appearing at the Examination nor I have coached any student or students
for the examination at which I have been invited to examine.
3) I have not written any book as guide for students, annotations, digests or catechisms with
reference to the examination at which I have been invited to examine.
I have the honour to be Sir,
Dated .........................
Yours Obediently,
(Signature) ..................................................
(Address) .........................................................
APPENDIX B
The term relative includes the following:
Wife, husband, son, daughter, grand-son, grand-daughter, brother, sister, nephew, niece,
grand-niece, grand nephew, uncle, aunt, first cousin, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-inlaw and sister-in-law.
APPENDIX C
Instructions to Invigilators
1. Invigilators should contact the Head Invigilators at least one day before the Examination
starts and should get instructions from him personally.
2. All Invigilators should work directly under the Head Invigilator.
3. Invigilators must see, from day to day, that each candidate produces the admit card issued
to him by the University.
338
Part-V
EXAMINATION REGULATIONS
4. No candidate shall be admitted to the Examination, who arrives at the place of the
Examination late by more than a quarter of an hour after the time fixed for paper.
5. No additional time should be allowed to any candidate for answering a paper, on the
ground of illness, accident or any other cause, save when any loss of time is caused to the
candidate by any act of omission on the part of the University or its agents.
6. The distribution of answer-books should be done by the Invigilators after the candidates
have occupied their seats, and not before. Supplements shall be given only when the books
previously given are written in. Candidates must be told to write on both sides of the pages
of the answer-books.
7. Invigilators should take particular care to collect from candidates all answer books supplied
to them, whether used or unused.
8. An Invigilator should affix his signature at the space provided on the cover of all the answer
books/ and supplements of all the candidates under his supervision, for each and every
sitting immediately before handing over the answer books to the Factotum or Head
Invigilators.
9. Invigilators should immediately bring to the notice of the Head Invigilators all attempts of
copying or communication by candidates to one another.
10. Invigilators:(a) should not engage in conversation with the candidates during the Examination and
should not read what the candidates write;
(b) should not give any kind of explanation connected with the questions set;
(c) should not do any private or office work during the hours of supervision, nor should on
any account admit outsiders to the place of Examination.
(d) should not give copies of the question paper set to any one who is not a candidate
sitting for the examination.
(e) must return all the unused answer-books and supplements to the Head Invigilator.
11. Invigilators should see that no candidate leaves his/ her seat within the first half an hour
and after the final bell is rung at the close of the Examination until they have collected all
the answer books of the candidates.
12. Invigilators should make three copies of their report for each paper and should pass these
to the Head Invigilator alongwith answer books.
13. Invigilators should read very carefully Instructions to Candidates (Appendix D) and
should see that all the candidates follow these instructions.
339
APPENDIX D
Instructions to Candidates
1. Write on both sides of the page but do not write on reverse of the perforated slip (page 1).
When absolutely necessary, rough work should be done on the left hand side in pencil.
2. Before you write anything on the answer book or on the supplement enter your Examination
and other particulars as indicated on each.
3. Do not write your name in any part of your answer books. Do not write your Seat No.
except in the space specifically provided for the purpose on the perforated slip, or the
pasted slip, as the case may be. If by direct or indirect means you attempt to disclose your
identity you are liable to be expelled and debarred from admission to the University and
from appearing at University Examinations.
4. Pages shall not be torn from the answer books provided.
5. Nothing shall be written on the question paper or on the blotting paper. Nothing shall be
written on any part of the body, clothes, or any foreign body or materials other than the
answer books.
6. Answer to each Section shall be written in a separate book. Answer book and supplement,
relating to the same section, shall be tied together.
7. Each answer must be commenced on a fresh page and the number of question or subquestion as shown in the question paper must be indicated in the margin. Marks are liable
to be deducted if this instruction is not followed.
8. You will not be permitted to leave the Examination Hall until half an hour after the question
papers are distributed.
9. If you want anything, draw the Invigilators attention by standing up, but do not leave your
seat on any account. Before leaving, give up all answer books. During the last ten minutes
you will not be allowed to leave the Hall.
10. A warning bell will be rung ten minutes before the close of the Examination and at the
second bell the collection of answer books, will begin. You should not leave seat until all the
answer books in your block have been collected by the Invigilators.
11. If you write after the second bell, the number of minutes you are late in giving up your
answer books will be marked thereon, so that examiner may deduct marks in proportion to
the extra time taken.
12. Smoking is prohibited in the Examination Hall.
13. Candidates should bring their own ink, pen and pencil.
14. You are liable to be instantly expelled and your name reported to University authorities for
further action if:(i)
you bring any book, notes or scribbling paper into the Examination Hall,
340
Part-V
(ii)
EXAMINATION REGULATIONS
speak to, or communicate in any other way with another candidate while the
examination is going on,
(iii) take with you any blank answer book, or books while leaving the Examination Hall,
(iv) disobey any instruction issued by the Invigilators,
(v)
APPENDIX E
Certificate to be signed jointly by the Head Invigilators in charge of conducting an Examination.
Certified that the sealed packet containing ............. small packets with ........... copies of
question paper number ............ on ............ subject for Annual/ Supplementary Examination of
199........ were opened by us in the presence of each other exactly at * .......... A.M./ P.M. on
............ 199.....
NOTE:
This time should not be made more than 15 minutes before the exact time
fixed for distributing the question papers to the candidates.
*
APPENDIX F
To
The Controller of Examinations,
University of Sindh,
Hyderabad.
Subject: Appointment as Factotum/ Invigilator at the ................ Examination of 199............
I request that I may kindly be appointed Factotum/ Invigilator at the ............... Examination to
be held from................ 199.....
I hereby declare that no relative of mine is appearing at this Examination nor have I coached
(private tuition) any student or students for it.
I have the honour to be,
Sir
Yours obediently,
Signature .................
Name in Block letters
Dated: ..................
Address ...............................
.............................................
341
APENDIX G
IMPORTANT
All the Head Invigilators
Subject:
Dear Sir,
I have to inform you that separate sealed covers containing few copies of question paper, even
in case of those subjects which the candidates at some Centres may not have offered are sent
to the centres as a measure of safe-guard. This is done so as to meet the situation if, by
clerical error, one subject has been omitted even after it is mentioned in the Seat list.
However, such envelopes are not to be opened unless such emergency arises that a candidate
has offered such a subject which is shown in the Seat list. Such sealed covers are kindly to be
returned to the undersigned in the same condition as these were received as soon as those
papers are over.
This may very kindly be followed as general procedure for all Examinations.
I have etc.,
Controller of Examinations,
University of Sindh
Jamshoro
In case of transfer of the parent/ guardian of the candidate during the academic year;
the fact should be certified by the Head of the office in which the father or guardian is
employed.
(ii) In case of sickness of the candidate, the certificate of a Government Medical Officer
may be accompanied with the application form.
(iii) Any other adequate reason provided he/ she satisfies the authorities of the University
as to the genuineness of his/ her request.
1.
A candidate desiring to change his centre must submit the application form prescribed by
the University through the Head of Institution concerned, who will comment on the need
and record a definite recommendation whether or not the request is justified, and whether
the change may be allowed.
2.
The application form shall be accompanied by two copies of recent photograph of the
candidate duly attested by a Gazetted Officer/ Head of Department/ Principal/ Chairman,
alongwith his signature duly attested by the above persons.
342
Part-V
EXAMINATION REGULATIONS
3.
A fee of Rs.2000/- (Two Thousands only) shall be charged, separately for theory and
practical which must be remitted alongwith the application form. The fee will not be
refunded if the candidate does not avail himself/ herself of the change. The change of
centre fee for M.B.B.S. and B.D.S. students is Rs.10,000/- (Ten Thousands only)
separately for Theory and Practical/ Clinical examinations.
4.
The application for the change of centre if found in order shall be considered on its merit,
and may be granted or rejected.
5.
Mere submission of an application form will not entitle a candidate to the change of centre
and unless the change is notified to him as well as to the examination authorities, the
candidate shall be eligible to sit at the Original Centre.
6.
Last date for application to be entertained in this office is one month preceding the
Examination or under special circumstances 20 days before the commencement of
Examination.
(ii)
The candidate has passed his Intermediate Arts/ Science/ Commerce Examination
from the Hyderabad, Mirpurkhas, Larkana and Sukkur Intermediate Board.
(iii)
The candidate will offer only non-practical subjects as his optionals at B.A. and M.A.
level.
(iv)
Only those candidates who have passed their B.A/ B.Sc./ or B.Com. Examination
from the University of Sindh will be eligible to take M.A. Examination in any subject in
which practicals are not involved; Graduates of other Universities will not be eligible to
take M.A. Examination as External candidate (since only residents of Sindh University
jurisdiction are eligible for Registration as external candidates).
(v)
The candidate will remit the following fee with his Registration/ Examination form.
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
Registration Fee
Centre Charges
including Examination fee.
Miscellaneous and
Postal expenses
U.S. $ 100
U.S. $ 100
Total
343
U.S. $ 050
U.S. $ 250
(Candidates already holding valid Registration of the University of Sindh will not be required
to make payment of Registration fee)
(vii) Candidates appearing at Sindh University Examinations abroad will be governed by
the normal Rules and Regulations of Registration and Examination laid down in the
prospectus.
General
(c)(i) The Examinations shall be conducted abroad according to the University programme.
(ii) Registration/ Examination forms and fees shall be received in the office on the date
fixed for the same. No form will be accepted after the due date.
(iii) Candidates shall be examined according to the courses of study prescribed for the
Annual Examinations of the year in which the examination is being held.
The percentage of marks for pass (Third Division, Second Division and First Division) for
the B.A. (Pass), the B.Sc. (Pass) and the B.Com. (Pass) Examinations shall be as given
below with effect from the Annual Examinations held in 1962 and onwards:-
Pass
(Third Division)
Second
Division
First Division
45% marks in
the aggregate
of both the
parts.
60% marks in
the aggregate
of both parts.
-do-
-do-
344
Part-V
EXAMINATION REGULATIONS
(ii) Who is originally resident of the area within the territorial limits of the University but is
at present serving outside in Pakistan OR
(iii) Whose parent is in Government service and is transferred to serve within the
jurisdiction of the University of Sindh.
(iv) Has not attended for studies any recognized educational institution in India or
Pakistan for a period of at least one academic year prior to each of the examinations
mentioned in Regulation 2.
(v) Produces a good conduct certificate from the Principal of a College, or the Head of a
University Teaching Department or a Gazetted Officer of the Central or Provincial
Government.
2.
3.
Student who is found guilty of having concealed any fact in his application form for
registration and/ or admission or made any false statement may be debarred from
appearing at any examination for a period as may be decided by the Vice-Chancellor or
may be punished in any other way as the Vice-chancellor may deem fit.
4.
A student seeking admission to the B.A. (Pass) Part-I, B.A. (Pass) Part-II, M.A. (Previous)
or M.A. (Final) Examination should either be a failure of that examination or must have
passed the immediately lower examination of this University or an equivalent examination
of another statutory University or Board (recognized by the University) at least one
academic year in case of each of the examinations prior to the date of examination to
which he or she seeks admission.
5.
6.
Every External student for these examinations shall get his or her name registered in the
University office on payment of prescribed fee for B.A. (both Parts I & II) and M.A. (both
previous & final) Examinations on or before the last dated fixed for registration of each
examination provided that under special circumstances, the Vice-Chancellor may allow an
External student to get his or her name registered within one month after that date.
345
7.
A student of the University admitted to any University class as a regular student shall NOT
be eligible to appear at any University Examination as an External Candidate
simultaneously during his/ her University studentship.
8.
Every External student for any University examination must send four copies of his or her
recent photograph together with his or her application form for permission to sit at such
examination.
ii)
iii)
The Grace marks/ Condonation marks should not be actually added to the marks
earned by a candidate, but the candidate should be deemed to have passed the
examination, or been placed in a better division, as the case may be, by getting
the benefit of grace marks/ Condonation marks under (i) or (ii) above.
iv)
The Grace marks shall be admissible in all university examinations except the
Doctoral examinations.
He will have to re-appear in both parts of the examinations in two years, but he may also
be permitted to re-appear in both the parts in one and the same year if he so desires.
2.
He will have to pay fresh fees separately for both the parts of the examinations.
3.
He will be eligible for the class only, but not for prize, medal and scholarship.
346
Part-V
EXAMINATION REGULATIONS
4.
He will be allowed to avail two chances (annual) only for the Improvement of class/ division
in each part.
5.
He will appear in the same course/ papers, which at the time of appearing at the
examination are prescribed, the class/ division previously obtained shall stand valid.
6.
In case the candidate fails to improve his Class/ Division, the Class/ Division previous
obtained shall stand valid.
7.
He shall improve his qualification within three years of his passing the last examination he
wishes to improve.
8.
These rules shall apply to candidates appearing for improvement for the Annual
Examination of 1984 and onwards.
9.
The previous resolution/ regulations regarding improvement of Class/ Division passed by the
Academic Council from time to time are hereby repealed.
He/ She will have to reappear in the papers of his/ her choice in 1 st and 2nd semester of
final examinations, in which he/ she wants to improve at the time of examination held.
2.
He/ She will be eligible for the grade only but not for the positions, prize, medal and
scholarship.
3.
He/ She will be allowed to avail one chance in each semester and he/ she shall improve
his/ her qualification within 2 years of his/ her passing the examination.
4.
347
A candidate who wishes to seek admission to any of the examinations conducted by the
University of Sindh, shall keep requisite number of terms in accordance with the Rules
and Regulations laid down in this behalf. The terms shall be kept consecutively unless a
candidate is permitted to change the sequence of terms by the Vice-chancellor only
under special circumstances.
(2)
A candidate who has kept the requisite number of terms for a particular examination of
the University, shall be eligible to appear within the period of next 3 academic years
following the last day of the last term.
(3)
The terms kept by a candidate shall not be recognized after the expiry of 3 years which
period will be counted from the last day of the last term kept by the candidate.
(4)
A candidate shall have to keep fresh terms for particular examination after the expiry of
the period of 3 years as stated above.
(5)
Resolved still further that all cases decided and orders passed and rules framed by the
Vice-chancellor under the provisions of late Sindh University Act in this respect and
contained in Circular No.G/Ad/1007, dated, 06.05.1959 are hereby approved and
confirmed.
The Vice Chancellor has amended and approved the proposal given by the Controller of
Examinations on 21.5.1995, that the terms kept by students of various colleges for the Part-I
and II classes be recognized as valid for 5 years from the year of their appearance at Part-I
Examination.
348
Part-V
EXAMINATION REGULATIONS
As per Resolution No. 8 dated 04.09.1982 it has been resolved that the request of the
students regarding corrections of their names, fathers names and surnames as given in
the item be granted.
(ii) As per Resolution No. 9 (i) Passed by the Syndicate at its meeting held on 05.10.1985:
"Resolved that the corrections in name fathers name and surname be allowed only on
the basis and in conformity with the Matriculation (S.S.C. Examinations) of the concerned
University/Boards and not otherwise.
Resolved further that after ordering any correction/ change the degree already issued to
the candidate be not cancelled, nor a new degree issued. Only the fact of having ordered
correction/ change in name/ fathers name or surname etc. be endorsed on the back of
the original degree already issued. Such endorsement on the reverse of the degree be
signed both by the Controller of Examinations and the Registrar.
Resolved that hereafter, the proposal made by the office to charge Rs.200/- for each
degree from the candidates for such cases of corrections, be approved.
The correction in the name/fathers name/surname corrected may be made when the
entries in the Matriculation and Intermediate Certificate are same:
3.
If student get his /her name/fathers name/surname corrected from the concerned board
and then applies for correction in the University record, he/she shall have to deposit
Rs.2000/-in the University account for such correction as per present practice; such type
of correction in name /fathers name/surname may be allowed up-to five(05) years after
issuing of the correction letter by the concerned board.
4.
If the mistake occurs due to any fault by the University Staff the correction be made
without charging any fees or time bar.
349
The extra hours of duty put by an employee shall be certified by officer Incharge of the
Examination Department.
(ii)
The rate of the allowance shall be per hour of extra duty and shall be proportionate to
the pay due to the employee for the extra hours of duty per day.
(iii)
The payment shall be made under the orders of the Vice-Chancellor in the month
subsequent to one in which extra hours of duty have been put in.
Under the above Rule No.(iii) the Vice-Chancellor in 1957, passed the detailed rules regarding
payment of Examinations Allowance, as under:The payment may be made to:a.
The Registrar, the Assistant Registrar and the Deputy Registrar or by a higher authority to
put in extra hours during the Examinations season.
b.
The Senior cashier, the Cashier, the cashier, the clerk and the peon attached to the cash
section of the Accounts Department for the extra hours put in by them on the days when
they are required by the Deputy Registrar or a higher authority in writing to work for extra
hours for receipt of examination fees and to cope up with the closing of cash accounts on
those days.
c.
Any employee of the branches other then those of the Examination Department, who are
required in writing by the Deputy Registrar or a higher authority to work for extra hours for
doing the actual examination work.
d.
The Members of the personal staff of the Registrar, the Assistant Registrar and the Deputy
Registrar who are required in writing by the Registrar, the Assistant Registrar and/ or the
Deputy Registrar, as the case may be to put in extra hours for doing actual examinations
work.
e.
The extra hours put in by the members of the sub-ordinate staff specified in (b), (c), (d)
and (e) above shall be countersigned daily by their superiors and the hours put in by any
officers will be certified by the officers concerned.
350
Part-V
EXAMINATION REGULATIONS
The Syndicate vide Resolution No.1(b) dated 14.12.1991 has amended and passed the
resolution that regarding the payment of honorarium to the employees working in Grade 1 to
16, the status quo be maintained subject to the condition that the amount of the over-time/
honorarium shall not exceed one months basic pay to any employee in one calendar year.
[The words Registrar, Assistant Registrar & Deputy Registrar should be now read as
Controller of Examinations, Additional Controller of Examinations & Assistant Controller of
Examinations respectively]
Subject to the conditions given in Rules 2 and 3 below, medals will be awarded to those
candidates who stand first at the various Examinations and secure at least First Class.
2.
If a candidate who had previously failed at an examination stands first at the same
examination, at the second attempt, no medal shall be awarded to him or even to the
candidate who stands second.
3.
No medal shall be awarded to any candidate who stands First at any Supplementary or
Compartmental Examination.
Examination
B.A. (Pass)
B.Sc. (Pass)
B.Com. (Pass)
B.Sc. (Home Economics)
B.S.W.
B.Ed.
B.Ed.(Hons)4-years
B.A. (Fine Arts)
BFA. 4-years
B.D.S.
M.B.B.S.
LL.B. 3-years
LLM
LLB-5-Years (D.Juris)
B.A. (Hons) 3-years
BS. 4-years ( Arts, Natural Sciences & Social Sciences, for each discipline)
BS Com. (Hons) 4-years
B.B.A. (Hons.) 4-years
Pharm.D
To the Students securing:
(a) Highest Marks for each separate subject at the M.A. (Final) examinations under Annual
system.
(b) Highest C.G.P.A. for each separate subject at the M.A. (Final) Examinations under
semester system.
351
21.
(a)
Highest marks for each separate subject at the M.Sc. (Final) examinations under
Annual System.
(b)
Highest C.G.P.A. for each separate subject at the M.Sc. (Final) examinations under
Semester System.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.
30.
31.
32.
(a) Candidate securing highest Marks in all the M.A. Examinations (under annual system)
provided that the candidate is placed in First Division/Class.
(b) Candidate securing highest C.G.P.A in all the M.A. Examinations under Semester
System including M.B.A./ M.P.A./ M.A. (Pakistan Studies)/ M.L.S./ M.A. (Fine arts)
and M.Com. provided that the candidate is placed in Grade-A.
(c) Candidates securing highest CGPA in all the BS-4year program in Social Sciences.
2.
(a) Candidate securing highest Marks in all M.Sc. Examinations including M.Pharmacy
(under Annual system) provided that the candidate is placed in First Division/ Class.
(b) Candidate securing highest C.G.P.A. in all M.Sc. examinations (under Semester
system) including M.Sc. Electronics and Computer Information Technology, M.Sc.
Computer Science and M. Pharmacy, provided that the candidate is placed in Grade-A.
(c) Candidates securing highest CGPA in all the BS-4year program in Natural Sciences
disciplines.
3.
4(a).
352
Part-V
EXAMINATION REGULATIONS
The University of Sindh may award higher Research degrees namely (i) Doctor of Letters
(D. Litt) (ii) and Doctor of Science (D.Sc.). These degrees shall represent higher academic
attainment than the degree of Ph.D.
2.
A candidate for the Degree of Doctor of Letters or Doctor of Science must have at least
seven years standing as a Doctor of Philosophy in that discipline from the University of
Sindh or from any other recognized University provided he is a teacher of the University
and must submit published papers or books containing original contribution to the
advancement of knowledge.
3.
Provided that the Syndicate or the competent authority shall have powers to exclude any
candidate from the examination, if it is satisfied that such candidate is not a fit person to be
admitted thereto.
4.
A candidate for the D.Litt. or D.Sc. degree shall apply to the Controller of Examinations in
the prescribed form which must be accompanied by the evidence of his qualifications and
four copies of published works.
5.
The Syndicate shall appoint a Board consisting of three scholars of repute in the field of
research of the candidate on the recommendation of the Committee for Advanced Studies
and Research.
6.
The examiners may at their discretion, require the candidate to present himself for an
interview, to be held in Pakistan.
7.
The opinions of the examiners shall be considered by the Committee for Advanced
Studies and Research, who will make a recommendation to the Syndicate through the
Academic Council whether the degree be awarded.
The Vice Chancellor after considering the matter had approved following procedure
for issuing the Equivalence Certificate of the Sanads to be adopted here after.
a.
3.
353
a.
Two Passport size photographs duly attested, one of which be pasted on the
Equivalence Certificate to be issued duly attested by the issuing signatory.
b.
4.
5.
The Equivalence Certificate be issued under the signature of Deputy Registrar (AC-I).
6.
The Equivalence of Sanads of the Madaras on approved list, falling under the
jurisdiction of University of Sindh will only be issued by the University of Sindh.
7.
Serial Number
National Identity Card Number
Name of Madarsa
2.
4.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10
Name of Recipient
Name of Sanad
Date of issuance of Sanad by Madasah
with No. & year
No.& date of issuance of Equivalence
Certificate
Signature if in person
8.
9.
Besides the above procedure for issuance of Equivalence Certificate for Sanad the
following procedure is also introduced on account of verification of Pass, Marks,
Degree of the University Annual / Semester examination certificate.
i.
ii.
In case the request for verification of Sanad of other then the organization /
Institute, by the candidate himself, no verification be made, unless a written
request is received at Examination Wing.
iii.
iv.
Seat Number
N.I.C. Number
Date of verification
b.b.
d.d.
f.f.
354
Part-V
EXAMINATION REGULATIONS
Any application for registration of a Madarsa with the University of Sindh, which is not
registered under any Federal / Provincial Government concerned.
2.
That hereafter no new Madarsa will be given independent status to issue Deeni Asnad
(i) Shahadatul Alyia (ii) Shahadat Aalmiya except those madaris which are already
recognized by Sindh University authorities for the same.
3.
The University of Sindh will allow fresh registration of a Madarsa, for the purpose of
issuing Equivalence Certificate only, to its Sanad holders, after proper scrutiny of the
record supplied by Madarsa as per proforma and its inspection by the Inspection
Committee approved by the competent authority.
4.
All Deeni Madaris registered with the University of Sindh will be required to supply
necessary information as per proforma, for the University record.
5.
All the Wafaqs would be requested to supply the up-to-date list of the Madaris
registered with them in following order:
(i)
(iii)
Registration No.
(ii)
Status of registration whether for Aliya or Almya
Date of Registration
6.
A Madarsa seeking fresh registration may be charged Rs.5000/- once (nonrefundable) as registration fee.
7.
Every registered Madarsa will have to pay Rs.1000/- in advance as, yearly registration
fee without which Equivalence Certificate will not be issued.
8.
The competent authority may appoint an Inspection Committee to visit any Madarsa to
very the information supplied by it for fresh/renewal of registration.
9.
The procedure for issuing Equivalence Certificates to the Sanad holders of Madaris
equivalent to BA/MA already approved by the Vice Chancellor vide notification
No.Admn./2627 dated 20.08.2002 will continue.
10. A candidate will have to pay Rs.1500/2000/- as ordinary / urgent fee respectively for
issuing Equivalence Certificate for each Sanad.
11. Following Wafaqs/Madaris have been recognized for issuing Sanads, Shahadat-ulAlia and Shahadat-ul-Aalmia by the University of Sindh, vide Academic Council
Resolution No.7 dated 13.09.1988 and Resolution No.4 dated 29.01.1989.
1.
3.2.
5.3.
355
7.4.
8.1.
9.5.
11.
6. Jamia Shah Waliullah Academy,
Hyderabad
13.
7. Jamia Dargah Sharif, Pir Jhando,
New Saeedabad, District Hyderabad
15.
8. Madarsah Quwatul Islam Hyderabad
17.
9. Jamia Masjid Jewan Shah, Dadu City
19.
10. Jamia Darul Quran, Taluka Mehar
District Dadu (Founder Qari Muhammad)
21.
11. Jamia Saadia, Airport Road
Nawabshah
23.
12. Jamia Ash-atul Uloom Sakrand,
District Nawabshah
25.
13. Jamia Darul Fuyooz Hashimia Sajawal,
District Thatta
27.
14. `Darul Uloom Islamia Thatta
Note:
The names of Madaris out of the territorial jurisdiction of the University of Sindh have
been deleted.
The Syndicate in its 152nd meeting held on 20.05.2006, resolved vide resolution No.13 that the
recommendations of the meeting of the Committee constituted by the Vice Chancellor for
framing the rules/regulations for Deeni Madaris, held on 06.03.2006, be approved as under:
(i)
Resolved that, keeping in view the resources position of Deeni Madaris, the Committee
recommend that, the annual fee Rs.1000/- being charged at present from 2004-2005
onwards may be reconsidered and Madaris be asked to pay the arears from 1998-1999
to 2003-2004 at the rate of Rs.2000/- per annum.
Further resolved that, those Madaris who have already paid the annual registration fee
at the rate of Rs.10,000/- will not be allowed any refund claimed by them, as a
consequence of the revision of registration fee by the Syndicate.
Resolved till further, that the Madaris will have to clear all the outstanding dues in lump
sum up to 2005-2006.
(ii) Resolved that the Madaris whose Sanads are issued by the following five Wafaqs will
be exempted from annual registration fee as they are recognized by the HEC vide A
Guide to Equivalence of Qualification in Pakistan. 2003 II Education (P-46)(F/B).
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
(iii) The Madaris which clear the dues will be inspected by the Committee, to verify their
record.
356
Part-V
EXAMINATION REGULATIONS
Minutes of the meeting for the purpose of revising the Rules & Regulations for
issuing the Equivalence Certificate on the basis of Deeni Asnad held on
08.11.2008
After detailed discussion, it was unanimously resolved that the Rules & Regulations for issuing
the Equivalence Certificate on the basis of Deeni Asnads, be revised as under:
1.
2.
The verification of sanad be obtained through a confidential letter directly from the
Madarsa/Wafaq, where from the Sanad was issued, before placing the matter to the
committee.
3.
The Equivalence of the Asnads issued by the Madaris, failing under the jurisdiction of
University of Sindh be issued by the University of Sindh.
4.
The name of the candidate shall be verified from the list/result supplied by registered
Madarsa.
5.
The Asnads issued before 20.08.2002, also be accepted and Equivalence Certificate
be issued to those Deeni Sanad holders, who have been awarded/issued Deeni
Sanads by the Deeni Madaris, which fulfills all the above requirements.
6.
The Asnads issued by the following Wafaqs be accepted, if the Madarsa from which
the Sanad holder appeared in the examination falls within the jurisdiction of the
University of Sindh.
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
7.
The Wafaq mentioned at para No.6, be requested/directed to supply the list of the
Madaris affiliated/registered with them.
8.
9.
All the Madaris be directed to send the list of candidates who were issued Asnads at
the end of every year i.e., 15th of Shaban without fail.
10. The Equivalence Certificate will be issued after verification from the office of the
Inspector of Colleges that the concerned Madarsa has paid the registration fee.
11. Inspector of Colleges, University of Sindh, be nominated as member of the Committee
and Deputy Registrar (AC-I) University of Sindh, be nominated as Member/Secretary
of the Committee.
12. The meeting of the committee shall be convened atleast once in a month on first
Monday of the calendar month.
357
passed
Sanad
of
Shahadat-ul-Aalia
Particulars:
1. Name (in block letters)
2. Fathers Name
3. Surname
4. CNIC No.
5. Address
Educational Qualification:
Name of Sanad
1.
2.
3.
4.
Shahadat-ul-Aalmia
from
Cell No.
-
Name of Madaris
/ Board
Year of
Passing
Grade /
Division
358
Part-V
EXAMINATION REGULATIONS
Intermediate Arts, Science and Commerce examinations of all chartered Universities and
of the Intermediate Boards in the provinces of Pakistan, are recognized for taking
admission for the next higher class.
2.
B.A/ B.Sc./ B.Com. of all chartered Universities of the provinces of Pakistan are
recognized as equivalent to the corresponding examinations of this University.
3.
4.
B.L. or LL.B. or LL.M. of all chartered Universities of the provinces of Pakistan are
recognized as equivalent to the Final LL.B. and LL.M. examination of this University.
5.
B.T. or B.Ed. of all chartered University of the Provinces of Pakistan are recognized as
equivalent to the B.T., B.Ed. examinations of this University.
6.
F.E., S.E., T.E., or B.E., examinations of all Chartered Universities of all provinces of
Pakistan are recognized as equivalent to the corresponding examinations of this
University.
7.
First, Second and Third Professional M.B.A. examinations of all chartered Universities of
the provinces of Pakistan are recognized as equivalent to the corresponding examinations
of this University.
8.
The various Oriental languages Examination conducted by the Universities and Boards of
Pakistan are recognized by this University for appearing at the corresponding
examinations provided the successful candidates of various Oriental Languages
Examinations held by other Universities and Boards may permit their students to appear in
English only and thereby qualify at those examinations.
9.
The students who have put in entire academic year in Commerce College of the Punjab
University, and have been duly permitted to the Second Year B.Com. Classes are
regarded as eligible for admission to B.Com. Part-I Class of Commerce College affiliated
to this University.
10. Students who have passed the Intermediate Science Examination (Medical Group) and
have completed two-year L.C.P.S. are granted exemption for one year and are admitted to
the Second year of the First Professional M.B.B.S. class. (now purview of Medical
Universities)
11. The part of the examinations vis-a-vis: B.A. (Part-I), B.Sc. (part-I, B.Com. (Part-I), M.A./
M.Sc./ M.Com./ M.Ed. (Previous), 1st LL.B., M.Sc. (Previous) Agriculture examinations
passed by any student from any other University recognised by this University are valid
upto the period of five years only. After the expiry of that period, the student has to again
pass that part of the examination, before being eligible for the next part of the same
examination.
359
12. The B.A./ B.Sc. / BS examinations conducted by the Pakistan Military Academy, Kakul, are
recognized as equivalent to the corresponding examinations of this University.
13. The Diploma in Associate Engineers conducted by the Board of Technical Education of
Pakistan is recognized as equivalent to the Intermediate Examinations for the purpose of
admission to the degree classes.
14. Diploma in Commerce conducted by the Board of Technical Education of Pakistan is
recognized as equivalent to the Intermediate Commerce (Higher Secondary) Examination
part-II Commerce Group.
15. Ijaza II (1st & 2nd year) examination conducted by the West Pakistan Jamia Islamia,
Bahawalpur, is recognized as equivalent to the Intermediate examination (Higher
Secondary) Part-II Humanities Group for admission to the B.A. (Pass) and B.A. (Hons.)
classes in the following subjects:
(1) Arabic (2) Persian (3) religion (4) Islamic Culture (5) Muslim History
16. Shahadat-I-Aleyyamia (Ijaz III & IV) examination conducted by the West Pakistan Jamia
Islamia, Bahawalpur is recognized as equivalent to the B.A. (Pass) examination, for
admission to the M.A. (Previous) classes in the following subjects:
(1) Arabic (2) Persian (3) Religion (4) Islamic Culture (5) Muslim History
17. B.Sc. (N.A) degree of Pakistan Naval Academy is recognized as equivalent to B.Sc.
(Pass) Degree of this University.
18. Intermediate Arts, Science and commerce examinations of all Chartered Universities,
various Intermediate Boards and High Schools in the provinces and states of India, Burma
and Ceylon are recognized as equivalent to the Intermediate examinations for the purpose
of taking admission to the next higher class.
19. B.A/ B.Sc./ B.Com./ M.A./ M.Sc./ M.Com. of all Chartered Universities of the provinces and
states of India, Burma and Ceylon are recognized as equivalent to the corresponding
examinations of this University.
20. B.L. or LL.B. or LL.M. of all Chartered Universities of the provinces and states of India,
Burma and Ceylon are recognized as equivalent to the Second LL.B., LL.M., examinations
of this University.
21. B.T., or L.T. or B.Ed. of all Chartered University of the provinces and states of India, are
recognized as equivalent to the B.T. or B.Ed. examinations of this University.
22. F.E., S.E., T.E. or B.E., examinations of all the Chartered Universities of the provinces and
states of India are recognized as equivalent to the corresponding examinations of this
University.
23. First, Second and Third Professional M.B.B.S. examinations of all Chartered University of
the Provinces and States of India are recognized as equivalent to the corresponding
examinations of this University.
24. Pre-Engineering examination of the Delhi Polytechnic School is recognized as equivalent
to the Intermediate Science Examination of this University for the purpose of admission to
the First Year of the Degree in engineering College.
25. LL.B. (after passing B.A., B.Sc., or B.Com.) of the Universities of Delhi is recognized as
equivalent to LL.B. Degree of this University.
26. B.A. and B.A. (Education) of the American University of Beirut are recognized as
equivalent to the B.A. and B.Ed. of this University respectively.
360
Part-V
EXAMINATION REGULATIONS
362
Part-V
EXAMINATION REGULATIONS
10. The Vice-Chancellor, then, shall say This Convocation of the University of Sindh has been
called to confer degrees and diplomas upon candidates who have been certified to be
worthy of those degrees and diplomas.
11. The proceedings shall begin with recitation from the Holy Quran.
12. The candidates shall be presented in batches to the Chancellor or the Vice-chancellor by
the Deans/ persons appointed to present the candidates for conferment of degrees, who
shall say:
I present to you, Sir, this candidate / these candidates (names shall be read out) and pray that
he/she or they may be admitted to the Degree of........
13. As each batch is presented to the Chancellor or the Vice-chancellor, he shall award the
degrees and diplomas in the following words:
By virtue of the authority vested in me as Chancellor, or Vice-chancellor of the University of
Sindh, I admit you to the Degree of________ and I charge you throughout your life to prove
yourself/ yourselves worthy of this Degree.
14. University medals and prizes won by candidates shall then be awarded by the Chancellor
or in his absence by the Vice-chancellor, on presentation of candidates by the Registrar.
15. The degrees shall be signed by the Controller of Examinations, the Registrar and the
Vice-Chancellor before they are awarded. The record of Degrees conferred at the
Convocation shall be signed by the Vice-Chancellor after the Convocation is over.
In case of the Honorary Degrees, the same shall be signed by the Vice-Chancellor and the
Chancellor.
16. The Vice-Chancellor will read his report.
In case the Convocation is presided over by the Vice-Chancellor then the Registrar will
read his report.
17. The Chancellor, the Vice-Chancellor or the Distinguished Guest (if any) specially invited for
the purpose, shall then deliver the Convocation address.
18. At the close of the address, the Chancellor or in his absence the Vice-Chancellor, on the
request of the Registrar shall declare the Convocation closed.
19. The procession shall leave the Convocation in reverse order vide amended Notification
No. G/Regulation/495 dated 27.6.1994
20. In the case of award of an Honorary Degree, the Vice-chancellor shall present the
candidates, with a brief speech explaining his claims for the award of such degree, and the
Chancellor or in his absence the Vice-chancellor shall confer the degree in suitable words.
21. The degrees in absentia may be awarded to any candidate who requests, for it, on payment
of necessary fees.
22. If a person, after having received his degree has lost it, he should after lodging the F.I.R.
and making such announcement in one of the leading dailies apply to the Registrar, for
issue of a duplicate copy of the Degree on payment of prescribed fee and should attach the
cutting of the above newspaper, certified copy of F.I.R. and an affidavit to his application.
On receipt of such application the Registrar is authorized to issue duplicate copy of the
Degree under his signature with the following note thereon:
Duplicate copies of the Degrees are not signed by the Vice-Chancellor.
363
b.
The Registrar and the Controller of Examinations shall lead the procession.
The Vice-chancellor.
Distinguished Guest, if any.
Principal of the College.
Members of the Teaching Staff in order of Seniority.
c. The proceedings will start with recitation from the Holy Quran
d. The Principal will request the Vice-Chancellor to declare the Convocation open.
e. The Vice-Chancellor will declare the Convocation open.
f.
The Vice-chancellor will confer the degree in the following words:By virtue of the authority vested in me as Vice-Chancellor of the University of Sindh, I
admit you to the Degree of ____________ and I charge you throughout your life to prove
yourself/ yourselves worthy of this degree.
j.
Medals and prizes will be awarded by the Vice-Chancellor after the conferment of
degrees.
k. The Principal will request the Vice-Chancellor to declare the Convocation closed.
l.
m. The procession will then re-form and return to the Reception Room in same order.
n. All will rise and remain standing till the procession has passed out.
o. The Vice-Chancellor will be seen off by the Principal.
364
Part-V
EXAMINATION REGULATIONS
4. In case the Convocation is to be presided over by a Chief Guest other than the
Vice-Chancellor or the Principal himself, the Convocation Address will be delivered by the
Chief Guest, if any, and the degrees shall be conferred by the Principal in the following
words:By virtue of the authority delegated to me by the Vice-Chancellor of the University I admit
you to the degree of __________ and charge you throughout your life to prove yourself/
yourselves worthy of the degrees.
The presence of the Registrar and Controller of Examinations in absence of the
Vice-Chancellor is not necessary.
The rest of the procedure will be the same as above.
(ii)
2. Definition
In these Regulations unless the context otherwise requires the expressions and words shall
have the meaning hereby assigned to them
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
(v)
(vi)
UNFAIR MEANS means any wrong or foul means and method or malpractice
adopted to give or receive undue benefit in any examination of the University of Sindh
and shall include copying, impersonation, misbehavior, threatening, assaulting the
staff of the examination or any other staff authorized to conduct the examination and
other things as may be considered to be Unfair Means under the Rules or
Regulations or any Law in force from time to time.
365
EXAMINATION CENTRE means the premises or the place where the University
holds the examinations.
(x)
(xi)
4. Functions
(i)
(ii)
To deal with and scrutinize the cases of the alleged use of unfair means by the
candidates appearing at any University examination,
(iii)
To deal with all other matters affecting the discipline of the candidates at University
examination,
(iv)
2. The Committee may call a candidate alleged of unfair means at the examination for
hearing him/her in person before any decision is taken.
3. A candidate aggrieved by the decision of the Examination Discipline Committee may
appeal to the Syndicate against the decision of the Committee within thirty days from the
date of receipt of the decision of the Committee, and the decision of the Syndicate shall be
final, and shall not be called in question in any court.
4.
The members of the Examination Discipline Committee other then Ex-officio members
shall hold office for two years.
5.
The quorum for a meeting of the Examinations Discipline Committee shall be three
members.
366
Part-V
EXAMINATION REGULATIONS
date and time to present himself/ herself before the Discipline Committee with a warning if he/
she fails to appear before the Examination Discipline Committee to give explanation, exparte
decision will be taken against him/ her. The notice will be sent by Registered post on the
address given by the candidate and this will amount sufficient service.
7. Appeals
If a candidate has valid reasons to appeal against the decision of the Examinations Discipline
Committee he/ she may do so within one month from the date of receipt of the decision,
addressed to the Vice-Chancellor, who may refer the appeal to the Syndicate.
367
(ii)
(iii) making an appeal to the examiner in his her/ her answer book,
(iv) making false representation in his/ her application form or any document produced by
him/ her,
(v)
forging another persons signatures on his/ her examination form, or any other
document,
(vi) refusing to obey instructions issued to him/ her by the University in connection with an
examination,
(vii) refusing to obey Head Invigilator or any other staff member of person deputed for the
purpose in the examination hall, or
(viii) disclosing his/ her identity or making peculiar marks in his/ her answer book(s) for a
examination whether or not any fictitious roll numbers are used by the University,
(ix) giving or receiving assistance or allowing any other candidate or copy his/ her answer
book,
(x)
(xi) creating disturbance of any kind during the examination or otherwise misbehaving in
or around the examination hall, or
(xii) copying from any paper, book or note or by any other means,
(xiii) making previous arrangement to cheat in the examination such as smuggling in or out
a question paper or an answer book in whole or leaves thereof, impersonation or
misconduct of a serious nature,
(xiv) communicating or attempting or communicating directly or indirectly with an examiner
with a view to influence him/ her in the award of marks,
(xv) attempting to induce, directly or indirectly any official of the University or any person
engaged in connection with an examination to give any kind of undue assistance to
him/ her including disclosure of guarded information,
(xvi) Misbehaving or creating any kind of disturbance in or around any examination centre
including staging of, or inciting for a walkout,
(xvii) taking the whole or a part of any answer book or a supplement into or out of an
examination centre,
(xviii)substituting the whole or a part of an answer book or a continuation/ supplement sheet
of an answer book or a continuation/ supplement sheet not duly issued to him/ her for
the examination,
368
Part-V
EXAMINATION REGULATIONS
(xix) forging, mutilating, altering erasing or otherwise tampering with any document
connected with an examination or making undue use of such document or abetting in
the commission of such offences,
(xx) abetting or attempting to use these or any other unfair Means.
13. Unfair Means by Staff of the University or other staff at the Examination Centre
If in the opinion of the University or Examination Discipline Committee any invigilation staff at
the examination centre or any other staff appointed by the University is guilty of:
(i)
(ii)
(iii) awarding with dishonest motive marks more or less than the marks deserved by a
candidate, if the person doing so is an examiner, or
(iv) recording in any document with dishonest motive, marks more or less than the marks
awarded to a candidate by an examiner concerned, if the person doing so is other
than the examiner, or
(v)
369
The Vice-Chancellor may (a) cancel the appointment (b) refuse to pay the whole or
any part of remuneration or (c) recover the amount spent by the University as the
result of noncompliance of instructions, or (d) take any other suitable action that may
be deemed necessary.
Such persons shall also be liable to be proceeded against, under appropriate
Efficiency and Discipline Rules.
14. Punishment
If the competent authority under these regulations comes to the conclusion that the candidate
is guilty of unfair means within the purview of these regulations, the competent authority shall
record such opinion and debar the candidate for a period of three years including the year of
examination in which the candidate was found guilty of unfair means.
(ii)
16. Explanation
In case of impersonation, both the Impersonator and the Impersonated candidates shall be
equally responsible and both are liable to the same punishment.
370
Part-V
EXAMINATION REGULATIONS
2. Award of Bursaries
Bursaries are granted to the three percent of total enrollment of meritorious students in the
class at the rate of Rs.1000/- per student.
372
Part-V
EXAMINATION REGULATIONS
Intermediate Arts
Intermediate Science
B.A. (Pass)
B.Sc. (Pass)
B.Com. (Pass)
(b) Those who secure not less than 60% marks at M.A. (Previous), M.Sc. (Previous),
M.Com. (Previous) and M.Ed. (Previous), B.A. (Honours) Part-III and B.Sc. (Honours)
Part-III Examination, of Sindh University and have secured highest marks in each
subject.
The rate of scholarship for Masters Degree classes is Rs.75/- per month and for
Honours degree Rs.50/- per month.
The scholarship is granted for a period of 10 months (from September to June).
Note:
Any two of the above 3 concessions are not allowed simultaneously under the rules
and also if a student is an awardee of Bursary or freeship and he is also granted
Government scholarship, bursary or the freeship so granted is to be cancelled.
However, if a student who is awarded the Sindh University merit scholarship and is
also granted Government scholarship and wish to avail of the latter is allowed to do so
and may be granted full free-ship in lieu of Sindh University merit scholarship
373
S.No.
DISTRICT HYDERABAD
1.
Government Boys College Phuleli, Hyderabad
2.
Govt. Girls College Jail Road, Hyderabad
3.
Govt. M.B.& G.F. Girls College Tilak Incline Road, Hyd.
4.
Govt. K.B. & M.S Girls College SakhiPir Road,
Hyderabad
5.
Govt. City College, Doman Wah Road, Hyderabad
6.
Govt. Sindh College of Commerce Doman Wah Road,
Hyderabad.
7.
Govt. S.S Arts & Commerce College Tilic Incline,
Hyderabad
8.
Govt. SachalSarmast Commerce College Hirabad, Hyd.
9.
Govt. Hyderabad Sindh Law College HoshMohd.Sheedi
Road, Hyderabad.
10.
Govt. Jinnah Law college Doman Wah Road, Hyderabad
11.
Govt. Dr. I.H. Zuberi Girls College of Home Economics
12.
Govt. Nazareth Girls College, Hyderabad
13.
Federal Govt. College Cantonment, Hyderabad
14.
Govt. Girls College Qasimabad, Hyderabad
15.
Govt. Boys College Qasimabad Hyderabad
16.
Govt. Shah Latif Girls College Latifabad No.6,
Hyderabad
17.
Govt. Girls College Latifabad No.8, Hyderabad
18.
Govt. Ghazali College Arts & Commerce Latifabad
No.11, Hyderabad
19.
Govt. Degree College & PG Centre Latifabad No.11,
Hyderabad
20.
Govt. Boys College (Kohsar) Latifabad, Hyderabad.
21.
Govt. N.ShahBukhari Boys College, Tando Jam
22.
Govt. Boys College Pareetabad, Hyderabad
23.
Govt. Muslim Science College, Hyderabad
24.
Govt. Elementary College of Education for Men, Hyd.
25.
Govt. Elementary College of Education for Women,
Hyderabad
DISTRICT MATIARI
26.
Govt. SarwaryIslamia College Hala
27.
Govt. Girls College Hala
28.
Govt. Boys College Matiari
29.
Govt. Boys college New Saeedabad
30.
Govt. Boys College Bhit Shah
374
B.A/B.Sc./M.A/M.Sc./BCS
B.A/B.Sc./M.A/M.Sc./B.Com/BCS
B.A
B.A/B.Sc.
B.A /B.Sc./B.Com/
B.Com/M.Com
B.A/B.Com/M.Com
B.Com/M.Com
LLB
LLB
B.Sc. (Home Economics)
B.A/BCS/B.Sc
B.A
B.A/B.Sc./BCS
B.Sc/BCS
B.A/B.Sc./BCS/B.Com.
B.A/B.Sc./B.Com
B.A/B.Com./M.Com
B.A/B.Sc./M.A/M.Sc
B.A
B.A/B.Com
B.A
B.Sc.
ADE
ADE
B.A/B.Sc./B.com
B.A/B.Sc.
B.A/B.Sc./B.com
B.A
B.A
Part-V
S.No.
AFFILIATED COLLEGES
375
B.A/B.Sc./B.Com
B.A/B.Sc./BCS
B.A/B.Sc.
B.A./B.Sc./B.Com.
B.A.B.Sc.
B.A./B.Sc.
B.A/B.Sc. /B.Com/BCS
B.A/B.Sc.
B.A./B.Sc./B.Com.
B.A/B.Sc./B.Com
B.A./B.Sc.
B.A/B.Sc.
B.A/B.Sc./B.Com
B.A/B.Sc.
LLB
B.A/B.Sc.
B.A/B.Sc.
B.A/B.Sc.
ADE
B.A/B.Sc.
B.A
B.A/B.Sc./B.Com
B.A/B.Sc./B.Com
B.A/B.Sc.
B.A/B.Sc./B.Com/M.Com
B.A/B.Sc./B.Com/M.com
B.A/B.Sc./B.Com
B.A.B.Sc./B.com
B.A
B.A/B.Com
B.A/B.Sc./BCS
B.A/B.Com
B.A/B.Sc./B.Com/BCS
B.A/B.Sc.
ADE
B.A/B.Sc.
B.A./B.Sc.
ADE
B.A/B.Sc.
B.A/B.Sc.
B.A.
B.A./B.Sc.
B.A./B.Sc.
S.No.
74.
75.
76.
77.
78.
79.
B.A./B.Sc./B.Com./BCS
B.A./B.Sc./B.Com/M.Com
B.A./B.Sc.
B.A.
B.A./B.Sc.
B.Ed./ ADE
2.
3
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15
NAME OF COLLEGE
AFFILIATION FOR
BBA/MBA/BCIT
BBA/MBA/BCIT
BBA/MBA/BCIT
BBA/MBA/BCS/
LLB
BBA/(Pass)/
MBA
Homeopathy
LLB
LLB
LLB
M.B.B.S
BBA
BBA/B.COM/ MBA
BBA/ MBA
BBA/MBA
BBA/MBA
AFFILIATED
31st December
January, 1st Week
15th January
31st January
Inspector of Colleges
Deputy Registrar
376
Part-V
AFFILIATED COLLEGES
28th February
15th March
20th April
30th April
15th June
15th July
13th 18th August
30th June
July, 1st Week
15th July
1st August
Rs.10,000/=
Rs.10,000/=
Rs.10,000/=
Rs.5,000/=
(Post Graduate)
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
The Affiliation fee for private Medical Colleges revised by the Syndicate in its
157th meeting held on 10-10-2006.
It was resolved that the following affiliation fee be charged from the Private Medical College,
affiliated with the University.
(a) Affiliation fee
(b) Yearly affiliation fee
Rs.1.00 million
Rs.0.5 million
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
NAME OF MADARSA
REGISTERATION OF FEE
PAID UP TO
378
Revised Rate of
Fees
Rs.120/Rs.120/Rs.1200/Rs.600/Rs.1500/Rs.1000/Rs.3000/Rs.600/Rs.600/Rs.150/Rs.220/Rs.3000/-
Part-V
S.No.
13
14
15
16
17
18
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
AFFILIATED COLLEGES
Revised Rate of
Fees
Rs.2000/Rs.2500/Rs.4000/Rs.5000/Rs.6000/Rs.7000/Rs.400/Rs.350/Rs.800/Rs.3000/Rs.3500/Rs.1500/Rs.1000/Rs.3000/Rs.700/Rs.600/Rs.250/-
Notification: It is hereby notified that the Vice Chancellor, University of Sindh in exercise of the
powers vested in him / her under section 14(3) of the University of Sindh Act, 1972 has been
pleased to revise the rates of Remuneration / Invigilation / Tabulation etc., for conduct of
various Semester Examination of the University of Sindh, from Semester 2011 as under:
Particulars
Setting of Question Papers
Assessment of Answer Script
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
379
Revised Rates
Rs.600/- per semester
Rrs.50/- per candidate, per
course, per semester
Rs.30/- per candidate, per
course, per semester
Rs.300/- Minimum per
semester
Rs.30/- Per candidate
Rs.300/- Minimum Charges
Rs.200/- Per candidate
(Evaluation)
Rs.200/- Per candidate
(Viva Voce)
Rs.600/- Per semester
Rs.30/- Per Question Paper
Rs.300/- Per Semester
Rs.800/- Per Semester
Particulars
Dean
Director / Chairperson
Factotum
Invigilators
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10
Revised Rates
Rs.3000/- Per Semester
Rs.2000/- Per Semester
Rs.1000/- Per Semester
Rs.200/- Per Semester / Per
Shift one invigilator at least
20 students
Rs.600/- Per Shift
Rs.1000/- DA will not be
claimed
Rs.600/- Per Day / per member
Rs.350/- Per Day
Rs.150/- Per Day
Rs.100/- Per Day
Particulars
Tabulation
2.
Checking of result
3.
4.
Revised Rates
Rs.15/- Per candidate per
semester (Rs.300/- Minimum
Charges per semester)
Miscellaneous
Rs.08/- Per Candidate per
semester
Rrs.10/- Per Candidate per
semester
(Rs.300/- Minimum Charge
per semester)
Rs.05/- per candidate per
semester
(Rs.200/- Minimum Charges
per semester)
Rs.05/- Per Marks Certificate
(Printing)
Notification: It is hereby notified that the competent authority, University of Sindh in exercise
of the powers vested In him under Section 14(3) of the University of Sindh Act 1972 has been
pleased to allow Hotel charges without Hotel receipt @ per night flat rate of Rs.1250/- (Rupees
one thousand two hundred & fifty) only to the faculty members to performing invigilation the
duties during examinations. The claim will be signed by the faculty member (Teacher of
affiliated colleges); halt & journey will be verified by the Controller of Examination concerned
and also Pre-Audit, Meanwhile the officers / officials if any are being deputed to visit official
work In certain campus, District H/Q etc., are also eligible.
The Syndicate at its 186th meeting held on 31.08.2013 and 01.09.2013 resolved vide
Resolution No.39 that faculty members be allowed to stay and charge flat rates.
380
PART- VI
CONDITIONS OF SERVICE
Part-VI
CONDITIONS OF SERVICE
Subject to the provisions of the University of Sindh Ordinance (Ordinance XXI of 1961),
protected under the University of Sindh Act 1972, including amendments from time to
time, and Statutes in this behalf, every employee of the University shall be required to
abide by all the Rules and Regulations of the University.
(2) All University employee shall retire at the age of 60 years, provided that the University
may, in public interest with the prior consent of the Chancellor and subject to physical
fitness, re-employ a person beyond the age of 60 years for a period not exceeding 2
years at a time until he attains the age of 65, on the salary not exceeding the one he drew
when he attained the age of 60 years and further provided that prior sanction of the
Chancellor will not be necessary in case of a Class IV employee if he is in sound health
and capable of performing his duty. For which a certificate from the University Medical
Officer shall be necessary.
(3) Except as otherwise provided for in the conditions of appointment or when on leave
preparatory to retirement, no University employee shall be permitted to accept a salaried
appointment or undertake professional work except with the permission of the
Vice Chancellor
Provided that this Ordinance shall not debar the University Teachers from accepting an
examinership elsewhere.
(4) Every member of the Public Services in Pakistan appointed to a post under the
University, shall retain a right to all leave earned prior to employment under the
University, provided satisfactory arrangement can be made without additional cost to the
University. Such leave shall, however, be granted only when it can be taken without
prejudice to University work.
(5)
For purposes of University services, employees will be divided into two main categories /
heads namely:(a) The teaching faculty
TEACHING FACULTY
(6)
(a) (i) Regular
i) Professors,
iii) Assistant Professors
(ii)
On contract
i) Visiting faculty
General
(c)
Teachers shall be appointed on probation for 2 years on the expiry of which they will
be due for confirmation on the report of the Vice Chancellor: Provided that the
Vice Chancellor may extend the period of probation for another year, if he so deems
fit. This Condition was relaxed and probation period was reduced to one year by the
Senate at the recommendation of Syndicate, in its meeting on 15.12.2004
However, the Senate in its meeting held on 22 nd March, 2013, unanimously resolved
that amendments for conformation rules for the post of teachers in Sindh University
be approved i.e., two years length of regular service for confirmation purpose other
conditions remaining the same as above.
(d) On confirmation, the service will be counted from the date of appointment.
(e) In case of temporary appointment or appointment for fixed period or on contract basis
the Syndicate shall lay down such conditions as to pay, etc.; as the circumstances of
the case warrant, provided that the Vice Chancellor shall be competent to make an
appointment for a period not exceeding 6 months.
(f)
(g) On the termination of his/ her service or on his/ her retirement, a Teacher shall render
account of all University money or property (such as books, records, furniture,
advances or other articles in his charge or possession) and shall return all things
which belong to the University
Associate Professor
Ph.D. in relevant subject with 10 years teaching / research experience in a recognized
University plus 05 research publications in journals of international repute.
Assistant Professor
1st Class Master Degree in Arts/ Commerce / Science / M.Ed. / M.A Education (Specialization
in the relevant field) or with 06 years teaching / research experience in a recognized University,
or a post graduate Institution as Lecturer or professional experience in a national or
International organization
OR
Master Degree (Foreign) or M.Phil from Pakistani University plus 04 years experience in a
recognized University as a Lecturer or Professional experience in the relevant field in a national
or international organization.
OR
Ph.D. with 02 years teaching / research experience in a recognized University or a professional
experience in a relevant field in a national or international organization.
382
Part-VI
CONDITIONS OF SERVICE
Lecturer
1st Class Masters Degree in Arts and Science / 1st Class B.S(Engg) / 1st Class LL.B or
Equivalent.
Note: It may be added that relaxation of Ph.D. qualification for appointment to the posts of
Associate Professor and Professors in the National Scale of Pay (Now BPS) 19 & 20 allowed
originally for 5 years has been withdrawn in 1996.
The Higher Education Commission of Pakistan, established in 2002, prescribed following
criteria for appointment of regular teaching faculty as well as under Tenure Track system,
adopted by the University in 2004 & 2006, respectively.
Assistant
Professor
Associate
Professor
Minimum
Experience
Qualification
Masters Degree (First Class) in the relevant field with
no 3rd Division in the Academic Career from HC
recognized University/Institution. No Experience
required
Ph.D. in the relevant field from HEC recognized
University/ Institution. No Experience Required
OR
Masters degree (foreign) or M.Phil. (Pakistan) in the
relevant
field
from
HEC
Recognized
University/Institution, with 4 years teaching/research
experience in a recognized University or a postgraduation Institution or professional experience in
the relevant field in a National or International
Organization
Ph.D.
in
the 10-yars
teaching/research
relevant field from experience (with at least 4
HEC
recognized years experience at the postUniversity/Institution Ph.D.
level)
in
HEC
recognized University or a
post-graduate Institution or
professional experience in the
relevant field in a National or
International Organization
OR
5-years post-Ph.D. teaching/
research experience in HEC
recognized University or a
post-graduate Institution or
professional experience in the
relevant field in a National or
International Organization
383
Minimum Number
publications
Nil
of
Nil
10 research publication
(with
at
least
4
publications in last 4
years) in Internationally
abstracted
Journals
recognized by the HEC.
Professor
15-years
teaching/research
Experience (with at least 8
years experience at the postPh.D.
level)
in
HEC
recognized University or a
post-graduate Institution or
professional experience in the
relevant field in a National or
International Organization.
OR
10-years post-Ph.D. teaching/
research experience in a
recognized University or a
post-graduate Institution or
professional experience in the
relevant field in a National or
International Organization.
15 research publications
(with
at
least
5
publications in last 5
years) in Internationally
abstracted
Journals
recognized by the HEC.
Assistant
Professor
Associate
Professor
Minimum
Experience
Qualification
Masters Degree (First Class) in the relevant field with
no 3rd Division in the Academic Career from HEC
recognized University/Institution. No Experience
required
Ph.D. in the relevant field from HEC recognized
University/ Institution. No Experience Required.
OR
Masters degree (foreign) or M.Phil. (Pakistan) in the
relevant
field
from
HEC
Recognized
University/Institution, with 4 years teaching/research
experience in a recognized University or a postgraduation Institution or professional experience in the
relevant field in a National or International Organization
Ph.D. in the relevant 10-yars
teaching/research
field
from
HEC experience (with at least 4
recognized
years experience at the postUniversity/Institution
Ph.D.
level)
in
HEC
recognized University or a
post-graduate Institution or
professional experience in the
relevant field in a National or
International Organization
OR
5-years post-Ph.D. teaching/
research experience in HEC
recognized University or a
post-graduate Institution or
professional experience in the
relevant field in a National or
International Organization
384
Minimum Number
of publications
Nil
Nil
10 research
publication (with at
least 4 publications
in last 5 years) in
Internationally
abstracted
Journals
recognized by the
HEC.
Part-VI
Professor
CONDITIONS OF SERVICE
Ph.D.
from
HEC
recognized Institution
in the relevant field
15-years
teaching/research
Experience (with at least 8
years experience at the postPh.D.
level)
in
HEC
recognized University or a
post-graduate Institution or
professional experience in the
relevant field in a National or
International Organization.
OR
10-years post-Ph.D. teaching/
research experience in a
recognized University or a
post-graduate Institution or
professional experience in the
relevant field in a National or
International Organization.
15 research
publications
(with at least 5
publications in last
5 years) in
Internationally
abstracted
Journals
recognized by the
HEC.
385
386
Part-VI
CONDITIONS OF SERVICE
Experience
Minimum Number of
Publications
ASSISTANT PROFESSOR
a.
Minimum
Qualification
b.
Experience
a.
b.
Minimum Number of
Publications
Nil
ASSOCIATE PROFESSOR
Ph.D. in the relevant field from an HEC recognized
Minimum
University/Institution.
Qualification
10-years teaching/research experience in an HEC recognized
Experience
University or a postgraduate Institution or professional
experience in the relevant field in a National or International
organization.
Note: After 30th June, 2013, at least 4-years Post-PhD level
experience in an HEC recognized University or post-graduate
institution or professional experience in the relevant field in a
National or International organization will be required.
Minimum Number of
Publications
PROFESSOR
Minimum
Qualification
387
Experience
Minimum Number of
Publications
Eligibility condition for appointment of faculty in Art & Design (Studio
Practice) disciplines in all HEIs / DAIs
LECTURER
Minimum
Qualification
Experience
Minimum Number of
Publications
ASSISTANT PROFESSOR
a.
Minimum
Qualification
b.
c.
Experience
a.
b.
c.
Minimum Number of
Publications
Nil
ASSOCIATE PROFESSOR
a.
Minimum
Qualification
b.
388
Part-VI
CONDITIONS OF SERVICE
a.
b.
12-years teaching/research experience (with at least 4years' experience after the Masters (Foreign) or equivalent
degree in HEC recognized University or a Post-graduate
Institution or professional experience in the relevant field in
a National or International organization.
Outstanding and substantial level of professional art
activity (Demonstrated by participation in 6 exhibitions at
national or international level with two or more than two
new works in each exhibition or evidence of equal number
of visual communication campaigns designed and
published or equivalent work in any other discipline of Arts
and Design as specified in the research criteria.
Minimum
Qualification
a.
Experience
a.
Experience
Minimum Number of
Publications
PROFESSOR
b.
b.
c.
17-years teaching/research experience (with at least 8years' experience after Master's degree (foreign) or M Phil
or equivalent degree from HEC recognized University or a
Post- graduate Institution or professional experience in the
relevant field in a National or International organization.
389
Minimum Number of
Publications
Minimum
Qualification
PhD in Law from HEC
recognized
University/Institution
Experience
10-years teaching
research experience in
HEC recognized
University or a Postgraduate Institution or
professional experience
in the relevant field in a
National or
International
organization.
Note: After 30th June,
2010 at least 4-years
post PhD level
experience in an HEC
recognized University
or Post-graduate
Institution or
professional experience
in the relevant field in a
National or
International
organization will be
required.
OR
5-years post PhD
teaching/research
experience in HEC
recognized University
or a Post-graduate
Institution or
professional experience
in the relevant field in a
National or
International
organization
390
Minimum Number
of Publications
The applicant must
have 8
publications (with
at least 2
publications in last
5 years) up till 30th
September, 2008
and 10
publications (with
at least 4
publications in the
last 5 years) after
30th September
2008, in HEC
recognized
Journals.
Part-VI
CONDITIONS OF SERVICE
PROFESSOR
PhD in Law or
equivalent degree from
HEC recognized
University / Institution
OR
12-years
teaching/research
experience (with at
least 4-years'
experience after the
post terminal degree
level) in a HEC
recognized University
or a Post-graduate
Institution or
professional experience
in the relevant field in a
National or
International
organization.
15-years teaching/
research experience in
HEC recognized
University or Postgraduate Institution or
professional experience
in the relevant field in a
National or
International
organization.
Note: After 30th June,
2010 at least 8-years
post PhD level
experience in an HEC
recognized University
or Post-graduate
Institution or
professional experience
in the relevant field in a
National or
International
organization will be
required.
OR
10-years post PhD
teaching/research
experience in a
recognized University
or a Post-graduate
Institution or
professional experience
in the relevant field in a
National or
International
organization
391
OR
17-years
teaching/research
experience (with at
least 8-years'
experience after
L.L.M/J.D or equivalent
degrees in HEC
recognized University
or a Post-graduate
Institution or
professional experience
in the relevant field in a
National or
International
organization.
Minimum
Qualification
Experience
Minimum Number of
Publications
ASSISTANT PROFESSOR
a.
Minimum
Qualification
b.
Experience
a.
b.
Minimum Number of
Publications
Nil
ASSOCIATE PROFESSOR
Ph.D. in the relevant field from Institution recognized by HEC in
Minimum
consultation with PEC.
Qualification
Till June 2012, 07-years teaching/research experience in a
Experience
recognized Institution / College / University or 7-years
professional experience in the relevant field in a National or
International Organization out of which 2-year must be
teaching experience.
Note: After 2012, 10-year teaching experience and after 30th
June, 2013 at least 4-yearss experience at the Post-Ph.D.
level in HEC recognized University or a post-graduate
392
Part-VI
Minimum Number of
Publications
CONDITIONS OF SERVICE
PROFESSOR
Minimum
Qualification
Experience
Minimum Number of
Publications
POLICY
REGARDING
TEACHING ASSISTANTS
APPOINTMENT
OF
VISITING
FACULTY
&
The Syndicate in its 184th meeting held on 09.03.2013, resolved unanimously vide Resolution
No.21 that the recommendations of Committee established regarding (i) Enhancement and fixed
monthly honorarium of retired visiting faculty for taking classes duly endorsed by the Deans
Committee be approved as under:
i. Hiring of retired Ph.D. Professors or others experienced faculty member should not be
automatic on their retirement but on the need basis in the general interest of the University.
ii. It is desirable to have specific recommendation of concerned Chairperson and Dean
before hiring of the retired faculty which may not block promotion chances for in-service
faculty. All the recommended cases for extension in contract term/fresh appointment and
raise in remuneration will be routed through university-wide committee which will comprise
of Deans of all Faculties and 04 additional members to be nominated by Vice Chancellor.
iii. Honorarium of Ph.D. retired Professor at Rs.50,000/- p.m. is reasonable as it is token
recognition of services rendered to the University.
393
iv.
Non Ph.D. retired Professors may be given.Rs.40,000/- p.m. and those hired on per
lecturer basis with maximum Rs.15,000/- p.m., be given Rs.20,000/- maximum., with effect
from January, 2013.
v.
Those retired Professors whose services have been recognized at national level may be
given extra amount of Rs.20,000/- p.m. for teaching and conducting research.
vi.
A retired Ph.D. Professor while hired will teach two full courses per semester. At least one
M.Phil. / Ph.D. student shall be registered by him / her besides those he / she has already
been supervising which should be confirmed by Chairperson / Directors and countersigned
by the Dean of the Faculty; on the basis of this confirmation, further extension of 06 month
w.e.f. January, 2013, may be considered.
vii.
viii. Payment to hired Professors will be made from Self Finance Scheme.
ix.
The above decisions of the committee will be reviewed after every 05 years for updates
and improvement.
Short Title
These Statutes may be called the University of Sindh Tenure Track System
Statutes 2004*
Objectives:1.
Tenure Track System may be introduced in the University of Sindh and should be based
purely on merit, performance and demonstration of excellence in teaching and research.
2.
394
Part-VI
CONDITIONS OF SERVICE
3.
Criterion should be formally laid down and notified by HEC for admissibility of Tenure
Track Package to the faculty members under Tenure Track System, assessment /
evaluation be carried out by an independent Committee of eminent experts including a
representative of HEC.
4.
Regular review of the performance of faculty member shall be carried out by the Peer
Review Committee including a representative of HEC for continuing their services
under Tenure Track System.
5.
The HEC proposed Tenure Track Package was agreed in principle but the Committee
advised that it should be accommodated in the Scales already approved (like the
Government M Scales or MP Scales) instead of introducing a new pay package. The
package prepared accordingly is annexed.
6.
The Committee agreed that the Tenure Track System would be availed by about 10%
of the faculty including the existing and the likely new induction in the first instance.
The Tenure Track Scheme covers appointment of people on contract during the first
term Second term and Probationary appointment periods, as well as permanent or
tenured appointments that are not on contract.
2.
All qualified faculty members in all disciplines are eligible to opt for this system
provided they fulfill the minimum eligibility conditions as laid down in the statutes.
3.
There is no restriction on the percentage of existing faculty members applying for, and
placed on, tenure track as long as the eligibility conditions are satisfied.
4.
The eligibility requirement of qualification of a Ph.D. degree for faculty members in the
Clinical Medical Science disciplines may be replaced with FCPS(Pakistan) /
Membership of Royal Collages (UK) / Diplomat of American Board and equivalent (as
determined by HEC) International terminal qualifications in the Clinical Medical
Science disciplines.
5.
In case the Government of Pakistan withdraws the Tenure Track scheme at any time,
the faculty members appointed on this scheme will be adjusted in relevant scales with
their seniority preserved.
6.
7.
A faculty member appointed under the Tenure Track scheme may not take up any
other paid assignment with any other organization, without the approval of the Vice
Chancellor of the respective Institution and the HEC.
8.
Track
at
the
a.
b.
395
See sections 2.1 & 2.2 of Mode-l Tenure Track Statutes. First Term is the initial 3 years contractual
appointments given to Assistant, Professors on Tenure Track.
113 See Section 2.2.2 of Model Tenure-Track Statutes. Second Term is the second 3 year
contractual appointment given to Assistant Professors who have successfully completed the first 3
year appointment, and have been recommended by the Technical Review Panel after the first term
review, upon completion of second 3 year term, final tenure review will take place by the Technical
review panel.
114 See Section 2.3 of Model Tenure Track Statutes. Senior faculty members will be appointed on
contract for a period of 4 years, and will be on probation during this, period. At the end of probation
period final tenure review will take place by the Technical review panel.
Experience in a recognized University or a post-graduate Institution or professional experience in the
relevant field in a National or International Organization and 10 research publications in
internationally abstracted Journals recognized by the Higher Education Commission.
c.
Full Professor: Ph.D. from a recognized and reputable Institution in the relevant
field with 09 years post-Ph.D. teaching/research experience in a recognized
University or a post-graduate Institution or professional experience in the
relevant field in a National or International Organization and 15 research
publications in Internationally abstracted Journals recognized by the Higher
Education Commission.
9.
Each candidate who wishes to be considered for the Tenure Track Scheme should
prepare a comprehensive application dossier that includes letters of reference from
his/her Ph.D. supervisor as well as others from, eminent researchers in his/her area
of specialization, and all publications in internationally abstracted journals.
10.
The dossier of each candidate from all applicants should be sent to an independent
Technical Review Panel to be constituted by the University and, composed of
eminent International academics and researchers in the relevant area, drawn only
from technologically advanced countries. A copy of the dossier, along with names of
the Technical Review Panel members should also be sent to the HEC.
11.
b.
c.
d.
e.
396
'
Part-VI
CONDITIONS OF SERVICE
General Introduction
This document contains the Model Track Process. Statutes that specify the rules and
regulations pertaining to implementation and execution of the Tenure Track process at
institutes of higher Learning, i.e. degree granting institutions, in Pakistan. Since the
governance and management structure of a university varies across the various institutions
these Statutes have been prepared for a model institutions in which the Senate is the
governing body, the Syndicate is management body and certain statutory committees are in
place to oversee the process of implementation of the procedure described in this document.
In consultation with the Higher Education Commission each institution may modify these
model Tenure Tract Statutes in light of their particular nature and circumstances. These
modifications, however, are to be minor in nature and may not alter the fundamental spirit of
the tenure track process of an open recognition of merit, with grant of permanence of
employment only on demonstration of excellence as determined by a body containing
international experts in the relevant subject matter.
Each institution may enact the approved Tenure Track Statutes following their respective
process of enactment of statutes. Such institutions will subsequently be eligible to receive
additional Government funding for tenure track appointments.
General Introduction.
a.
Ultimate decisions in matters of appointment and promotion in rank are made on the
authority of the Senate. Initial recommendations, however, are made at the
departmental level (or college level where colleges are not divided into departments);
although a recommendation maybe submitted by any member of the faculty. These
recommendations are then reviewed by the administrative officers most directly
involved and are forwarded with their recommendations to the Vice Chancellor of the
University who transmits them to the Syndicate and Senate. Recommendations at
the departmental level will be given most serious consideration in this procedure.
The matter be brought to the notice of the Senate through the Selection 'Board and
the Syndicate".
b.
c.
The University may make the following types of appointments of new faculty
members:
a. Temporary Appointments.
1.2
Any graduate of the University shall not be eligible for appointment on tenure track in
the same department of that University where he/she has obtained his/her terminal
degree for at least 3-years following his/her graduation.
Teaching
Scholarship, research, or other creative work
Service
Personal characteristics
Not all faculty members excel in each of these areas, but distinction or promise,
especially in either of the first two; constitute the chief basis for appointment and
promotion. Even though teaching maybe more difficult to evaluate than scholarship,
research, or creative work, it should not therefore be given a place of secondary
consideration in an overall rating. The last two categories are important but normally
round out and complement the qualities presented in the first two areas.
1.2.1
Teaching
1.2.2
A faculty members scholarship, research, and other creative work should make a contribution
to the particular field of interest and serve as an indication of professional competence. The
result of this kind of activity normally finds expression in publication or other media appropriate
to the field, and where appropriate, should be reflected in teaching. In no case, however,
should a persons productive effort be measured by mere quantity.
1.2.3
Service
398
Part-VI
1.2.4
CONDITIONS OF SERVICE
Personal Characteristics
This category may be considered to include all traits which contribute to an individuals
effectiveness as a teacher, as a leader in a professional area, and as a human being. Of
primary concern here all intellectual breadth, emotional stability or maturity, and a sufficient
vitality and forcefulness to constitute effectiveness. There must also be a sufficient degree of
compassion and willingness to cooperate, so that an individual can work harmoniously with
others while maintaining independence of thought and action. This category is so broad that
flexibility is imperative in its appraisal.
1.3
Sources of Information
It is not easy to come to clear and definite decisions about the criteria on which a candidate is
judged, even when the information is at hand. The suggestions that follow have been found
useful and appropriate in identifying sources of information.
1.3.1
Teaching
a.
b.
Seek out student opinion. In the absence of a reliable system for course teaching
evaluation, this method needs to be used with great care.
c.
Gather reports on colloquia, seminars, etc. given in the department or elsewhere with
a view to assess the quality of presentation with respect to subject content,
organization and communication.
d.
e.
f.
g.
Teaching load.
1.3.2
a.
b.
Assess any published material in terms of its content and in terms of the journals, or
other aspects, in which it appears; or assess any creative work in terms of its public
presentation and reception.
c.
Evaluate the work that the candidate may have done as consultant.
d.
e.
Gather reports of specific projects undertaken and ascertain the success achieved in
the past as well as the prospects of success for the future. Remember that important
projects may require many years before they can be presented to the public.
399
1.3.3
Service
a.
b.
In the case of new appointments, one must depend primarily upon the information
obtained from letters of recommendation or other such sources.
c.
For promotions, the biographical record with its annual supplements collected in the
office of the Registrar of the University, should constitute a fairly complete record.
However, one should also consult the candidates colleagues for additional
information.
1.4
The following statements should be looked upon as firm but not absolute guidelines
governing normal promotion. Special procedures are sometimes required in unusual
circumstances, where too strict adherence to the rule could well be disadvantageous
to the University. Also, qualifications differ in the various fields. Customary degrees
or their equivalents should be required, recognizing that these requirements differ
according to the standards in the various fields.
b.
1.4.1
1.4.1.1 Lecturer
This rank is most appropriate for persons beginning their teaching careers. It should be used
by any department or Faculty which finds it convenient and appropriate to include lecturer-ship
within its faculty rankings. It can also be used for persons needed to fill temporary posts under
emergency conditions. As with any appointment, the status should be made clear and put in
writing at the time of employment.
a.
b.
Lecturers are appointed with the understanding that they will not be promoted to
professorial rank unless they obtain a Ph.D. degree or an equivalent.
b.
As general rule, the length of service in the rank of Assistant Professor before being
considered for promotion to the rank of associate professor is 4 (four) years.
Recommendations for promotion in less time should be carefully weighed and
justified by the administrative officer making such recommendation.
400
Part-VI
CONDITIONS OF SERVICE
1.4.2
b.
As a general rule, the length of service in the rank of associate professor before
being considered for promotion to full professor is 4 (four) years Recommendations
for promotion in less time should be carefully weighed and justified by the
administrative-officer making the recommendation.
1.4.2.2 Professor
a.
1.5
Temporary Appointment
a.
b.
During the latter part of the third year of the first term appointment evaluation of the
faculty member, with written reports, .as provided for in 2.3:3 shall be conducted. In
addition to conforming to the requirements and procedures in 2,3,3 the first term
review shall also take into consideration the needs of the departments a:nd the
University for flexibility.
b.
The department and/or college concerned shall no later than (3) three months prior
to the end of the third year make a decision-favorable or not favorable -with respect
to the performance of the faculty member during the time served.
c.
A recommendation upon this decision shall be sent immediately by the Dean of the
Faculty to the Vice Chancellor of the University who in turn shall at this time make
the final decision with respect only to the faculty member's performance, and shall so
notify the faculty member no later than two weeks prior to the end of the third year. If
this decision by the Vice Chancellor about performance is favorable, the faculty
member shall be notified that he or she will receive a second three-year appointment
if the University's need for flexibility permits if the decision about performance is
negative, I the faculty member shall be issued a terminal contract for the year
following the decision.
402
Part-VI
d.
2.2.1
a.
2.2.2
a.
CONDITIONS OF SERVICE
If the University's need for flexibility requires that a faculty member judged worthy of
retention not be retained, the Vice Chancellor must explain to the Faculty
Development; Evaluation and Recruitment Committee of the concerned Faculty, why
there is a need for flexibility regarding this particular position; and 'show that the
administration's plans for the academic and fiscal nature of that position are
reasonable. If the Vice Chancellor decides that the University's need for flexibility
requires that the faculty position in question must be eliminated, shifted within the
department, or shifted to another department or Faculty and/or if the Vice Chancellor
determines that because the percentage of tenured positions or a combination of
tenured and probationary positions) in the department is so high as to make it unwise
to authorize an additional probationary appointment, the Dean of the concerned
Faculty, respective Department Chairperson and faculty member concerned shall be
notified as early in the third year as possible. A faculty member whose performance
shows excellence or promise of excellence but whose employment will not be
continued because a position is being eliminated shifted within a department or to
another department or Faculty will be offered a notice contract for one additional year
of employment beyond' the initial three-year appointment.
a.
2.3.4
By written agreement with the appointee and with the consent of a majority of
the tenured members of the department by the faculty member's qualifications
warrant such reduction. In exceptional cases and with the consent of a majority of
the tenured members of the department (or no departmentalized college), tenure
may be recommended on appointment. A committee, the probationary period may be
reduced below the maximum periods given faculty member may achieve tenure only
through full-time service, and part-time service shall not be considered as
probationary service leading to possible tenure. A full-time faculty member with
tenure, however, may at his or her request change to part-time service, either
permanently or temporarily for a specified time, and retain tenure, provided that the
department (or non- departmentalized college), the Dean of the Faculty, and the Vice
Chancellor approve the terms in advance. A faculty member with tenure who resigns
from the University and is rehired within three years as a full-time member of the
same department shall have tenure upon return. A faculty member with tenure who
resigns from. the University and is rehired by the same department after more than
three years' absence may-be required to serve a probationary period of not more
than one year at the discretion of the department. A faculty member with tenure who
resigns from the University and is rehired as a full-time member of another.
Tenure Review:
a.
In the final year of the faculty member's probationary period, it is mandatory that a full
review report be made.
b.
The chairperson of the concerned department shall conduct a thorough review of the
member's fitness for tenure following the same procedure as outlined for the midprobationary review.
c.
The full mid-probationary report shall be taken into consideration by the tenured
faculty of the department in this process.
d.
The chairperson, after discussion with at least the tenured faculty of the department
(written comments may or may not .be employed), shall recommend to the dean that
the probationary member be given tenure or not. The chairperson's recommendation
to the dean shall be accompanied by a full, written evaluation report including' at
least a summary of the evaluations of all faculty members consulted.
e.
f.
The dean shall normally abide by the Chairpersons recommendation. If the dean
decides not to follow this recommendation, the dean shall immediately and in writing
inform both the probationary member and the chairperson including a written
statement of reasons, so that they may have ten working days in which to present
their cases to the Vice Chancellor. .
g.
The Vice Chancellor shall take the decision which shall be final
h.
The Senate shall make the final decision on the award of tenure. The Senate shall
normally abide by the recommendations of the chairpersons forwarded by the dean
and finally by the Vice Chancellor. If the Senate considers not following the
recommendation in which the Vice Chancellor, the Dean of the Faculty and the
chairperson have concurred, or If there is a conflict in the recommendations made by
these officers, the Senate shall immediately and in writing inform the probationary
404
Part-VI
CONDITIONS OF SERVICE
member and the officers involved in the decision and shall include a written statement
of reasons. The probationary member and the officers involved shall have ten working
days to present their cases to the Senate before the final decision is made.
i.
2.4
2.5
Resignations.
a.
An instructor or assistant professor who wishes to resign from the faculty shall;
normally give notice not less than three months before the expiration of his contract.
b.
An associate or full professor shall normally give not less than four months' notice.
c.
Any faculty member may properly request that this requirement be waived in case of
hardship or if he feels that observance might deny him substantial professional
advancement.
405
d.
2.6
A faculty member may properly give notice within ten days after receiving his contract
(1) if it is not in his hands in time for him to meet the above requirements and
(2) if he is not satisfied with the terms and conditions of the offered contract.
The services of a faculty member having tenure shall be terminated only for
adequate cause, except at the normal retirement age or under extraordinary
circumstances due to demonstrably bona-fide financial exigencies of the University.
b.
c.
d.
e.
2.6.1
Preliminary Proceedings
a.
b.
If the matter is not concluded by agreement and the University administrator still
wants to terminate the faculty member's services, the issue shall be referred to the
Syndicate who shall constitute a Dismissal Review Committee of at least 5 members
consisting of tenured faculty members and senior administrators from within and/or
outside the University.
406
Part-VI
2.6.2
a.
2.6.3
CONDITIONS OF SERVICE
Statement of Charges
A formal dismissal proceeding shall be commenced by a communication from the
Vice-Chancellor to the faculty member and to the chairperson of the Dismissal
Review Committee containing.
i.
A statement giving, with reasonable particularity, the grounds for the dismissal.
ii.
A statement that tile Dismissal Review Committee will conduct a hearing on the
charges.
iii.
A statement of the time and place for tile hearing, such time being set by the
Dismissal Review Committee to permit the faculty member sufficient
opportunity 'to prepare his defense.
iv.
Written Answer
Not less than two weeks before the date set for the hearing, the faculty member shall submit
to the Vice Chancellor and to the chairperson of the Dismissal Review Committee his written
answer to the charges.
2.6.4
a.
If the faculty member does not answer the Vice Chancellor's statement of the
grounds, the Committee shall consider whether the stated grounds constitute
adequate cause for dismissal. If the Committee finds that the stated grounds do
constitute adequate cause, it may conclude, without further inquiry, that the dismissal
would be proper.
b.
In its discretion, the Committee may investigate the truth of the charges and request
that the Vice Chancellor present proof thereof.
c.
The Committee shall forward its decision, with reasons stated, to the Vice Chancellor
and to the faculty member.
The Dismissal Review Committee, in consultation with the Vice Chancellor and the
faculty member, shall exercise its independent judgment concerning the public or
private nature of the hearing. The faculty member's request that the hearings be
private, however, shall be binding on the Committee.
b.
If any facts are in dispute, testimony of witnesses and other evidence" shall be
received.
c.
The Vice Chancellor shall have the option of attending the hearing. The faculty
member and the Vice Chancellor shall have the option of being represented by
counselor an adviser, or both.
d.
The hearing shall normally proceed as follows: (a) presentation of the evidence in
support of the statement of grounds: (b) the faculty member's evidence in answer;
(c) the rebuttal evidence; (d) the faculty member's rebuttal evidence:
(e) closing arguments. If the circumstances warrant, the Committee may vary the
normal order of proceeding.
407
e.
The faculty member and the Vice Chancellor; their representatives and committee
members shall have the right within reasonable limits, to question all witnesses who
testify orally.
f.
g.
A verbatim record of the proceeding shall be kept and made available to tile parties
concerned. The cost of such record shall be borne by the University.
h.
If the faculty member's academic performance is questioned, the proof before the
Committee shall be insufficient unless it includes testimony of teachers and other
scholars, either from the University or from other institutions, and it,
shows that: (1) the faculty member's academic performance has deteriorated, since
he received tenure; and (2) his academic performance is now typically unsatisfactory.
i.
The faculty member shall have the aid of the University Administration and the
Committee, when needed, in securing the attendance of witnesses and in obtaining
information necessary to his defense.
j.
Except as provided in this paragraph, the parties shall have the opportunity to be
confronted at the hearing by all witnesses adverse to them. When it is impossible for
either party to secure the attendance of a witness at the hearing, his statement which
is to be introduced at the hearing shall be reduced to writing and signed by him, and
shall be disclosed to the other party sufficiently in advance to permit such other party
to interrogate the witness before the hearing. If the other party fails to interrogate the
witness within a reasonable time or if he does interrogate the witness and the replies
of the witness are reduced to writing and signed by him, the original statement
together with the replies, if any, shall be admissible in the hearing.
k.
The Committee shall not be required to follow formal court procedures or judicial rules
of evidence.
.
2.6.5
a.
In the usual case, the Committee shall await the availability of a verbatim record of the
hearing before proceeding to a decision. It may request or accept written briefs from
the parties; where the Committee feels that a just decision can be reached in the
absence of a verbatim record, it may in its discretion, render a decision without waiting
for it. In all cases, the Committee shall render its decision with full consideration of the
fact that the University Administration has the burden of proving its case. The
Committee shall reach its conclusions in executive session.
b.
The Committee shall make specific findings of fact supporting its conclusions on each
of the grounds for removal presented. A reasoned opinion normally shall accompany
the findings and conclusions.
c.
The Vice Chancellor and the faculty member shall be notified of the Committee's
decision in writing and shall be given copies of the findings, conclusions, and opinion.
d.
In the discretion of the Committee, publicity concerning the Committee's decision may
properly be withheld until due consideration has been given to the case by the
Senate.
408
Part-VI
2.6.6
CONDITIONS OF SERVICE
a.
At the request of either the faculty member or the Vice Chancellor" the Senate shall
review the case. A request for review by the Senate must be filed with the Registrar of
tile University within 120 calendar days of the date that the Committee's decision is
sent to the faculty member, and the Vice Chancellor. The Senate's review shall be
based on the record of the hearing' before the Dismissal Review Committee,
accompanied by opportunity for oral and written argument by the principals or their
representatives.
b.
The Senate will normally abide by the Committee's decision. If the' Senate disagrees
with the Committee, the proceedings shall be returned to the Committee with objections
specified. The Committee shall reconsider the case, following procedures hereinbefore
specified for the original hearing, taking account of the stated objections and receiving
new evidence if necessary. After reconsideration, the Committee shall frame its decision
and communicate it in the same manner as before, after study of the Committee's
reconsideration, accompanied by opportunity for oral and written argument by the
principal or their representatives; the Senates shall make a final decision.
2.7
Faculty Remuneration
a.
2.7.1
A faculty member appointed on tenure track shall be entitled, in accordance with the
rules, to the pay sanctioned for such post.
Initial Pay
a.
The initial pay of a faculty member appointed to a post shall be determined as a sum
of the Basic pay in that post, plus
b.
c.
A faculty member may be awarded advanced increments that may be based on the
following factors
i.
ii.
iii.
iv.
v.
vi.
Market factors
vii.
b.
c.
The Senate shall determine the honorarium as well as increase in basic pay of the
Vice Chancellor.
409
Those who are employed between January and June may be considered for annual
increase with effect from 1st July of the following service year.
b.
Those who are employed between July and December maybe considered for annual
increase with effect from 1st July of the following service year.
2.7.3
a.
2.7.4
a.
By 15'" February each year every faculty member will complete and submit to the
respective Department chairperson a self assessment report.
b.
c.
The Vice Chancellor shall make the final decision on assessment of the faculty
members and, shall forward the reports for record purposes to the Senate.
d.
Following allocation of budget to the University the Syndicate shall recommend to the
Vice Chancellor the pay raise, if any, to be granted to the faculty members. The
faculty member shall be entitled to a pay raise that may consist of three components.
a.
One annual increment determined by the pay scale of the post to which the
faculty member is appointed.
b.
c.
410
Part-VI
CONDITIONS OF SERVICE
Minimum Maximum
Monthly Monthly
Salary
Salary
Pay Package.
Category
of Faculty
Pay Scale
House Rent
Allowance
Utility
Allowance
Professor
50,000-7,500-80,000
30,000- 50,000
5% of Pay
82,500
134,000
Associate
Professor
35,000-5,000 50,000
15,000-20,000
5% of Pay
51,750
72,500
Assistant
Professor.
25,000-3,000-37,000
5% of Pay
36,250
50,850
10,000-12,000
Utility
Allowance
1.1
General Introduction
a.
Ultimate decisions in matters of appointment and promotion in rank are made on the
authority of the Senate. Initial recommendations, however, are made at the
departmental level (or college level where colleges are not divided into departments),
although a recommendation may be submitted by any member of the faculty. These
recommendations are then reviewed by the administrative officers most directly
involved and are forwarded with their recommendations to the Vice Chancellor of the
University who transmits them to the Syndicate & Senate. Recommendations at the
department level through the dean will be given most serious consideration in this
procedure. The matter be brought to the notice of the Senate through the Selection
Board and the Syndicate.
b.
411
c.
The University may make the following types of appointments of new members:
i.
Temporary Appointments
ii.
d.
e.
Once a University/Degree Awarding Institution has adopted the Tenure Track System
of appointment no further appointment of PhD degree holders may be made as
Assistant Professors under the old (BPS) system. Such faculty members must be
recruited under the Tenure Track scheme provided funds are made available by HEC.
f.
The Seniority of a teacher in each cadre of the university shall be determined on the
basis of the date of joining in each cadre irrespective whether the teacher has joined
on BPS or TTS. In case of employees joining on the same date, seniority shall be
determined on the basis of date of birth, as per relevant Sindh University rules.
1.2
Teaching
Scholarship, research, or other creative work
Service
Personal characteristics
Not all faculty members excel in each of these area, but distinction or promise, especially in
either of the first two; constitute the chief basis for appointment and promotion. Even though
teaching may be more difficult to evaluate than scholarship, research, or creative work, it
should not therefore be given a place of secondary consideration in an overall rating. The last
two categories of service and personal characteristics are of secondary importance and
normally round out and complement the qualities presented in the first two areas.
1.2.1
Teaching
1.2.2
A faculty member's scholarship, research, and other creative work should make a contribution
to the particular field of interest and serve as an indication of professional competence. The
result of this kind of activity normally finds expression in publication brother media appropriate
to the field, and where appointment should be reflected in teaching. In no case, however,
should a person's productive effort be measured by mere quantity.
412
Part-VI
1.2.3
CONDITIONS OF SERVICE
Service
1.2.4
Personal Characteristics
This category may be considered to include all traits which contribute to an individual's
effectiveness as a teacher, as a leader in a professional area, and as a human being of
Primary concern here are intellectual breadth emotional stability or maturity, and a sufficient
vitality and forcefulness to constitute effectiveness. There must also be a sufficient degree of
compassion forcefulness to constitute effectiveness. There must also be a sufficient degree of
compassion and willingness to cooperate, so that an individual" can work harmoniously with
others while maintaining independence of thought and action. This category is so broad that
flexibility is imperative in its appraisal.
1.3
Sources of Information
It is not easy to come to clear and definite decisions about the criteria on which a candidate is
judged, even when the information is at hand. The suggestions that follow have been found
useful and appropriate in identifying sources of information.
1.3.1
Teaching
i.
ii.
Seek out student opinion, in the absence of a reliable system for course/teaching
evolution; this method needs to be used with great care.
iii.
Gather reports on colloquia, seminars, etc. given in the department or elsewhere with
a view to assess the quality of presentation with respect to subject content,
organization and view to assess the quality of presentation with respect to subject
content, organization and communication.
iv.
v.
vi.
vii.
Teaching load.
1.3.2
a.
b.
Assess any published material in terms of its content and in terms of the journals, or
other auspices, in which it appears; or asses any creative work in terms of its public
presentation and reception.
413
c.
d.
Take into consideration the M.Phil. and Ph.D. produced and currently under supervision
professional meetings, whether of state, regional, national, or international scope.
e.
Gather reports of specific projects undertaken and ascertain the success achieved in
the past as well as the prospects of success for the future. Remember that important
projects may require many years before they can be presented to the public.
1.3.3
Service
a.
b.
In the case of new appointments, one must depend primarily upon the information
obtained from letters of recommendation or other such sources.
c.
For promotions, the biographical record with its annual I supplements collected in the
office of the Registrar of the University should constitute a fairly complete record.
d.
However, one should also consult the candidates colleagues for additional
information.
1.3.4
Personal Characteristics.
a.
Clues to traits of character may be found in the dossier of an appointee when the
letter of recommendations are included.
b.
For promotions, confidential reports from colleagues and others acquainted with the
candidate will constitute the primary source of information regarding personal
characteristics; such reports must obviously be treated with great circumspection.
1.4
b.
The following statements should be looked upon as firm but not absolute guidelines
governing normal promotion. Special procedures are sometimes required in unusual
circumstances, where too strict adherence to the' rule could well be disadvantageous
to the University. Also, qualifications differ in the various fields. Customary degrees or
their equivalents should be required, recognizing that these requirements differ
according to the standards in the various fields.
c.
d.
The relevant terminal qualification in the case of a faculty member in the' Clinical
Medical Science discipline would be MSIMD / MDS / M.Phil FCPS(Pakistan) /
Membership of Royal College (UK) / Diplomat of American Board and equivalent (as
determined by HEC). In the case of Law the relevant terminal qualification would be
Lim (law) or JD. In the case of Arts and Design (Studio Practice) the relevant terminal
qualification would be Master's (Foreign) or M.Phil or equivalent degree in the
relevant field as determined by the HEC.
414
Part-VI
e.
CONDITIONS OF SERVICE
A faculty member appointed under the Tenure Track scheme may not take up any
other paid assignment with any other organization, without the approval of the Vice Chancellor of the respective Institution.
A person who is primarily a graduate student may not be given a faculty appointment.
Such a person may be appointed as a teaching assistant or teaching associate, in
accordance with University policies.
b.
Lecturers are appointed with the understanding that they will not be promoted to
professorial rank unless they obtain a Ph.D. degree' or relevant terminal qualification.
b.
As a general rule the length of service in the rank of Assistant Professor before being
considered for promotion to the rank of Associate Professor is six years.
Recommendations for promotion after first term review should be carefully weighed
and justified by the administrative officer making such recommendation.
1.4.2
Appointment or promotion to either senior rank should represent an implicit prediction on the
part of the departments, college and University that the individual will continue to make sound
contributions to teaching 'and learning. It should be made only after careful investigation of the
candidate's promise in scholarship, in teaching, and in leadership and learning. By this
statement is meant that serious attention must be given to the caliber of the candidate's
intellectual and moral stature, for this will probably be the key factor in determining the extent to
which past performance in teaching and in creative work may be expected to carry on through
continuing contributions. Deans and departmental chairpersons normally will look to the senior
ranks for advice and counsel regarding policy matters, including appointment and promotion.
Also services rendered to communities and agencies or organization in the candidate's
professional capacity should certainly be considered in assessing qualification for
advancement to senior ranks.
415
As a general rules the length of service in the rank of associate professor before being
considered for promotion to full Professor is five years with at least 4 publications in
the past 5 years in international repute / HEC recognized Journals. Recommendations
for promotion in less time should be carefully weighed and justified' by the
administrative officer making the recommendation.
1.4.2.2 Professor
a.
416
Part-VI
(ii)
CONDITIONS OF SERVICE
c.
1.5
Temporary appointment
a.
2.
As a general rule, the length of service in the rank of associate professor before being
considered for promotion to full professor is five years. Recommendations for
promotion in less time should be carefully weighed and justified by the administrative
officer making the recommendation.
417
2.1
The tenure track process normally involves an initial term contract appointment of a
faculty member for a period of three years. For a faculty member appointed at a junior
rank (not higher than Assistant Professor) it will be followed by a second term contract
appointment for an additional period of three years. A tenure decision must be made
for such a faculty member in the third year of the second term contract appointment.
Faculty members initially appointed at a junior rank will thus normally serve six years,
before a final tenure decision is made. For a faculty member appointed at a senior
rank (Associate and Full Professor) the probationary period shall normally be four
years for associate and professor. The services of a faculty members having tenure
shall be terminated only for adequate cause, except at the normal retirement age or
under extraordinary circumstances decision in these statutes.
b.
Each candidate who wishes to be considered for the Tenure Track Scheme should
prepare a comprehensive application dossier that includes letters of reference from
his/her Ph.D. supervisor as well as others from eminent researchers in his/ her area of
specialization, and all publications in Internationally Abstracted Journals, recognized for
the purpose of appointment on Tenure Track by the Higher Education Commission.
c.
The dossier of each candidate from applicants other than Assistant Professor should
be sent to an independent Technical Review Panel (TRP) to be constituted by the
University and composed of eminent international academics and researchers in the
relevant area who have obtained Ph.D. Degree from academically advanced
countries. A copy of the, dossier, along with names of the Technical Review Panel
members should also be sent to the HEC. The following criteria should be followed
while selecting members of the TRP.
d.
i.
Should
not have served as Supervisor/Co-Supervisor of the candidate
under review.
ii.
iii.
iv.
Upon receipt of application for appointment on the Tenure Track scheme at the
Associate / Full Professor level by eligible candidates, the respective institution is
required to process the application by first obtaining the recommendation of, the
external Technical Review Panel. Upon receipt of the favorable recommendation from
this panel the matter is to be placed for consideration by the Selection Board of the
Institute. However, the application for the position from existing Professor/Associate
Professor and Assistant Professor will be placed directly to the Selection Board after
internal review by the relevant Department TTC.
The Selection Board may make any of the following decisions on merit.
i.
ii.
iii.
418
Part-VI
e.
2.2
CONDITIONS OF SERVICE
iv.
v.
A faculty member appointed on probation on the Tenure Track scheme who wishes to
be considered for permanent tenure prior to completion of the 4-Years probationary
period may apply to the University to be considered early. This case will be treated as
an exceptional case, and in addition to being recommended by the external Technical
Review Panel and Selection Board of the University, the case is also sent to the HEC
for evaluation by an independent international panel of experts form technologically
advanced countries constituted for this purpose, and recommended by them.
During the latter part of the third year of the first term appointment, evaluation of the
faculty member, with written reports, as provided for in 2.3.3 shall be conducted. In
addition to conforming to the requirements and procedures in 2.3.3, the first term
review shall also take into consideration the needs of the department, the college, and
the University for flexibility.
b.
The department and/or college concerned shall no later than six week prior to the end
of the third year make a decision-favorable, or not favorable-with respect to the
performance of the faculty member during the time served.
A recommendation upon this decision shall be sent immediately by the Dean of the
Faculty to Vice-Chancellor of the University who in turn shall at this time make the final
decision with respect only to the faculty member's performance, and shall so notify the
faculty members no later than two week prior to the end of the third year. If this decision
by the Vice-Chancellor about performance is favorable, the faculty member shall be
notified that he or she will receive a second three-year appointment if the University's
need for flexibility permits. If the decision about performance is negative, the faulty
members shall be issued a terminal contract for the year following the decision.
If the University need for flexibility requires that a faculty member judged worthy of
retention not be retained, the Vice-Chancellor must explain to the Faculty Development,
Evaluation and Recruitment Committee of the concerned Faculty why there is a need for
flexibility regarding this particular position, and show that the administrations plans for
the academic and fiscal nature of that position are reasonable.
If the Vice-Chancellor decides that the University's need for flexibility requires that the
faculty position in question must be eliminated, shifted within the department, or
shifted to another department or Faculty, and/or if the Vice Chancellor determines
that because the percentage of tenured positions (or a combination of tenured and
probationary positions) in the department is so high as to make it unwise to authorize
an additional probationary appointment, the Dean of the concerned Faculty,
respective Department Chairperson and faculty member concerned shall be notified
as early in the third: year as possible. A faculty member whose performance shows
excellence or promise of excellence but whose employment will not be continued
because a position is being eliminated shifted within a department or to another
department or Faculty, will be offered a notice contract for one additional year of
employment beyond the initial three-year appointment
c.
d.
e.
419
2.2.1
a.
2.2.2
a.
2.3
Probationary Period
a.
The probationary period shall constitute the time during which a person's fitness for
permanent tenure is under scrutiny. For faculty members appointed at a senior rank,
their entire period of appointment shall be considered as a probationary period
Probationary appointment shall normally lead to permanent tenure. Initial probationary
appointments are normally made only at the associate and full professor level. The
probationary period shall be four years for associate and full professors. This period will
be increased by one-half year for appointments commencing during the second half of
the academic year. Once established, the duration of the probationary period shall not
normally be extended, except that the running of the probationary period will normally be
suspended when the faculty member goes on a leave of absence without pay.
b.
A faculty member appointed on probation on the Tenure Track scheme who wishes to
be considered for permanent tenure upon completion of a 2-year probationary period
may apply to the University to be considered early. This case will be treated as an
exceptional case, and in addition to being recommended by the external Technical
Review Panel and Selection Board of the University, the case is also sent to the HEC
for evolution by an independent international panel of experts from technologically
advanced countries constituted for this purpose, and recommended by them.
c.
By written agreement with the appointee and with the consent of a majority of the
tenured members of the department or non-departmentalized college, the
probationary period may be reduced below the maximum periods given if the faculty
members
majority
of
the
tenured
members
of
the
department
(or non-departmentalized college), tenure may be recommended on appointment.
d.
A faculty member may achieve tenure only through full time service, and part time
service shall not be considered as probationary service leading to possible tenure. A
full time faculty member with tenure, however, may at his or her request change to
part time service, either permanently or temporarily for a specified time, and retain
tenure, provided that the department (or non-departmentalized college), the Dean of
the faculty, and the Vice Chancellor approve the terms in advance.
e.
A faculty member with tenure who resigns from the University and is rehired within
three years as a full-time member of the same department shall have tenure upon
return. A faculty member with tenure who resigns from the University and is rehired by
420
Part-VI
CONDITIONS OF SERVICE
the same period of not more than one year at the discretion of the department. A
faculty member with tenure who resigns from the University and is rehired as a fulltime member of another academic department may be required to serve a
probationary period of not more than one year at the discretion of the department.
Decision dates and dates of notice shall be according to the provisions of section 2.5
of this Policy.
f.
A faculty member with tenure who leaves an academic department to accept full-time
employment by the University in an administrative capacity shall retain tenured status
in the academic department.
2.3.2
ii.
The committee shall consist of all Tenured Faculty members of the department.
iii.
Till such time as there are less than five Tenured Faculty members, the
committee shall consist of:
iv.
v.
If the number of Professors in the department is less than five then all the
professor and Associate Professors shall comprise the committee.
vi.
If the total number of Professors and Associate Professors is less than 5 then
the Vice Chancellor will appoint remaining members from the list of experts in
that discipline on recommendation of the concerned Dean.
vii.
Any faculty member whose case is under review in the DTRC will not attend
the meeting during the review of his/her case.
Annual review
a.
b.
In addition to annual reviews, more through and formal written evolutions shall be
conducted as outlined below.
421
2.3.3
Mid-probationary review
a.
For faculty members completing their first term appointment, the first term review
described in section 2.2.1 shall be considered to be the mid-probationary review.
b.
For faculty members directly appointed with probationary status, midway through the
probationary period, it is mandatory that a full review report be made for all
probationary faculty members.
c.
The faculty member shall prepare a comprehensive application dossier that includes
letters of reference from his/her Ph.D. supervisor as well as others from eminent
researchers in his/her area of specialization, and all publications in of National or
International repute journals.
d.
The Chairperson of the concerned department with the approval of the Dean shall
form a Technical Review Panel. (TRP) composed of eminent international academics
and researchers in the relevant area, drawn only from technologically advanced
countries. The TRP shall conduct a thorough review of the probationary member's
progress along lines similar to those outlined for annual reviews. This review shall
identify, in reasonable detail, the areas of strength and weakness of the probationary
member. The review panel shall subsequently present a written review report to the
chairperson of the department.
The faculty member can NOT be considered further for second term appointment if
he/she receives a negative report from the Technical Review Panel.
After decision (written comments may or may not be employed) with at least the
tenured members of the department the chairperson shall send a full written report on
this reviews, including a summary of all the evaluations of the faculty members
consulted, to the dean of the Faculty.
e.
f.
g.
2.3.4
a.
b.
c.
The dean, shall, in the light of standards of excellence necessary for the award of
tenure at the college level, but bearing in mind the need for flexibility of standards of
judgment both within and between disciplines, add an assessment of the probationary
member's progress to the report of the chairperson and forward it to the Vice
Chancellor. A full mid-probationary review report shall, therefore, consist of the
evaluations of the Technical Review Panel, the chairperson, and the dean of the
Faculty. The review process shall be considered complete only when copies of the full
report have been received by the probationary member and the department
chairperson. It is not required for the award of tenure by the time of their midprobationary review. The aim of the required identification of the strengths and
weaknesses of the probationary member is to give that member a clear picture of the
performance levels by which she or he is to be judged and to offer the opportunity to
correct deficiencies in the second half of the probationary period. The existence of
some identified deficiencies in this review shall be considered normal and this alone
shall not be the basis for action against the probationary member.
Tenure review
In the final year of the faculty member's probationary period, it is mandatory that a full
review report be made.
The Department Tenure Review Committee (DTRC) of the concerned department
shall conduct a thorough review of the member's fitness for tenure following the same
procedure as outlined for the mid-probationary review.
The Chairperson, after approval of the DTRC shall recommend to the Dean that the
probationary member be given tenure or not. The DTRC recommendation shall be
accompanied by a full, written evaluation report including at least a summary of the
evaluations of all faculty members consulted.
422
Part-VI
CONDITIONS OF SERVICE
d.
Should the DTRC recommendation be negative while the Technical Review Panel has
given a positive report, the probationary member shall be notified immediately and in
writing by the chairperson and shall have ten working days to present a case for
retention to the dean before the latter acts on the DTC recommendation.
e.
The dean shall normally abide by the DTRC recommendation. If the dean decides not
to follow this recommendation, the dean shall immediately and in writing inform both
the probationary member and the chairperson, including a written statement of
reasons, so that both may have ten working days in which to present their cases to
the Vice Chancellor.
f.
Similarly, if the Vice Chancellor decides not to follow the recommendation of the
DTRC or the dean, the Vice Chancellor shall provide a written statement of reasons to
the faculty member, the DTRC, and the dean.
g.
Tenure can NOT be granted to a faculty member who receives a negative report from
the Technical Review Panel
h.
The Senate shall make the final decision on the award of tenure. The Senate shall
normally abide by the recommendations of the DTRC forwarded by the dean and
finally by the Vice Chancellor. If the Senate considers not following the
recommendation in which the Vice Chancellor, the dean of the Faculty, and the
Chairperson have concurred, or if there is a conflict in the recommendations made by
these officers, the Senate shall immediately and in writing inform the probationary
member and the officers involved in the decision and shall include a written statement
of reason. The probationary member and the officers involved shall have ten working
days to present their cases to the Senate before the final decision is made.
i.
The probationary member and/or the DTRC may use the statement of reasons,
should either wish to appeal the final decision. The probationary member and/or
department shall have ten working days from the receipt of any written reversal in
which to initiate any appeal.
j.
The tenure review process shall be considered complete only when the
Vice Chancellor In writing, informs the probationary member and the chairperson of
the final decision. The final decision, or indeed any administrative action, may of
course be appealed to the Vice Chancellor and / or Senate. The time of completion
must confirm to the provisions' for notice in Section 2.5.
k.
2.4
If the faculty member is approved by the Institution for appointment on Tenure Track,
as per process outlined in Section 2.1, as an existing faculty member, and wishes to
obtain the higher Tenure Track salary from his first day of appointment, then it is
necessary that his case is evaluated and approved by an independent panel of
experts of international repute approved by the HEC.
423
2.4.2
a.
2.4.3
2.5.1
a.
b.
Written notice that a faculty member on a first three year term appointment is not to be
continued in service will be given to the faculty member a minimum of three months
prior to the last day of service of the faculty member.
c.
At any point during the first term appointment or during the probationary period, a
department chairperson may recommend that a term appointee or probationary faculty
member not be continued in service. If, after consulting with at least the tenured
member of the department (and usually also after obtaining data from experts outside
the university), the chairperson decides to recommend to the dean that a faculty
member in probationary or term status not be continued in service, the chairperson shall
notify the faculty member in writing. If requested by the faculty member, the chairperson
shall indicate in writing the reason for the decision. The faculty member shall have ten
working days in which to request a reconsideration before the chairperson sends the
recommendation to the dean. If no such request is made, or if the chairperson, after
reconsideration, decides to forward a negative recommendation to the dean, the
chairperson shall do so in writing, enclosing all materials relevant for the decision.
Simultaneously, the chairperson shall notify the faculty member in writing that the
negative recommendation has been sent to the dean and shall provide the faculty
member with a copy of the negative recommendation. The faculty member shall have
ten days to appeal. If no appeal is made to the dean, or if, despite an appeal, the dean
concurs in the, departmental recommendation, the dean shall forward the negative
decision to the Vice Chancellor. Simultaneously, the dean shall notify the faculty
member in writing that the negative recommendation has been forwarded and shall
provide the faculty member with a copy of the' negative recommendation. The faculty
member shall have ten working days in which to appeal to the Vice Chancellor. If no
appeal is made, or if, despite an appeal, the Vice Chancellor concurs with the
chairperson's and dean's recommendation, the faculty member should be sent final
notification regarding non-renewal of contract, such notification being within the time
limits set forth in Section 2.5.
424
Part-VI
2.6
CONDITIONS OF SERVICE
Sabbatical Leave
A faculty member on tenure Track may proceed on Sabbatical Leave at the rate of
one semester (4 months) paid leave for every three year of service in the university.
The leave period shall count towards the Tenure Track probationary period, if
applicable, Sabbatical leave may not be combined with any other leave.
2.7
Other Leaves
Faculty member on tenure track may avail leaves, except study leave, as per existing
rules for regular faculty.
2.8
Resignation
A faculty member on tenure track wishing to resign shall do so in accordance with the
rules of the respective university.
2.9
2.10
a.
A faculty member appointed on tenure track shall be entited, in accordance with the
rules, to the pay sanctioned for such post.
b.
The salary scales are all inclusive and no other allowance (PhD. Allowance, medical
allowance, orderly allowance etc.) or benefit will be admissible to the concerned
faculty members, except gratuity equal to one month's pay drawn after each
completed year of service. For this purpose the pay would mean the last pay drawn
after each completed year of service. However, medical facility will be provided by the
university as per BPS scales.
c.
The faculty members appointed under these scales will be subject to annual review of
their performance as provided in these TTS statutes.
b.
The initial pay of a faculty member appointed to a post shall be determined. as a sum
of the salary + up to a maximum of 4 advance increments, A faculty member may be
awarded advance increments that may be based on the following factors:
i.
ii.
iii.
Funding record: Amount" of funding received from sources other then ones
own institution.
iv.
Market factors.
b.
c.
The Senate shall determine the honorarium as well as increase in basic pay of the
Vice Chancellor.
Those who are employed between January and June may be considered for annual
increase with effect from 1st July of the following service year.
b.
Those who are employed between July and December may be considered for annual
increase with effect from 1st July of following service year.
A self assessment report shall be submitted by every faculty member on tenure track.
In this report the faculty member will document the teaching, research, advisory,
consultative and self-assessment backed by documented evidence, that may include
(i) course files, (ii) publications (published, submitted, in preparation), (iii) research
project in progress .and completed, (iv) report on industrial project undertaken (v)
details of new courses developed or innovation introduced in course or laboratory
work, (vi) requisite information about MS, M.Phil. and PhD students supervised, and
(vii) advisory and administrative services rendered.
By 15th February each year every faulty member will complete and submit to the
respective Department Chairperson a self-assessment report.
b.
c.
The Vice-Chancellor shall make the final decision on assessment of the faculty
members and shall be forwarded the reports for record purposes to the Senate.
d.
Following allocation of budget to the University the syndicate shall recommend to the
Vice-Chancellor the pay raise, if any, to be granted to the faulty members. The faculty
member shall be entitled to a pay raise that may consist of three components.
i.
One annual increment determined by the pay scale of the post to which the
faculty member is appointed.
426
Part-VI
2.10.3
CONDITIONS OF SERVICE
ii.
iii.
Salary Scale
The Salary Scales for the positions under the Tenure Track System will be as approved by the
Finance Division, Government of Pakistan and notified by the HEC
Post
Salary Package
Min
Increment
Maximum
Stage
Professor
180,000
8,800
312,500
15
Associate Professor
120,000
7,000
226,250
15
Assistant Professor
80,000
5,500
161,000
15
Existing
Tenure Track Pay Package
Min
Incr
Max
180,000
8,800
312,000
Revised
Tenure Track Pay Package
Min
Incr
Max
234,000 11,440
405,600
120,000
7,000
225,000
156,000
9,100
292,500
15
80,000
5,500
162,500
104,000
7,150
211,250
15
Stages
15
As per announcement, others terms and conditions of the revised salary package shall remain
the same as contained in the HECs previous notification No.F.P.2-103/HEC/2007/726, dated
15th September, 2007.
(Notified vide HEC No.F.P.2-103/HEC/2011-12/321 dated 01st, December, 2011)
2.11
Retirement age
Appeals
Appeals against decisions of various bodies will be made in accordance with the Rules of the
University on the subject.
427
NON-TEACHING EMPLOYEES
General
1. The details of non-teaching staff, including both officers and other categories of employees
from B.P.S. 02 to B.P.S.22, are given in Appendix-I. Details of non- teaching posts under
Technical Scheme of University Grants Commission, approved for implementation by the
Syndicate of the University, vide Resolution No.21 dated 9.3.1996 and 20.4.1996, are given
in Appendix-II at the end of this chapter.
2. Officers, except those already confirmed in the service of the University shall, unless
exempted by the Syndicate, be appointed on probation for one year, on the expiry of which
they will be due for confirmation on the report of the Vice Chancellor, provided that the
period of probation may be extended by the Vice Chancellor.
3. On confirmation the service will count from the date of appointment.
4. In case of temporary appointment or appointment for a fixed period or on contract basis not
exceeding six months, the Vice Chancellor shall be competent to make the appointment
and also lay down the scale of pay and allowances.
5. Subject to the provisions of the University of Sindh Employees (Efficiency and discipline)
Ordinances a confirmed Officer may resign after giving one months notice in writing or on
surrendering one months pay in lieu thereof.
On the termination of his service or on his retirement the Officer shall make over a proper
charge to the person nominated for this purpose, of all documents, records or other papers
committed to his charge or in his custody and shall also return or account for all moneys or
University articles in his possession.
6. All appointments/promotions in BPS-17 to 20 will be made by the Syndicate on the
recommendation of the Selection Board.
7. Employees in BPS 2 to 16 shall be appointed by the Vice-Chancellor, who shall exercise
the same power and authority in this respect as the Syndicate does in the case of Officers.
Promotions in Grades 5 to 15 except leave arrangements of less than three months
duration, shall be processed through the Departmental Promotion Committee which will
comprise:1. Registrar (Convener)
2. Additional Registrar and
3. Deputy Registrar
4. The Sectional Head concerned.
The committee will be of an advisory nature and will place its recommendations to the
Vice-Chancellor for final approval.
8. Subject to the provisions of Sindh University Act, the Vice-Chancellor may any time create
a post or appoint a person in BPS 17 or above for a period of six months, under emergency
powers vested in him.
9. Where there are no specific Regulations or Rules or University Regulations/ Rules are
silent about a particular issue involving conditions of Service and/or service rules, the
relevant Regulations & Rules of the Government of Sindh will be followed.
10. As per decision of the Syndicate vide Resolution No.15 dated 17.3.1999 following rules will
be followed in recruitment and promotion of non-teaching staff:
i. 60% (sixty percent) of existing vacancies in BPS-5 (five) shall be filled in by direct
recruitment and 40% (forty percent) by promotion on the basis of seniority-cum-merit.
428
Part-VI
CONDITIONS OF SERVICE
ii. 70% (seventy percent) of existing vacant posts in BPS-11 (eleven) shall be filled in by
promotion on the seniority-cum-merit basis and 30% (thirty percent) by direct
recruitment.
iii. 60% (sixty percent) of vacancies existing in BPS 6 to 17, excepting BPS-11, will be filled
by direct recruitment and 40% (Forty percent)) by promotion on seniority-cum-merit
basis.
iv. All vacant posts of Office Superintendents in BPS-16 will be filled in by promotion, from
amongst the staff on seniority-cum-merit basis
v. 70% (seventy percent) of existing vacancies in BPS-17 and 18 will be filled in by
promotion on seniority-cum-merit basis and 30% (thirty percent) by direct recruitment.
vi. Existing vacancies in BPS-19 and 20 will be filled in by selection from amongst the
existing officers/incumbents of BPS 18 and 19 respectively, on seniority-cum-merit
basis. In case no incumbent with requisite qualifications and experience is available, the
vacancies may be advertised and be filled in by direct recruitment.
11. Ordinarily all clear posts of Daftaries and other similar posts shall be filled in by promotion
from the lower cadre after taking into consideration overall seniority-cum-suitability of the
employee.
12 All Grades 2 to 4 employees shall be eligible for promotion to the next higher cadre
provided they are Matriculates and possess proficiency in or working knowledge of typing
with 35 words per minute or are acquainted with or have experience of handling scientific
equipment.
Annual Increment
The normal annual increment shall be drawn as a matter of course on completion of twelve
months duty period unless it is withheld by the competent authority under the procedure
prescribed by the University of Sindh Employees (Efficiency and discipline) Ordinance.
Confirmation
All the employees of the University working against clear vacancies in temporary capacity or
holding probationary appointment shall be eligible for confirmation on completion of one years
service subject to the condition that they have earned a Satisfactory rating in their confidential
reports.
429
Award of Next Higher Basic Pay Scale to General and Ex-Cadre Officers of
University of Sindh
Notification: In pursuance of Syndicates Resolution No.19 at its 183 rd meeting held on 24th
25th October, 2012 & 16th November 2012, the Vice Chancellor, University of Sindh has been
pleased to approve award of the next higher pay Incentive Scheme to General and Ex-Cadre
Officers from BPS-16 and above. The Incentive to officers will be awarded as per following
criteria effective from the date of Syndicate i.e. 24.10.2012.
a.
An officer working in the same grade and completes successfully requisite length of service
mentioned as per chart below, he / she will be given only next higher pay scale. The
designation shall remain the same. His fixation of pay shall be in accordance with the rules.
b.
Pre requisites
An officer of the same Grade, whose Current Basic Pay is more than the Initial Basic
Pay of the next higher grade and also who has requisite length of service will earn the
eligibility.
For BPS-17
08 years
B-16
Length of Service
Minimum Service
existing Grade
in
PAY SCALE
Requisite Basic Pay
Stage of Pay Scale
Initial Basic Pay of
Next Higher Grade
in
Minimum
08 year in B16
4375-14575
(B-16)
8560
9th
8210 (B-17)
For BPS-18
5
years
B-17
For BPS-19
in
Minimum
05 year in B-17
7140-17840
(B-17)
11285
5th
10760 (B-18)
12 years in
B-17
&
above
Minimum
07 year in B18
9355-22855
(B-18)
16960
8th
16400
(B19)
For BPS-20
17 years in
B-17 & above
Minimum
05 year in B-19
14260-28360
(B-19)
20450
5th
19455 (B-20)
The Incentive Scheme for Next Higher Basic Pay Scale will be effective from the date of
meeting of the Syndicate, i.e., 24.10.2012.
NOTE: Other relevant Rules such as fixation of pay, premature increment, qualification
pay, re-employment rules etc., are covered under Revision of Pay Statutes and
Sindh University Pension Statutes, Part-II.
430
Part-VI
CONDITIONS OF SERVICE
REQUIRED QUALIFICATION
Posts in B.P.S. 21
1.
Posts in B.P.S. 20
2.
3.
4.
Director of Finance
(Tenure post)
Controller of Examinations
5.
6.
Director
Institute of Sindhology
Note:
7.
8.
9.
10.
For supervision of Student Financial Aid Office, Focal Person in BPS-20 and above
will be nominated by the Vice Chancellor from amongst sanctioned strength.
a) Director Graduate Studies
Master degree in Second Class, preferably Ph.D.
(Post Graduate)
from a recognized University with 17 years
administrative experience at the University level
a) Director Admissions
in Grade-17 and above, experience of admission
(Undergraduate)
process at University level and conversant with
Sindh University rules and regulations.
Engineering Advisor
B.E. preferably in First Class, or equivalent
qualifications, 19
years experience
of
construction works in posts equivalent to BPS17
and above in a University, Government
communications and works Departments / or
firm of repute.
Dean Students Affairs
Ph.D. at least 15 years teaching / administrative
field experience or Masters degree with 17
years experience of teaching at Administrative /
Research field in GradedBPS-17 and above, at
recognized academic institution. Pakistan army,
Navy or Air-Force officer in service or relived
officer with required qualification will be
considered with special package.
Director Human Resources
MBA or equivalent qualifications preferable in
first class, Ph.D. will be preferred. He should
have 17 years extensive experience in the field
of Administration/HR Management in posts
equivalent to BPS-17 and above at University
level and should be conversant with the
University rules and regulations and must be
proficient in English with excellent command.
Well versed with the University and
Governments laws, demonstrated leadership,
communication and inter-personal skills to
achieve agreed targets.
Post in B.P.S-19
11.
12.
432
Part-VI
CONDITIONS OF SERVICE
13.
Project Director
14.
Librarian
15.
16.
a) Additional Registrar /
b) Director STAGS
17.
c) Additional Controller of
Examinations
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
and
24.
25.
Posts in B.P.S-18
26.
a) Bursar
b) Auditor
27.
Executive Engineer
28.
29.
Deputy Registrar
(General / Academic / Teaching
/ Meetings)
30.
31.
32.
Deputy Librarian
434
Part-VI
CONDITIONS OF SERVICE
33.
Deputy Director
Sindhology
i.
Publication
ii.
Research
34.
Deputy Director
(Musicologist)
35.
Exhibition Officer
36.
Secrecy Officer
37.
38.
Posts in B.P.S-17
39.
40.
41.
a) Museum Curator
b) Field supervisor
c) Chemical Analyst
Publication Officer
42.
43.
Director (M/F)
Physical Education
44.
45.
Planning Officer
46.
Secretary to the
Vice-Chancellor
47.
Religious Councilor
48.
Chief Accountant /
Account Officer
49.
Plantation Officer
50.
Display Officer
51.
52.
Documentation Officer
53.
Assistant Manager
Sindh University Press
54.
Technical Officer
55.
Assistant Engineer
56.
57.
Staff Economist
58.
Head Mistress
436
Part-VI
CONDITIONS OF SERVICE
59.
60.
Senior Teacher
Documentation and Research
Officer (Institute of Sindholgoy)
61.
62.
Artist
63.
Computer programmer /
System Analyst
64.
65.
66.
67.
Posts in B.P.S.16
68.
Science Teacher
69.
70.
71.
Computer Operator
72.
Physical Instructor
73.
a)
74.
75.
Overseer
76.
77.
Publication Officer
78.
Research Fellow
79.
80.
Stenographer
81.
Superintendent
82.
Publication Assistant
83.
Workshop Supervisor
84.
P. A. to Director of Finance
85.
86.
Divisional Accountant
438
Part-VI
CONDITIONS OF SERVICE
Posts in B.P.S-15
87.
88.
89.
90.
Posts in B.P.S.14
91.
Workshop Instructor
92.
Electronic Technician
93.
94.
95.
96.
Drawing Teacher
97.
a) Overseer
b) Cartographer
c) S. Telephone Operator
Assistant (Students Financial
Aid Office)
98.
99.
Post in B.P.S-12
100.
Steno-Typist
101.
Posts in B.P.S-11
102.
Steward
103.
104.
Account Assistant
105.
106.
a) Instrument Mechanic ]
b) Senior Telephone
]
Operator
]
c) Meter Reader
]
d) Assistant Vehicle ]
e) Cartographer
]
f) Camera Operator ]
g) Assistant
]
h) Technical Assistant ]
to Photographer
Data Entry Operator
107.
108.
109.
Library Assistant
110.
Electric Supervisor
111.
Laboratory Assistant
112.
Posts in B.P.S-10
113.
Draftsman
114.
115.
a) Mono-Operator
b) Head-Compositor
Photographer
116.
117.
118.
Band Master
119.
Posts in B.P.S- 9
3 years post Matric Diploma plus 4 years
relevant experience.
440
Part-VI
CONDITIONS OF SERVICE
120.
Head Compositor
121.
122.
a) Foreman
b) Head Plumber
c) Technician
d) Head Binder
e) Compounder
f) Carpenter
Assistant Proof Reader
123.
124.
125.
126.
127.
Posts in B.P.S-8
128.
Work Mistry
129.
Accountant
Workshop Instructor
130.
Posts in B.P.S-7
131.
132.
133.
Sindhi Typist
Calligrapher
Assistant Mono-Operator/Senior
Machineman/Junior
Machineman/ Head Binder/
Technician Scheme
Junior Machineman
Data Entry Operator
Security Assistant
Welder
134.
135.
136.
137.
138.
Glass Blower
Clerk-cum-Typist /
Senior Clerk
139.
140.
Clerk-cum-PC Operator
Technician-cum-Operators
(Generator)
Matric or Intermediate
Diploma in Mechanical / Automobile / Electrical
Technology
2 years experience in operation of diesel
generating sets for diploma holders.
441
141.
Clerk-Cum-Typist
(Students Financial Aid Office)
142.
Posts in B.P.S-6
143.
Proof Reader
144.
Sanitary Inspector
145.
Posts in B.P.S-5
Electrician
146.
147.
148.
Plumber
Painter
Telephone Operator
149.
Work Mistary
150.
154.
a) Assistant Mono-Caster
b) Assistant Machineman
c) Compositor
d) Binder
Searcher/Katib
Wireman
Store Clerk
Physical Instructor
Assistant Mechanic
Motor Winder
Moaozen
Pump Drivers
155.
Light Man
156.
Store-Keeper
157.
Posts in B.P.S-4
Dispatch Rider
151.
152.
153.
158.
159.
160.
Naik / Hawaldar
Mason/ Mistry
Posts in B.P.S-3
Metal Furnace Attendant
161.
Assistant Compositor
162.
Weldar
Matriculate
Electrical Diploma
Matriculate, preferable
relevant field.
with
experience
in
Moaozen Hifz-ul-Quran
8th Class Pass with 07 year experience OR
Matric with two year experience.
Matric (No third Division) with 05 years experience
of Light Man in a recognize Institute with Wireman
Certificate
from
recognize
Institution
OR
Intermediate (No third Division) 03 years experience
of Light Man in a recognize Institute with Wireman
Certificate from recognized Institution.
Intermediate Science with sufficient experience
of Stores Work OR Matriculate in Science Group
with 4 years experience of Stores.
Preferably Matriculate and a holder of light
Vehicle driving license
Able to read and write
Able to read and write
Matric, Certificate of Mechanic with 3 years
experience.
Able to read and write, minimum one years
experience in his own field
Matric with Diploma in Welding 3 years experience.
442
Part-VI
CONDITIONS OF SERVICE
163.
164.
a) Ink Man
b) Cash Attendant
c) Telephone Technician
d) Assistant Sanitary Inspector
Head Security Guard
165.
Jamadar
166.
Posts in B.P.S-2
Naib Qasid
(Students Financial Aid Office)
Name of the
Post
Incharge
Vehicles
Required
Qualification/
Experience
B.Sc. or
Diploma
Initial
Grade/
Scale
11
Grade on
Completion
of 05 Years
13
Grade on
Completion
of 10 Years
15
Grade on
Completion
of 15 Years
-
Grade on
Completion
of 20 Years
-
Grade on
Completion
of 25 Years
-
01.
02.
Technician
11
13
15
03.
Caligrapher
Matric/ Inter
Drawing
11
13
15
04.
Aircondition
Mechanic
13
15
Diploma
11
13
15
05.
Bibliographer
Diploma in
Library Science
11
06.
Vehicle
Assistant
B.Sc. or
Diploma
11
13
15
07.
Cataloguer
Diploma in
Library Science
11
13
15
08.
Classifier
Diploma in
Library Science
11
13
15
09.
Draftsman
Diploma
11
13
15
10.
Compounder
11
13
15
11.
Mechanic
Matric Science
plus Compounder
Course
Matric/ Non
Matric
11
13
15
12.
Assistant
Storekeeper
Inter Science
11
13
15
13.
Laboratory
Assistant
B.Sc
11
13
15
14.
Telephone
Operator
Matric/
Certificate T & T
11
13
15
15.
Starter
Matric
11
13
15
443
Name of the
Post
Required
Qualification/
Experience
Matric
Initial
Grade/
Scale
7
Grade on
Completion
of 05 Years
9
Grade on
Completion
of 10 Years
11
Grade on
Completion
of 15 Years
13
Grade on
Completion
of 20 Years
15
Grade on
Completion
of 25 Years
-
16.
Photostat
Machine
Operator
17.
Museum
Assistant
B.Sc. Architech
11
13
15
18.
Head
Telephone
Operator
Matric
11
13
15
19.
Accessionst
H.S.C.
11
13
15
11
13
15
11
13
15
11
13
15
7
5
20.
Dresser
Non Matric
5
21.
Book Binder
Non Matric
5
22.
Moazin
Hifz-ul-Quran
23.
Driver
Matric with
Heavy Driving
Licence
11
13
15
24.
Cook
Certificate in
Cooking
11
13
15
25.
Electric
Supervisor
Matric with
trade certificate
11
13
15
26.
Meter Reader
Matric
11
13
15
27.
Assistant
Vehicle
Matric
11
13
15
28.
Pesh Imam
Sanad
12
13
15
29.
Madadgar
Pesh Imam
Sanad
11
13
15
30.
Sanitary
Inspector
Matric, Dilp.
Sanation
11
13
15
31.
Assistant
Sanitary
Inspector
Matric
11
13
32.
Assistant
Mechanic
(Elect.)
Non-Matric
11
13
15
33.
Assistant Head
Malhi
Non-Matric
11
34.
Malhi
Non-Matric
35.
Groundsman
Non-Matric
36.
Artist
B. A. (Fine Arts)
11
13
15
37.
Foreman
Jamadar
Non-Matric
38.
Water Man /
Khalasi
Non-Matric
444
Part-VI
##
CONDITIONS OF SERVICE
Name of the
Post
Required
Qualification/
Experience
Initial
Grade/
Scale
Grade on
Completion
of 05 Years
Grade on
Completion
of 10 Years
Grade on
Completion
of 15 Years
Grade on
Completion
of 20 Years
Grade on
Completion
of 25 Years
Instrument
Assistant
Lab. Attendant
B.A.
11
13
15
Non-Matric
Senior
Technician
Matric
11
13
15
43.
Technician
Matric
11
13
15
44.
Machinist
Non-Matric
11
13
15
45.
Glass Blower
Inter (Science)
11
13
15
46.
Mistry
Non-Matric
47.
Animal
Attendant
/Collector
Non-Matric
48.
Fisher Man
Non-Matric
49.
Model Maker
Non-Matric
50.
Lady Instructor
Matric
11
13
15
51.
Display
Assistant
Matric
11
13
15
52.
Documentation
Assistant (Sr.)
Matric
11
13
15
53.
Documentation
Assistant (Jr.)
Matric
11
13
15
55.
Technical
Assistant
Matric
11
13
15
56.
Expert in Pres
& Conserv
Matric
11
13
11
13
15
57.
Assistant
Expert Pres &
Conserv
Matric
11
13
15
58.
Senior
Searcher
Matric
11
13
15
59.
Searcher
Matric
11
13
15
60.
Model Maker
Matric
11
13
15
61.
Light Operator
Matric
11
13
15
62.
Gallery
Assistant
Video Camera
Operator
Matric
11
13
15
Matric
11
13
15
64.
Video
Recordist
Matric
11
13
15
65.
Welder
Matric
11
66.
Motor Winder
Non-Matric
11
13
15
39
40
41
42.
63.
445
Name of the
Post
Required
Qualification/
Experience
Initial
Grade/
Scale
Grade on
Completion
of 05 Years
Grade on
Completion
of 10 Years
Grade on
Completion
of 15 Years
Grade on
Completion
of 20 Years
Grade on
Completion
of 25 Years
67.
Time Keeper
Non-Matric
11
13
15
68.
Traffic Incharge
11
13
15
69.
Work Mistry
Matric
11
13
15
70.
Overseer
Matric
11
13
15
71.
Telephone
Technician
Matric
11
13
72.
Foreman
Diploma
11
13
15
73.
Head Plumber
Non-Matric
11
13
15
74.
Plumber
Non-Matric
11
13
15
75.
Filter Plant
Incharge
Non-Matric
11
13
15
76.
Filter Plant
Operator
Non-Matric
77.
Photo Lab.
Technician
Non-Matric
11
13
15
78.
Assistant
Curator
Non-Matric
11
79.
Cleaner
Non-Matric
80.
Order Assistant
B.A.
11
13
15
81.
Lady Assistant
B.A.
11
13
15
82.
Machine Handy
Man
Non-Matric
11
13
15
83.
Katib
Non-Matric
11
13
15
84.
Pump Driver
Non- Matric
11
13
15
85.
Proof Reader
Matric
11
86.
Head
Compositor
Matric
11
13
15
87.
Compositor
Non-Matric
11
13
88.
Assistant
Compositor
Non-Matric
11
89.
Computer
Operator
BS
11
13
15
90.
Data Entry
Operator
Matric
11
13
15
91.
Copy Pastor
Non-Matric
11
13
15
92.
Plate Maker
Non-Matric
11
13
15
93.
Plate Grinder
Operator
Non-Matric
446
Part-VI
CONDITIONS OF SERVICE
##
Name of the
Post
Required
Qualification/
Experience
Initial
Grade/
Scale
Grade on
Completion
of 05 Years
Grade on
Completion
of 10 Years
Grade on
Completion
of 15 Years
Grade on
Completion
of 20 Years
Grade on
Completion
of 25 Years
94.
Head
Machineman
Non-Matric
11
13
15
95.
Sr. Machine
Man
Non-Matric
11
13
15
96.
Machine Man
Non-Matric
11
13
15
97.
Jr. Machine
Man
Non-Matric
11
13
15
98.
Assistant
Machine Man
Non-Matric
11
13
15
99.
Operator
Machine Man
Non-Matric
11
13
15
100.
Assistant Mono
Machine Operator
Non-Matric
11
13
15
101.
Paper Machine
Man
Non-Matric
11
13
15
102.
Mono Caster
Non-Matric
11
13
15
103.
Assistant Mono
Caster
Non-Matric
11
13
15
104.
Head Binder
Non-Matric
11
13
15
105.
Binder
Non-Matric
11
13
15
106.
Assistant Binder
Non-Matric
11
13
107.
Camera Operator
Matric
11
13
15
108.
Rolling
Machine Man
Non-Matric
11
13
109.
Ink Machine
Man
Non-Matric
11
13
110.
Type Distributor
Non-Matric
11
111.
Proof Machine
Man
Non-Matric
11
112.
Paper Lifter
Non-Matric
113.
All Helpers
Non-Matric
114.
Filler Man
Non-Matric
115.
Store Keeper
Intermediate
11
13
15
448
Part-VI
CONDITIONS OF SERVICE
One member of the Syndicate of the University of Sindh and one Chairperson/Director of
concerned Department/Institute to be taken on the Governing Body of the
College/Institution to be nominated by the Syndicate of the University.
2.
List of members of the Selection Board, rules & regulations regarding its information,
functions, and powers. Concerned Chairman/Director or their nominee of our University
Department/Institute to be taken on the Selection Board of the College/Institution at the
time of recruitment/appointment of new teachers.
3.
Subject-wise list of books indicating title each book, name of author, name of publisher,
year of publication, and number of volumes pertaining to the course/classes applied for
presently available in the library or to be procured for this purpose.
4.
List of faculty members along with their qualification, experience, division, year of passing
(also indicating their service rules and pay scales, cadre wise)presently available or
further to be engaged/appointed for the opening of the said course/degree programme
applied for.
5.
Financial resources; last three years bank statement with a reserve fund of Rs.5,00,000/(Rs. Five hundred thousand only) for running expenditure of the college/institution. Yearly
allocation of budget for the said degree programme and also a bank certificate
showing/indicating the exact amount available in the college account.
6.
Position of College building with respect to classrooms, laboratories, library, furniture and
space.
7.
Undertaking that the college teachers will be paid at least grade-17 salary with all permissible
allowances and annual increment as per salary structure of the Directorate of College
Education, Hyderabad (or Govt. rules/salary structure). That salary to the college teachers will
have to be paid through crossed cheques under intimation to this office quarterly.
8.
Undertaking to be produced to this office, that the disciplinary action i.e., suspension and
termination of services of the non-teaching and teaching staff will have to be
finalized/decided under permission of this University.
9.
Registration of the Society, the certificate of registration will have to be produced to the
University, rules and regulations of the Society about its functions and powers etc.
10. Position of lab. Facilities, i.e lab. Equipment, instruments, chemicals, lab. Furniture/
fixtures etc., for the course/degree programme applied for, available in the
College/Institution.
11. Proposed number of students to be admitted in the said course/degree programme
applied for.
449
12. Proposed fee structure, i.e. admission fee, tuition fee, caution money, if any, for the said
degree/Postgraduate Programme applied for affiliation.
13. Processing fee Rs.10,000/- towards preliminary processing the case of affiliation through
a pay order in favour of Director of Finance, University of Sindh.
14. For professional colleges such as Commerce, Business Administration, Computer
Science, Computer & Information Technology, Law etc.
a). Inspection fee Rs. 25000/- to be paid through a pay order in favour of Director
Finance University of Sindh, and actual T.A/D.A of the inspection team to be paid by
the concerned college/institution seeking affiliation.
b) Affiliation fee Rs.200,000/- (Rupees two hundred thousand only) per degree programme,
to be paid through a pay order in favour of Director Finance, University of Sindh.
15. Non-professional colleges (Under-graduate level)
a) Inspection fee Rs. 10,000/- to be paid through a pay order in favour of Director
Finance University of Sindh.
b) Initial Affiliation fee Rs.200,000/- (Rupees two hundred thousand only) to be paid
through a pay order in favour of Director Finance, University of Sindh.
16. Postgraduate colleges
a) Inspection fee of Rs.25,000/- to be paid through a pay order in favour of Director
Finance University of Sindh
b) Affiliation fee Rs.200,000/- (Rupees two hundred thousand only) (per subject/degree)
to be paid through a pay order in favour of Director Finance, University of Sindh.
17. The Institute/College shall not be allowed to open a branch or campus.
18. The Institute/College wishing to open a branch/campus shall follow the same process as
fresh Institute/College and shall pay all amounts for inspection affiliation etc. afresh.
19. The inspection of the affiliated colleges should be carried out after every three years.
20. The yearly affiliation fee is 50,000/- per degree course.
The inspection team shall consist of the following members.
1.
2.
3.
4.
The Dean of the concerned Faculty or his/her nominee (not less than Professor in the
concerned Faculty).
Director/Chairman of the concerned Institute/Department or his/her nominee not less than
Associate Professor of the Institute/Department.
One expert in the concerned field to be appointed by the Vice-Chancellor.
Inspector of Colleges (Secretary)
450
Part-VI
CONDITIONS OF SERVICE
Rs.10,000/-
b)
Rs.1,000/-
1.
Professional Colleges
a.
b.
c.
2.
a.
Non-Professional Colleges
(Under-graduate Level)
Inspection Fee
b.
Affiliation fee
c.
3.
Postgraduate Colleges
a.
Inspection Fee
b.
Affiliation fee
c.
451
GOVERNMENT COLLEGES
(Under the Jurisdiction of Sindh OR Federal Government)
1.
a.
b.
c.
Inspection Fee
Affiliation Fee
Yearly Affiliation Fee
2.
Postgraduate Colleges
a.
b.
c.
Processing Fee
Inspection Fee
Affiliation Fee
3.
a.
b.
Processing Fee
Affiliation fee
4.
a.
b.
Processing Fee
Affiliation fee
Rs.10,000/Nil
Rs.8,000/-
Rs.10,000/Rs.5,000/-
Rs.10,000/Rs.5,000/-
Note:1.
All fees are to be paid through bank Pay-order in favour of the Director Finance,
University of Sindh, Jamshoro.
2.
All Pay orders/D.D from college to be acknowledged by the Director Finance by a receipt.
The receipt may be printed in consultation with the Director Finance
452
Part-VI
CONDITIONS OF SERVICE
Approved courses of programs of University of Sindh for B.C.S and B.C.I.T degree
programs shall be followed.
2. Semester system in the private affiliated Colleges/Institutes shall be followed with
following conditions.
i.
Each course shall carry 100 marks. The Institute/College shall be allowed to
examine a student for sixty (60) percent of their courses. The University may
demand from an Institition for the submission of the question paper and answer
scripts of the students. For the remaining forthy (40) marks, the Board of Studies of
the Institute/Department of concerned shall recommend the examiner for the paper
setting for all the affiliated Institions and the examinations shall be conducted at the
University/affiliated instition premises.
ii.
The minimum passing marks for the examination shall be 40%.
iii.
The practical examination shall be held at the Institute/College under the joint
supervision of the University of Sindh and affiliated institute.
iv.
The admission policy shall be same as of the University.
a) The date of opening of admission and closing shall be decided by University.
b) After the expiry of date of closing admission the institute/college shall send
admission list of students to Registrar and copy to Inspector of Collegs within
seven days of the date of closing of admission for their enrollment and eligibility.
Regulations for the administration of teaching faculty and the Institute / College:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
The minimum qualification for the teaching faculty shall be M.Sc. in Computer Science,
Computer & Information Technology or related or euivalnet degree M.Sc. in Physics,
Mathematics and Statistics. The degree of the teaching staff members should be from the
accredited Universitites by the Unviersity Grants Commission (UGC).
The Cadre strength of the teaching faculty should be at least in following ration:
1 Professor, two Associate Professor, three Assistant Professor and four Lecturers.
Minimum monthly salary to be paid to teaching faculty shall start from BPS-17.
At least fifty percent of the teaching faculty shall be regular full time employees of the
instition.
All the teaching appointment i.e., regular and visiting shall be approved by the Selection
Board of the concerned institute.
The Board of Governor of the institions shall decide the fee structure. The University shall
charge Rs.1500/- per student per year as a registration/enrollment fee.
453
3.
Approved courses of programs of University of Sindh for BBA and MBA degree programs
shall be followed.
Semester system in the affiliated Colleges/Institutes shall be followed with the following
conditions.
i) Each course shall carry 100 marks.
ii) The Institute/College shall be allowed to examine a student for sixty (60) percent of
courses.
iii) The University may demand from an Institition for the submission of the question
paper and answer scripts of the students.
iv) The remaining forthy (40%) coures, the Board of Studies of the Department of
Business Administration shall recommend the examiner and paper setters for all the
affiliated institutions.
v) The examinations may be conducted at the University/affiliated institutes premises.
v. The minimum passing marks for the examination shall be 60%.
The admission policy shall be same as of the University.
a) The date of opening of admission and closing shall be decided by University.
b) After the expiry of date of closing admission the institute/college shall send admission
list of students to Registrar and copy to Inspector of Collegs within seven days of the
date of closing of admission for their enrollment and eligibility.
3.
4.
At least fifty percent of the faculty shall be regular full time employees of the institution.
The Cadre strength of the teaching faculty should be at least in following ration:
1 Professor, two Associate Professor, three Assistant Professor and four Lecturers.
Minimum monthly salary to be paid to teaching faculty shall start from BPS-17.
The minimum qualification for the teaching faculty shall be M.B.A., M.P.A., and M.Com.
However, at least seventy percent of the teaching staff should be hold Masters degree in
Business Administration. The degree of the teaching staff members should be from the
accredited Universitites by the Unviersity Grants Commission (UGC) of Pakistan.
The Board of Governor of the institions shall decide the fee structure. The University shall
charge Rs.1500/- per student per year as a registration fee.
454
Part-VI
CONDITIONS OF SERVICE
455
456